arib std-t53-c.s0011-a recommended minimum ...arib std-t53-c.s0011-a recommended minimum performance...

ARIB STD-T53-C.S0011-A

Recommended Minimum Performance Standards for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum

Mobile Stations

Refer to "Industrial Property Rights (IPR)" in the preface of ARIB STD-T53 for Related Industrial

Property Rights. Refer to "Notice" in the preface of ARIB STD-T53 for Copyrights.

Original Specification 1

This standard, ARIB-T53-C.S0011-A, was prepared by T53WG of Association of Radio 2

Industries and Businesses (ARIB) based upon the 3GPP2 specification, C.S0011-A v2.0. 3

4

Modification to the original specification 5

None. 6

7

Notes 8

1. This standard is only applied to the Band Class 3 operation while other band operations have 9

been specified. 10

2. This standard is only applied with spreading rate 1 operation while the other spreading rate 11

operation has been specified. 12

3. It’s recommended that the following erratum be adopted for this ARIB standard. The erratum 13

applies to Table 4.5.1.3.1-3, page 4-56. This correction will be incorporated into the next 14

revision of the corresponding specification in 3GPP2 TSG-C. 15

Table 4.5.1.3.1-3. Additional Band Class 3 Transmitter Spurious Emission Limits 16

Measurement Frequency

Emission Limit

885-958 MHz, except 887-889 MHz 893-901 MHz 915-925 MHz

More stringent of -60 dBc / 30 kHz and 2.5µW (-26 dBm) / 30 kHz;

25µW (-16 dBm) / 30 kHz; Pout ≤ 30 dBm

< 885 MHz and

> 958 MHz

-16 dBm / 1 MHz; Pout ≤ 44 dBm

More stringent of -60 dBc / 1 MHz and 13 dBm / 1 MHz; Pout > 44 dBm

The lower and upper limits of the frequency measurement are currently 10 MHz and 3 GHz in Japan radio measurement documents.

17

3GPP2 TSG-C Closing Plenary

Date: March 30, 2001

Recommended Minimum Performance Standards for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Mobile Stations

Release A

COPYRIGHT

3GPP2 and its Organizational Partners claim copyright in this document and individual Organizational Partners may copyright and issue documents or standards

publications in individual Organizational Partner's name based on this document. Requests for reproduction of this document should be directed to the 3GPP2

Secretariat at [email protected]. Requests to reproduce individual OrganizationaPartner's documents should be directed to that Organizational Partner. See

www.3gpp2.org for more information.

Copyright © 2001, TIA.

mailto:[email protected]

http://www.3gpp2.org/

3GPP2 C.S0011-A Ballot Resolution Version

CONTENTS

i

NOTES .......................................................................................................................xxxv 1

NORMATIVE REFERENCES ......................................................................................xxxvii 2

1 INTRODUCTION..................................................................................................... 1-1 3

1.1 Scope ............................................................................................................... 1-1 4

1.2 Terms and Definitions....................................................................................... 1-1 5

1.3 Test Modes ..................................................................................................... 1-14 6

1.4 CDMA Equations ............................................................................................ 1-15 7

1.4.1 Transmit Power of the Base Station ........................................................... 1-15 8

1.4.2 Received Signal Strength for Mobile Station Not in Handoff ........................ 1-16 9

1.4.2.1 Single-Path Case ..................................................................................1-16 10

1.4.2.2 Two-Path Case .....................................................................................1-17 11

1.4.2.3 Three-Path Case ...................................................................................1-18 12

1.4.3 Received Signal Strength for Mobile Station in Two-Way Handoff................ 1-18 13

1.5 Tolerances...................................................................................................... 1-19 14

1.5.1 CDMA System Parameter Tolerances ......................................................... 1-19 15

1.5.2 Measurement Tolerances........................................................................... 1-19 16

1.6 Test Requirements for Mobile Stations Supporting Analog Operation................ 1-19 17

1.6.1 Modulated Tone Frequency........................................................................ 1-19 18

2 STANDARD RADIATED EMISSIONS MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE ........................ 2-1 19

2.1 Standard Radiation Test Site............................................................................. 2-1 20

2.2 Search Antenna................................................................................................ 2-1 21

2.3 Field-Strength Measurement............................................................................. 2-2 22

2.4 Frequency Range of Measurements ................................................................... 2-2 23

2.5 Test Ranges...................................................................................................... 2-2 24

2.5.1 30-Meter Test Range ................................................................................... 2-2 25

2.5.2 3-Meter Test Range ..................................................................................... 2-3 26

2.6 Radiated Signal Measurement Procedures ......................................................... 2-3 27

3 CDMA RECEIVER MINIMUM STANDARDS.............................................................. 3-1 28

3.1 Frequency Coverage Requirements.................................................................... 3-1 29

3.1.1 Band Class 0 (800 MHz Band) ..................................................................... 3-1 30

3.1.2 Band Class 1 (1900 MHz Band) ................................................................... 3-4 31


CONTENTS

ii

3.1.3 Band Class 2 (TACS Band)...........................................................................3-7 1

3.1.4 Band Class 3 (JTACS Band) .......................................................................3-10 2

3.1.5 Band Class 4 (Korean PCS Band) ...............................................................3-11 3

3.1.6 Band Class 5 (450 MHz Band)....................................................................3-13 4

3.1.7 Band Class 6 (2 GHz Band)........................................................................3-17 5


3.1.9 Band Class 8 (1800 MHz Band)..................................................................3-20 7


3.2 Acquisition Requirements................................................................................3-23 9

3.2.1 Idle Handoff Tests......................................................................................3-23 10

3.2.1.1 Idle Handoff in Non-Slotted Mode on the Paging Channel ...................... 3-23 11

3.2.1.1.1 Definition ........................................................................................3-24 12

3.2.1.1.2 Method of Measurement...................................................................3-24 13

3.2.1.1.3 Minimum Standard..........................................................................3-26 14

3.2.1.2 Idle Handoff in Slotted Mode on the Paging Channel ............................. 3-26 15

3.2.1.2.1 Definition ........................................................................................3-26 16



3.2.1.3 Idle Handoff in Slotted Mode on the Forward Common Control 19

Channel............................................................................................... 3-28 20

3.2.1.3.1 Definition ........................................................................................3-29 21



3.2.1.4 Idle Handoff to Another Frequency ....................................................... 3-31 24

3.2.1.4.1 Definition ........................................................................................3-31 25



3.2.2 Soft Handoff Tests .....................................................................................3-37 28

3.2.2.1 Neighbor Set Pilot Detection and Incorrect Detection in Soft Handoff ..... 3-37 29

3.2.2.1.1 Definition ........................................................................................3-37 30



CONTENTS

iii

3.2.2.1.3 Minimum Standard ......................................................................... 3-40 1

3.2.2.2 Candidate Set Pilot Detection and Incorrect Detection in Soft 2

Handoff ................................................................................................3-41 3

3.2.2.2.1 Definition........................................................................................ 3-41 4

3.2.2.2.2 Method of Measurement .................................................................. 3-41 5


3.2.2.3 Active Set Pilot Loss Detection in Soft Handoff.......................................3-44 7

3.2.2.3.1 Definition........................................................................................ 3-44 8



3.2.3 Access and Access Probe Handoff Tests ..................................................... 3-47 11

3.2.3.1 Access Probe Handoff ...........................................................................3-47 12

3.2.3.1.1 Definition........................................................................................ 3-47 13



3.2.3.2 Access Handoff .....................................................................................3-51 16

3.2.3.2.1 Definition........................................................................................ 3-51 17



3.2.4 Candidate Frequency Single Search........................................................... 3-54 20

3.2.4.1 Definition .............................................................................................3-54 21

3.2.4.2 Method of Measurement .......................................................................3-54 22

3.2.4.3 Minimum Standard ..............................................................................3-56 23

3.3 Forward Common Channel Demodulation Performance ................................... 3-56 24

3.3.1 Demodulation of Non-Slotted Mode Paging Channel ................................... 3-56 25

3.3.1.1 Definition .............................................................................................3-56 26



3.3.2 Demodulation of Slotted Mode Paging Channel .......................................... 3-57 29

3.3.2.1 Definition .............................................................................................3-57 30



CONTENTS

iv

3.3.2.3 Minimum Standard.............................................................................. 3-59 1

3.3.3 Demodulation of Broadcast Control Channel in AWGN Channel..................3-59 2

3.3.3.1 Definition............................................................................................. 3-59 3

3.3.3.2 Method of Measurement ....................................................................... 3-60 4


3.3.4 Demodulation of Broadcast Control Channel in Multipath Fading 6

Channel ....................................................................................................3-61 7

3.3.4.1 Definition............................................................................................. 3-61 8



3.3.5 Demodulation of Forward Common Control Channel ..................................3-62 11

3.3.5.1 Definition............................................................................................. 3-62 12



3.3.6 Demodulation of Common Assignment Channel and Reception of 15

Common Power Control Channel................................................................3-63 16

3.3.6.1 Definition............................................................................................. 3-63 17



3.4 Forward Traffic Channel Demodulation Performance........................................3-66 20

3.4.1 Demodulation of Forward Traffic Channel in Additive White Gaussian 21

Noise.........................................................................................................3-66 22

3.4.1.1 Definition............................................................................................. 3-66 23



3.4.2 Demodulation of Forward Traffic Channel in Multipath Fading Channel......3-67 26

3.4.2.1 Definition............................................................................................. 3-67 27



3.4.3 Demodulation of Forward Traffic Channel During Soft Handoff ...................3-69 30

3.4.3.1 Definition............................................................................................. 3-69 31



CONTENTS

v


3.4.4 Decision of Power Control Bit for Channels Belonging to Different Power 2

Control Sets During Soft Handoff .............................................................. 3-70 3

3.4.4.1 Definition .............................................................................................3-70 4



3.4.5 Decision of Power Control Bit for Channels Belonging to the Same Power 7

Control Set ............................................................................................... 3-72 8

3.4.5.1 Definition .............................................................................................3-72 9



3.4.6 Demodulation of Power Control Subchannel During Soft Handoff ............... 3-73 12

3.4.6.1 Definition .............................................................................................3-73 13



3.4.7 Demodulation of Forward Traffic Channel in Multipath Fading Channel 16

with Closed Loop Power Control (FPC_MODE = 000) ................................. 3-75 17

3.4.7.1 Definition .............................................................................................3-75 18




with Closed Loop Power Control (FPC_MODE = 010) ................................. 3-76 22

3.4.8.1 Definition .............................................................................................3-76 23




with Outer Loop Power Control and Closed Loop Power Control 27

(FPC_MODE = 000, 001 and 010) .......................................................... 3-78 28

3.4.9.1 Definition .............................................................................................3-78 29




CONTENTS

vi


with Closed Loop Power Control (FPC_MODE = 000) and Transmit 2

Diversity (OTD or STS) ...............................................................................3-79 3

3.4.10.1 Definition............................................................................................. 3-79 4





Diversity (OTD or STS) ...............................................................................3-81 9

3.4.11.1 Definition............................................................................................. 3-81 10



3.4.12 Demodulation of Power Control Subchannel During Reverse Pilot 13

Channel Gating .........................................................................................3-82 14

3.4.12.1 Definition............................................................................................. 3-82 15



3.4.13 Demodulation of Power Control Subchannel During Reverse 18

Fundamental Channel Gating ....................................................................3-83 19

3.4.13.1 Definition............................................................................................. 3-83 20



3.5 Receiver Performance ......................................................................................3-84 23

3.5.1 Receiver Sensitivity and Dynamic Range ....................................................3-84 24

3.5.1.1 Definition............................................................................................. 3-84 25



3.5.2 Single Tone Desensitization........................................................................3-85 28

3.5.2.1 Definition............................................................................................. 3-85 29



3.5.3 Intermodulation Spurious Response Attenuation........................................3-88 32

3.5.3.1 Definition............................................................................................. 3-88 33


CONTENTS

vii



3.5.4 Adjacent Channel Selectivity ..................................................................... 3-92 3

3.5.4.1 Definition .............................................................................................3-93 4



3.5.5 Receiver Blocking Characteristics .............................................................. 3-94 7

3.5.5.1 Definition .............................................................................................3-95 8



3.6 Limitations on Emissions................................................................................ 3-97 11

3.6.1 Conducted Spurious Emissions ................................................................. 3-97 12

3.6.1.1 Definition .............................................................................................3-97 13



3.6.2 Radiated Spurious Emissions .................................................................... 3-98 16

3.6.2.1 Definition .............................................................................................3-98 17



3.7 Supervision ...................................................................................................3-100 20

3.7.1 Paging Channel........................................................................................3-100 21

3.7.1.1 Definition ...........................................................................................3-100 22

3.7.1.2 Method of Measurement .....................................................................3-100 23

3.7.1.3 Minimum Standard ............................................................................3-101 24

3.7.2 Forward Traffic Channel...........................................................................3-101 25

3.7.2.1 Definition ...........................................................................................3-101 26

3.7.2.2 Method of Measurement .....................................................................3-102 27

3.7.2.3 Minimum Standard ............................................................................3-103 28

4 CDMA TRANSMITTER MINIMUM STANDARDS........................................................ 4-1 29

4.1 Frequency Accuracy.......................................................................................... 4-1 30

4.1.1 Definition.................................................................................................... 4-1 31


CONTENTS

viii

4.1.2 Method of Measurement ..............................................................................4-1 1

4.1.3 Minimum Standard .....................................................................................4-1 2

4.2 Handoff.............................................................................................................4-1 3

4.2.1 CDMA to CDMA Hard Handoff......................................................................4-1 4

4.2.1.1 Definition............................................................................................... 4-1 5

4.2.1.2 Method of Measurement ......................................................................... 4-2 6

4.2.1.3 Minimum Standard................................................................................ 4-3 7

4.2.2 Transmit Power after Hard Handoff ..............................................................4-3 8

4.2.2.1 Definition............................................................................................... 4-3 9



4.3 Modulation Requirements..................................................................................4-7 12

4.3.1 Time Reference ............................................................................................4-7 13

4.3.1.1 Definition............................................................................................... 4-7 14



4.3.2 Reverse Pilot Channel to Code Channel Time Tolerance ................................4-9 17

4.3.2.1 Definition............................................................................................... 4-9 18



4.3.3 Reverse Pilot Channel to Code Channel Phase Tolerance.............................4-10 21

4.3.3.1 Definition............................................................................................. 4-10 22



4.3.4 Waveform Quality and Frequency Accuracy................................................4-10 25

4.3.4.1 Definition............................................................................................. 4-10 26



4.3.5 Code Domain Power...................................................................................4-12 29

4.3.5.1 Definition............................................................................................. 4-12 30



CONTENTS

ix


4.4 RF Output Power Requirements ...................................................................... 4-13 2

4.4.1 Range of Open Loop Output Power ............................................................ 4-13 3

4.4.1.1 Definition .............................................................................................4-13 4


4.4.1.2.1 Access Channel ............................................................................... 4-14 6

4.4.1.2.2 Spreading Rate 1 Enhanced Access Channel .................................... 4-16 7

4.4.1.2.3 Spreading Rate 3 Enhanced Access Channel .................................... 4-18 8


4.4.2 Time Response of Open Loop Power Control ............................................... 4-23 10

4.4.2.1 Definition .............................................................................................4-23 11



4.4.3 Access Probe Output Power ....................................................................... 4-25 14

4.4.3.1 Definition .............................................................................................4-25 15


4.4.3.2.1 Access Channel Probe Acquisition.................................................... 4-26 17

4.4.3.2.2 Enhanced Access Channel Probe Acquisition ................................... 4-26 18


4.4.4 Range of Closed Loop Power Control .......................................................... 4-27 20

4.4.4.1 Definition .............................................................................................4-27 21



4.4.5 Maximum RF Output Power ...................................................................... 4-31 24

4.4.5.1 Definition .............................................................................................4-31 25



4.4.6 Minimum Controlled Output Power ........................................................... 4-36 28

4.4.6.1 Definition .............................................................................................4-36 29




CONTENTS

x

4.4.7 Standby Output Power and Gated Output Power ........................................4-37 1

4.4.7.1 Definition............................................................................................. 4-37 2



4.4.8 Power Up Function Output Power ..............................................................4-39 5

4.4.8.1 Definition............................................................................................. 4-39 6



4.4.9 Code Channel to Reverse Pilot Channel Output Power Accuracy .................4-41 9

4.4.9.1 Definition............................................................................................. 4-41 10


4.4.9.2.1 Code Channel Output Power for the Enhanced Access Channel 12

Header, Enhanced Access Channel Data, and Reverse Common 13

Control Channel Data ......................................................................4-42 14

4.4.9.2.2 Code Channel Output Power for the Reverse Traffic Channel.............4-43 15


4.4.10 Reverse Pilot Channel Transmit Phase Discontinuity ..................................4-47 17

4.4.10.1 Definition............................................................................................. 4-47 18



4.4.11 Reverse Traffic Channel Output Power During Changes in Data Rate..........4-49 21

4.4.11.1 Definition............................................................................................. 4-49 22



4.5 Limitations on Emissions ................................................................................4-51 25

4.5.1 Conducted Spurious Emissions..................................................................4-51 26

4.5.1.1 Definition............................................................................................. 4-51 27



4.5.1.3.1 Spreading Rate 1 .............................................................................4-53 30

4.5.1.3.2 Spreading Rate 3 .............................................................................4-56 31

4.5.2 Radiated Spurious Emissions.....................................................................4-58 32


CONTENTS

xi

4.5.3 Occupied Bandwidth ................................................................................. 4-58 1

4.5.3.1 Definition .............................................................................................4-58 2



5 CDMA ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS ............................................................ 5-1 5

5.1 Temperature and Power Supply Voltage............................................................. 5-1 6

5.1.1 Definition.................................................................................................... 5-1 7

5.1.2 Method of Measurement .............................................................................. 5-1 8

5.1.3 Minimum Standard..................................................................................... 5-2 9

5.2 High Humidity.................................................................................................. 5-2 10

5.2.1 Definition.................................................................................................... 5-2 11



5.3 Vibration Stability ............................................................................................ 5-3 14

5.3.1 Definition.................................................................................................... 5-3 15



5.4 Shock Stability ................................................................................................. 5-3 18

5.4.1 Definition.................................................................................................... 5-3 19



6 CDMA STANDARD TEST CONDITIONS ................................................................... 6-1 22

6.1 Standard Equipment ........................................................................................ 6-1 23

6.1.1 Basic Equipment......................................................................................... 6-1 24

6.1.2 Associated Equipment................................................................................. 6-1 25

6.2 Standard Environmental Test Conditions .......................................................... 6-1 26

6.3 Standard Conditions for the Primary Power Supply ........................................... 6-1 27

6.3.1 General....................................................................................................... 6-1 28

6.3.2 Standard DC Test Voltage from Accumulator Batteries................................. 6-1 29

6.3.3 Standard AC Voltage and Frequency............................................................ 6-2 30

6.4 Standard Test Equipment ................................................................................. 6-2 31


CONTENTS

xii

6.4.1 Standard Channel Simulator .......................................................................6-2 1

6.4.1.1 Channel Model Parameters..................................................................... 6-2 2

6.4.1.2 Channel Model Parameter Conditions and Tolerances ............................. 6-4 3

6.4.1.3 Channel Simulator Configurations.......................................................... 6-5 4

6.4.2 Waveform Quality Measurement Equipment .................................................6-5 5

6.4.2.1 Rho Meter for Radio Configuration 1 and 2 ............................................. 6-5 6

6.4.2.2 Rho Meter for Radio Configuration 3 through 9....................................... 6-7 7

6.4.2.2.1 The Ideal Composite Reference Signal.................................................6-7 8

6.4.2.2.2 The Transmitter Signal-Under-Test ....................................................6-8 9

6.4.2.2.3 Active Code-Channel Identification, Symbol Detection and 10

Parameter Estimation ........................................................................6-9 11

6.4.2.2.4 Rho (ρ).............................................................................................6-10 12

6.4.2.2.5 Code-domain Power (CDP) ................................................................6-11 13

6.4.2.2.6 Power in Undesired Channels...........................................................6-12 14

6.4.2.2.7 Code Domain Time Offsets and Phase Offsets Relative to Reverse 15

Pilot Channel ...................................................................................6-12 16

6.4.2.3 Code Domain Measurement Equipment Accuracy ................................. 6-13 17

6.4.3 Base Station Equipment ............................................................................6-13 18

6.4.3.1 Transmitter Equipment ........................................................................ 6-13 19

6.4.3.2 Receiver Equipment ............................................................................. 6-15 20

6.4.3.3 Protocol Support .................................................................................. 6-15 21

6.4.3.4 Timing Signals ..................................................................................... 6-15 22

6.4.4 AWGN Generator .......................................................................................6-15 23

6.4.5 CW Generator............................................................................................6-16 24

6.4.6 Spectrum Analyzer ....................................................................................6-17 25

6.4.7 Average Power Meter..................................................................................6-18 26

6.4.8 Phase Transient Measuring Equipment ......................................................6-18 27

6.5 Functional System Set-ups..............................................................................6-19 28

6.5.1 Functional Block Diagrams........................................................................6-19 29

6.5.2 General Comments ....................................................................................6-21 30

6.6 Confidence Limits ...........................................................................................6-26 31

6.6.1 Confidence Level of Error Rate ...................................................................6-26 32


CONTENTS

xiii

6.6.2 Confidence on Power Measurement During Fading..................................... 6-30 1

6.6.3 Confidence Level of Detection Time............................................................ 6-31 2

ANNEX A: SELECTED PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS TABLES.............................. A-1 3

A.1 Forward Common Channel Performance Tables................................................. A-1 4

A.1.1 Non-Slotted Mode Paging Channel Performance Requirements ..................... A-1 5

A.1.1.1 Method of Measurement Test Parameters ............................................ A-1 6

A.1.1.2 Minimum Standards Requirements ..................................................... A-1 7

A.1.2 Slotted Mode Paging Channel Performance Requirements............................. A-2 8



A.1.3 Forward Broadcast Control Channel Performance Requirements in AWGN 11

Channel...................................................................................................... A-6 12



A.1.4 Forward Broadcast Control Channel Performance Requirements in 15

Multipath Fading Channel......................................................................... A-11 16

A.1.4.1 Method of Measurement Test Parameters .......................................... A-12 17

A.1.4.2 Minimum Standards Requirements ................................................... A-18 18

A.1.5 Forward Common Control Channel Performance Requirements.................. A-23 19



A.1.6 Common Assignment Channel and Common Power Control Channel 22

Performance Requirements........................................................................ A-29 23



A.2 Forward Traffic Channel Demodulation Performance Tables............................. A-33 26

A.2.1 Forward Traffic Channel Performance Requirements in AWGN ................... A-33 27



A.2.2 Forward Traffic Channel Performance Requirements in Multipath Fading 30

Channel.................................................................................................... A-73 31



CONTENTS

xiv

A.2.2.2 Minimum Standards Requirements....................................................A-83 1

A.2.3 Forward Traffic Channel Performance Requirements During Soft Handoff ...A-88 2

A.2.3.1 Method of Measurement Test Parameters...........................................A-89 3


A.2.4 Power Control Bit Performance Requirements for Channels Belonging to 5

Different Power Control Sets During Soft Handoff .......................................A-89 6



A.2.5 Power Control Bit Performance Requirements for Channels Belonging to 9

the Same Power Control Set.......................................................................A-90 10



A.2.6 Power Control Subchannel Performance Requirements During Soft 13

Handoff .....................................................................................................A-91 14




Channel with Closed Loop Power Control (FPC_MODE = 000) ....................A-92 18




Channel with Closed Loop Power Control (FPC_MODE = 010) .................. A-104 22

A.2.8.1 Method of Measurement Test Parameters.........................................A-104 23

A.2.8.2 Minimum Standards Requirements..................................................A-112 24


Channel with Outer Loop Power Control and Closed Loop Power Control 26

(FPC_MODE = 000, 001 and 010) ......................................................... A-119 27





Diversity (OTD or STS) ............................................................................. A-124 32




CONTENTS

xv



Diversity (OTD or STS) .............................................................................A-134 3

A.2.11.1 Method of Measurement Test Parameters ........................................ A-134 4

A.2.11.2 Minimum Standards Requirements ................................................. A-137 5

A.2.12 Power Control Subchannel Performance Requirements During Reverse 6

Pilot Channel Gating ................................................................................A-139 7




Fundamental Channel Gating...................................................................A-140 11



14


FIGURES

xvi

Figure 3.2.1.1.2-1. Idle Handoff in Non-Slotted Mode (Test 1) ....................................... 3-25 1

Figure 3.2.1.1.2-2. Idle Handoff in Non-Slotted Mode (Test 2) ....................................... 3-26 2

Figure 3.2.1.2.2-1. Slotted Mode Idle Handoff............................................................... 3-28 3

Figure 3.2.1.3.2-1. Slotted Mode Idle Handoff............................................................... 3-30 4

Figure 3.2.1.4.2-1. Idle Handoff to Another Frequency (Test 1)...................................... 3-36 5

Figure 3.2.1.4.2-2. Idle Handoff to Another Frequency (Test 2)...................................... 3-36 6

Figure 3.2.2.1.2-1. Neighbor Set Pilot Detection ........................................................... 3-40 7

Figure 3.2.2.1.2-2. Neighbor Set Pilot Incorrect Detection............................................. 3-40 8

Figure 3.2.2.2.2-1. Candidate Set Pilot Detection (Test 1) ............................................. 3-43 9

Figure 3.2.2.2.2-2. Candidate Set Pilot Incorrect Detection (Test 2) ............................... 3-44 10

Figure 3.2.2.3.2-1. Active Set Pilot Loss Detection (Test 2) ............................................ 3-47 11

Figure 3.2.3.1.2-1. Access Probe Handoff ..................................................................... 3-50 12

Figure 3.2.3.2.2-1. Access Handoff............................................................................... 3-53 13

Figure 3.4.6.2-1. Demodulation of Power Control Subchannel During Soft Handoff ....... 3-74 14

Figure 4.4.2.3-1. Upper and Lower Limits for Open Loop Power Control Step 15

Response for ∆Pin = 20 dB..................................................................................... 4-25 16

Figure 4.4.7.3-1. Transmission Envelope Mask (Average Gated-on Power Control 17

Group) .................................................................................................................. 4-39 18

Figure 6.4.1-1. Autocorrelation Coefficient of the Phase.................................................. 6-3 19

Figure 6.5.1-1. Functional Set-up for Traffic Channel Tests in Fading Channel ............. 6-19 20

Figure 6.5.1-2. Functional Set-up for Traffic Channel Tests in Soft Handoff .................. 6-19 21

Figure 6.5.1-3. Functional Set-up for Searcher Tests in Soft Handoff ............................ 6-20 22

Figure 6.5.1-4. Functional Set-up for Tests Without Fading.......................................... 6-20 23

Figure 6.6.1-1. Ratio (Measured/Specified) Bound as a Function of Number of Errors 24

(k) for 95% Confidence .......................................................................................... 6-27 25


(k) for 90% Confidence .......................................................................................... 6-28 27

Figure 6.6.1-3. Test Requirement for 95% Confidence of FER = 0.01............................. 6-28 28

Figure 6.6.1-4. Test Requirement for 95% Confidence of FER = 0.05............................. 6-29 29

Figure 6.6.1-5. Test Requirement for 95% Confidence of FER = 0.1............................... 6-29 30

Figure 6.6.1-6. Test Requirement for 90% Confidence of FER = 0.1............................... 6-30 31

Figure 6.6.2-1. Uncertainty in Power Measurement in Rayleigh Fading ......................... 6-31 32

33


TABLES

xvii

Table 1.3-1. Test Configuration Combinations ..............................................................1-14 1

Table 3.1.1-1. CDMA Channel Number to CDMA Frequency Assignment 2

Correspondence for Band Class 0.............................................................................3-1 3

Table 3.1.1-2. CDMA Channel Numbers and Corresponding Frequencies for Band 4

Class 0 and Spreading Rate 1 ..................................................................................3-2 5



Table 3.1.1-4. CDMA Preferred Set of Frequency Assignments for Band Class 0 ..............3-4 8
















Correspondence for Band Class 3...........................................................................3-10 24


Class 3 and Spreading Rate 1 ................................................................................3-11 26

Table 3.1.4-3. CDMA Preferred Set of Frequency Assignments for Band Class 3 ............3-11 27







Table 3.1.5-4. CDMA Preferred Set of Frequency Assignments for Band Class 4 ............3-13 34




TABLES

xviii


Class 5 and Spreading Rate 1................................................................................ 3-15 2



Table 3.1.6-4. CDMA Preferred Set of Frequency Assignments for Band Class 5 ............ 3-17 5


Correspondence for Band Class 6 .......................................................................... 3-17 7


























Table 3.1.10-4. CDMA Preferred Set of Frequency Assignments for Band Class 9 .......... 3-23 33

Table 3.2.1.1.2-1. Test Parameters for Idle Handoff in Non-Slotted Mode....................... 3-25 34

Table 3.2.1.2.2-1. Test Parameters for Slotted Mode Idle Handoff.................................. 3-28 35


TABLES

xix

Table 3.2.1.3.2-1. Test Parameters for Slotted Mode Idle Handoff ..................................3-30 1

Table 3.2.1.4.2-1. Test Parameters for Idle Handoff to Another Frequency .....................3-35 2

Table 3.2.2.1.2-1. Test Parameters for Neighbor Set Pilot Detection (Test 1) ...................3-38 3

Table 3.2.2.1.2-2. Test Parameters for Neighbor Set Pilot Detection (Test 2) ...................3-39 4

Table 3.2.2.1.2-3. Test Parameters for Neighbor Set Pilot Incorrect Detection (Test 3) ...3-39 5

Table 3.2.2.2.2-1. Test Parameters for Candidate Set Pilot Detection (Test 1) .................3-42 6

Table 3.2.2.2.2-2. Test Parameters for Candidate Set Pilot Incorrect Detection (Test 7

2) ..........................................................................................................................3-43 8

Table 3.2.2.3.2-1. Test Parameters for Active Set Pilot Incorrect Loss Detection (Test 9

1) ..........................................................................................................................3-46 10

Table 3.2.2.3.2-2. Test Parameters for Active Set Pilot Loss Detection (Test 2)................3-46 11

Table 3.2.3.1.2-1. Test Parameters for Access Probe Handoff.........................................3-49 12

Table 3.5.1.2-1. Test Parameters for Receiver Sensitivity and Dynamic Range ...............3-85 13

Table 3.5.2.2-1. Test Parameters for Single Tone Desensitization...................................3-87 14

Table 3.5.2.2-2. Minimum Effective Isotropic Radiated Power for Single Tone 15

Desensitization Test for Band Classes 1, 4, and 8...................................................3-87 16

Table 3.5.2.2-3. Minimum Effective Radiated Power for Single Tone Desensitization 17

Test for Band Class 3.............................................................................................3-88 18

Table 3.5.3.2-1. Test Parameters for Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7 and 9 19

Intermodulation Spurious Response Attenuation (Tests 1 and 2).............................3-89 20

Table 3.5.3.2-2. Test Parameters for Band Class 1, 4, and 8 Intermodulation 21

Spurious Response Attenuation (Tests 1 and 2) ......................................................3-90 22

Table 3.5.3.2-3. Test Parameters for Band Class 6 Intermodulation Spurious 23

Response Attenuation (Tests 1 and 2).....................................................................3-91 24





Table 3.5.4.2-1. Configuration for Interference Source ..................................................3-94 29

Table 3.5.4.2-2. Test Parameters for Adjacent Channel Selectivity .................................3-94 30

Table 3.5.5.2-1. Test Parameters for Receiver Blocking Characteristics (In-Band) ..........3-96 31

Table 3.5.5.2-2. Test Parameters for Receiver Blocking Characteristics (Out-Of-32

Band) ....................................................................................................................3-96 33

Table 3.6.2.3-1. Maximum Allowable Radiated Spurious Emissions for Band 34

Classes 0, 1, and 7 ................................................................................................3-99 35


TABLES

xx

Table 3.6.2.3-2. Maximum Allowable Radiated Spurious Emissions for Band 1

Classes 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, and 9 ................................................................................ 3-99 2

Table 3.7.1.2-1. Test Parameters for Supervision of Paging Channel ........................... 3-100 3

Table 3.7.2.2-1. Test Parameters for Supervision of Forward Traffic Channel .............. 3-103 4

Table 4.2.1.2-1. Test Parameters for CDMA to CDMA Hard Handoff ................................ 4-3 5



Table 4.3.1.2-1. Test Parameters for Time Reference....................................................... 4-9 8

Table 4.4.1.2.1-1. Test Parameter of Îor for Range of Open Loop Output Power for 9

the Access Channel ............................................................................................... 4-16 10


the Spreading Rate 1 Enhanced Access Channel.................................................... 4-18 12


the Spreading Rate 3 Enhanced Access Channel.................................................... 4-20 14

Table 4.4.1.3-1. Minimum Standards for Range of Open Loop Output Power for the 15

Access Channel..................................................................................................... 4-21 16


Spreading Rate 1 Enhanced Access Channel.......................................................... 4-22 18


Spreading Rate 3 Enhanced Access Channel.......................................................... 4-23 20

Table 4.4.2.2-1. Test Parameters for Time Response of Open Loop Power Control .......... 4-24 21

Table 4.4.5.2-1. Test Parameters for Maximum RF Output Power for Spreading Rate 22

1........................................................................................................................... 4-34 23

Table 4.4.5.2-2. Test Parameters for Maximum RF Output Power for Spreading Rate 24

3........................................................................................................................... 4-34 25

Table 4.4.5.3-1. Effective Radiated Power at Maximum Output Power ........................... 4-35 26

Table 4.4.6.2-1. Test Parameters for Minimum Controlled Output Power....................... 4-36 27

Table 4.4.7.2-1. Test Parameters for Standby Output Power and Gated Output 28

Power ................................................................................................................... 4-38 29

Table 4.4.9.3-1. Code Channel Accuracy Requirements for the Reverse Fundamental 30

Channel, Reverse Dedicated Control Channel and (Convolutional Coded) Reverse 31

Supplemental Channel .......................................................................................... 4-46 32

Table 4.4.9.3-2. Code Channel Accuracy Requirements for the (Turbo Coded) 33

Reverse Supplemental Channel ............................................................................. 4-46 34


TABLES

xxi

Table 4.4.9.3-3. Code Channel Accuracy Requirements for the 9600 bps Reverse 1

Fundamental Channel (or 9600 bps Reverse Dedicated Control Channel) Being 2

Transmitted in Addition to the (Convolutional Coded) Reverse Supplemental 3

Channel ................................................................................................................4-47 4



Transmitted in Addition to the (Turbo Coded) Reverse Supplemental Channel .........4-47 7

Table 4.5.1.2-1. Test Parameters for Testing Spurious Emissions at Maximum RF 8

Output Power ........................................................................................................4-53 9

Table 4.5.1.3.1-1. Band Class 0, 2, 3, 5, 7 and 9 Transmitter Spurious Emission 10

Limits for Spreading Rate 1....................................................................................4-54 11

Table 4.5.1.3.1-2. Band Class 1, 4, 6 and 8 Transmitter Spurious Emission Limits 12

for Spreading Rate 1 ..............................................................................................4-55 13

Table 4.5.1.3.1-3. Additional Band Class 3 Transmitter Spurious Emission Limits ........4-56 14



Table 4.5.1.3.2-1. Transmitter Spurious Emission Limits for Spreading Rate 3..............4-57 17



Table 4.5.3.2-1. Test Parameters for Testing Occupied Bandwidth at Maximum RF 20

Output Power ........................................................................................................4-59 21

Table 5.1.1-1. Temperature Ranges ................................................................................5-1 22

Table 6.4.1.3-1. Standard Channel Simulator Configurations..........................................6-5 23

Table 6.4.2.3-1. Accuracy of Code Domain Measurement Equipment.............................6-13 24

Table A.1.1.1-1. Test Parameters for Non-Slotted Mode Paging Channel Performance 25

in AWGN .................................................................................................................A-1 26

Table A.1.1.2-1. Minimum Standards for Non-Slotted Mode Paging Channel 27

Performance in AWGN .............................................................................................A-1 28

Table A.1.2.1-1. Test Parameters for Slotted Mode Paging Channel for Spreading 29

Rate 1 (Test 1) .........................................................................................................A-2 30


Rate 1 (Test 2) .........................................................................................................A-3 32


Rate 3 (Test 3) .........................................................................................................A-4 34


Rate 3 (Test 4) .........................................................................................................A-5 36


TABLES

xxii

Table A.1.2.2-1. Minimum Standards for Slotted Mode Paging Channel Performance 1

for Spreading Rate 1 in AWGN (Test 1)..................................................................... A-5 2







Table A.1.3.1-1. Test Parameters for the Broadcast Control Channel in AWGN for 9

Spreading Rate 1 with Rate = 1/4 Code, No Transmit Diversity ................................ A-7 10


Spreading Rate 1 with Rate = 1/2 Code, No Transmit Diversity ................................ A-7 12


Spreading Rate 3..................................................................................................... A-8 14

Table A.1.3.2-1. Minimum Standards for Broadcast Control Channel Performance in 15

AWGN for Spreading Rate 1 with R = 1/4 Code, No Transmit Diversity ..................... A-9 16


AWGN for Spreading Rate 1 with R = 1/2 Code, No Transmit Diversity ................... A-10 18


AWGN for Spreading Rate 3................................................................................... A-11 20

Table A.1.4.1-1. Test Parameters for Broadcast Control Channel for Spreading Rate 21

1 with R = 1/4 Code, No Transmit Diversity........................................................... A-12 22
















TABLES

xxiii


3...........................................................................................................................A-16 2


3...........................................................................................................................A-16 4


3...........................................................................................................................A-17 6


3...........................................................................................................................A-17 8

Table A.1.4.2-1. Minimum Standards for Broadcast Control Channel Performance 9

for Spreading Rate 1 with R = 1/4 Code, No Transmit Diversity ..............................A-18 10








for Spreading Rate 3 ..............................................................................................A-22 18


for Spreading Rate 3 ..............................................................................................A-23 20

Table A.1.5.1-1. Test Parameters for the Forward Common Control Channel for 21

Spreading Rate 1 with Rate = 1/4 Mode, No Power Control, No Transmit 22

Diversity................................................................................................................A-24 23



Diversity................................................................................................................A-24 26


Spreading Rate 3 with Rate = 1/4 Mode, No Power Control .....................................A-25 28



Table A.1.5.2-1. Minimum Standards for Forward Common Control Channel for 31


Diversity................................................................................................................A-26 33



Diversity................................................................................................................A-27 36




TABLES

xxiv


Spreading Rate 3 with Rate = 1/2 Mode, No Power Control..................................... A-29 2

Table A.1.6.1-1. Test Parameters for the Common Assignment Channel for 3

Spreading Rate 1 with Rate = 1/4 mode in AWGN, No Transmit Diversity ............... A-30 4


Spreading Rate 1 with Rate = 1/2 mode in AWGN, No Transmit Diversity ............... A-30 6


Spreading Rate 3 in AWGN.................................................................................... A-31 8

Table A.1.6.2-1. Minimum Standards for Common Assignment Channel for 9

Spreading Rate 1 with Rate = 1/4 Mode in AWGN .................................................. A-31 10

Table A.1.6.2-2 Minimum Standards for Common Assignment Channel for 11

Spreading Rate 1 with Rate = 1/2 Mode in AWGN .................................................. A-32 12

Table A.1.6.2-3. Minimum Standards for Common Assignment Channel for 13

Spreading Rate 3 in AWGN.................................................................................... A-32 14

Table A.2.1.1-1. Test Parameters for Radio Configuration 1 Forward Fundamental 15

Channel in AWGN ................................................................................................. A-33 16


Channel in AWGN ................................................................................................. A-33 18


Channel in AWGN ................................................................................................. A-34 20


Channel in AWGN ................................................................................................. A-35 22


Channel or Forward Dedicated Control Channel with 100% Frame Activity in 24

AWGN................................................................................................................... A-35 25



AWGN................................................................................................................... A-36 28



AWGN................................................................................................................... A-36 31



AWGN................................................................................................................... A-37 34



AWGN................................................................................................................... A-37 37


TABLES

xxv



AWGN ...................................................................................................................A-38 3



AWGN ...................................................................................................................A-38 6



AWGN ...................................................................................................................A-39 9



AWGN ...................................................................................................................A-39 12



AWGN ...................................................................................................................A-40 15



AWGN ...................................................................................................................A-40 18



AWGN ...................................................................................................................A-41 21



AWGN ...................................................................................................................A-41 24



AWGN ...................................................................................................................A-42 27

Table A.2.1.1-19. Test Parameters for Radio Configuration 1 Forward Supplemental 28

Code Channel in AWGN .........................................................................................A-42 29


Code Channel in AWGN .........................................................................................A-43 31


Channel with 100% Frame Activity in AWGN with Convolutional Coding.................A-43 33


Channel with 100% Frame Activity in AWGN with Turbo Coding.............................A-44 35


Channel with 100% Frame Activity in AWGN with Convolutional Coding.................A-44 37


Channel with 100% Frame Activity in AWGN with Turbo Coding.............................A-45 39


TABLES

xxvi


Channel with 100% Frame Activity in AWGN with Convolutional Coding ................ A-45 2


Channel with 100% Frame Activity in AWGN with Turbo Coding ............................ A-46 4

















Table A.2.1.2-1. Minimum Standards for Radio Configuration 1 Forward 21

Fundamental Channel Performance in AWGN ........................................................ A-51 22


Fundamental Channel Performance in AWGN ........................................................ A-52 24


Fundamental Channel or Forward Dedicated Control Channel with 100% Frame 26

Activity Performance in AWGN............................................................................... A-53 27











TABLES

xxvii



Activity Performance in AWGN ...............................................................................A-57 3








Supplemental Code Channel Performance in AWGN ...............................................A-59 11


Supplemental Code Channel Performance in AWGN ...............................................A-60 13


Supplemental Channel Performance with 100% Frame Activity in AWGN with 15

Convolutional Coding ............................................................................................A-60 16



Turbo Coding ........................................................................................................A-61 19






Turbo Coding ........................................................................................................A-63 25






Turbo Coding ........................................................................................................A-65 31






Turbo Coding ........................................................................................................A-67 37


TABLES

xxviii



Convolutional Coding ............................................................................................ A-68 3



Turbo Coding ........................................................................................................ A-69 6






Turbo Coding ........................................................................................................ A-71 12


Supplemental Channel Performance in with 100% Frame Activity AWGN with 14




Turbo Coding ........................................................................................................ A-73 18

Table A.2.2.1-1. Test Parameters for Forward Traffic Channel Radio Configuration 1 19

in Fading Channel (Case 1).................................................................................... A-74 20

Table A.2.2.1-2. Test Parameters for Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9 Forward 21

Traffic Channel Radio Configuration 1 in Fading Channel (Case 1) ......................... A-75 22















Table A.2.2.2-1. Minimum Standards for Traffic Channel Performance in Fading 37

Channel (Case 1, Tests 1, 2, and 3)........................................................................ A-83 38


TABLES

xxix

Table A.2.2.2-2. Minimum Standards for Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9 Traffic 1

Channel Performance in Fading Channel (Case 1, Test 4) .......................................A-83 2


Channel Performance in Fading Channel (Case 1, Test 5) .......................................A-83 4


Channel (Case 2) ...................................................................................................A-84 6


Channel Performance in Fading Channel (Case 3, Test 12) .....................................A-84 8

Table A.2.2.2-6. Minimum Standards for Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8 Traffic 9

Channel Performance in Fading Channel (Case 3, Test 12) .....................................A-84 10

Table A.2.2.2-7. Recommended Minimum Standards for Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 11

and 9 Traffic Channel Performance in Fading Channel (Case 3, Test 12) .................A-85 12

Table A.2.2.2-8. Recommended Minimum Standards for Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8 13

Traffic Channel Performance in Fading Channel (Case 3, Test 12) ...........................A-85 14

Table A.2.2.2-9. Minimum Standards for Traffic Channel Radio Configuration 2 15

Performance in Fading Channel (Case 4, Tests 13 and 14) ......................................A-86 16


Channel Radio Configuration 2 Performance in Fading Channel (Case 5) ................A-86 18



Table A.2.2.2-12. Minimum Standards for Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8 Traffic 21



and 9 Traffic Channel Radio Configuration 2 Performance in Fading Channel 24

(Case 6, Tests 20, 21, 22, and 23) ..........................................................................A-88 25

Table A.2.2.2-14. Recommended Minimum Standards for Band Class 1, 4, 6, and 8 26

Traffic Channel Radio Configuration 2 Performance in Fading Channel (Case 6, 27

Tests 20, 21, 22, and 23) .......................................................................................A-88 28

Table A.2.3.1-1. Test Parameters for Radio Configuration 1 Forward Traffic Channel 29

During Soft Handoff...............................................................................................A-89 30

Table A.2.3.2-1. Minimum Standards for Radio Configuration 1 Forward Traffic 31

Channel Performance During Soft Handoff .............................................................A-89 32

Table A.2.4.1-1. Test Parameters for Decision of Power Control Bit for Different 33

Power Control Sets ................................................................................................A-90 34

Table A.2.5.1-1. Test Parameters for Decision of Power Control Bit for the Same 35

Power Control Set ..................................................................................................A-91 36

Table A.2.6.1-1. Test Parameters for Demodulation of Power Control Subchannel 37

During Soft Handoff...............................................................................................A-92 38


TABLES

xxx

Table A.2.7.1-1. Test Parameters for Forward Power Control......................................... A-93 1


Channel or Forward Dedicated Control Channel with 100% Frame Activity............. A-94 3







Table A.2.7.1-6. Test Parameters for Radio Configuration 3 Forward Dedicated 10

Control Channel with 10% Frame Activity.............................................................. A-97 11







Table A.2.7.2-1 Minimum Standards for Radio Configuration 3 Forward 18


Activity ................................................................................................................. A-99 20



Activity ............................................................................................................... A-100 23



Activity ............................................................................................................... A-101 26



Activity ............................................................................................................... A-102 29

Table A.2.7.2-5 Minimum Standards for Radio Configuration 3 Forward Dedicated 30

Control Channel with 10% Frame Activity............................................................ A-102 31








TABLES

xxxi

Table A.2.8.1-1. Test Parameters for Forward Power Control .......................................A-105 1


Channel with 100% Frame Activity ......................................................................A-106 3


Channel with 100% Frame Activity ......................................................................A-107 5


Channel with 100% Frame Activity (Part 1 of 2)....................................................A-108 7








Supplemental Channel with 100% Frame Activity (Part 1 of 2) ..............................A-112 15















Table A.2.9.1-1. Test Parameters for Slow Power Control in Fading Channel................A-120 30


Channel or Forward Dedicated Control Channel with 100% Frame Activity ...........A-121 32






TABLES

xxxii


Channel or Forward Dedicated Control Channel with 100% Frame Activity........... A-122 2



Activity ............................................................................................................... A-123 5



Activity ............................................................................................................... A-123 8



Activity ............................................................................................................... A-124 11



Activity ............................................................................................................... A-124 14

Table A.2.10.1-1. Test Parameters for Forward Power Control..................................... A-125 15


Channel or Forward Dedicated Control Channel (100% Frame Activity) with 17

Orthogonal Transmit Diversity............................................................................. A-126 18



Space Time Spreading ......................................................................................... A-126 21



Orthogonal Transmit Diversity............................................................................. A-127 24



Space Time Spreading ......................................................................................... A-127 27


Control Channel (10% Frame Activity) with Orthogonal Transmit Diversity ........... A-128 29


Control Channel (10% Frame Activity) with Space Time Spreading ....................... A-128 31


Control Channel (10% Frame Activity) with Orthogonal Transmit Diversity ........... A-128 33


Control Channel (10% Frame Activity) with Space Time Spreading ....................... A-129 35


Fundamental Channel or Forward Dedicated Control Channel (100% Frame 37

Activity) with Orthogonal Transmit Diversity ........................................................ A-129 38


TABLES

xxxiii



Activity) with Space Time Spreading.....................................................................A-130 3



Activity) with Orthogonal Transmit Diversity ........................................................A-131 6



Activity) with Space Time Spreading.....................................................................A-132 9

Table A.2.10.2-5. Minimum Standards for Radio Configuration 3 Forward Dedicated 10

Control Channel (10% Frame Activity) with Orthogonal Transmit Diversity ...........A-132 11


Control Channel (10% Frame Activity) with Space Time Spreading........................A-133 13


Control Channel (10% Frame Activity) with Orthogonal Transmit Diversity ...........A-133 15


Control Channel (10% Frame Activity) with Space Time Spreading........................A-133 17

Table A.2.11.1-1. Test Parameters for Forward Power Control .....................................A-135 18


Channel (100% Frame Activity) with Orthogonal Transmit Diversity......................A-136 20


Channel (100% Frame Activity) with Space Time Spreading ..................................A-136 22


Channel (100% Frame Activity) with Orthogonal Transmit Diversity......................A-136 24


Channel (100% Frame Activity) with Space Time Spreading ..................................A-137 26


Supplemental Channel (100% Frame Activity) with Orthogonal Transmit 28

Diversity..............................................................................................................A-137 29


Supplemental Channel (100% Frame Activity) with Space Time Spreading ............A-138 31


Supplemental Channel (100% Frame Activity) with Orthogonal Transmit 33

Diversity..............................................................................................................A-138 34


Supplemental Channel (100% Frame Activity) with Space Time Spreading ............A-139 36


during Reverse Pilot Channel Gating ....................................................................A-139 38


TABLES

xxxiv


during Reverse Fundamental Channel Gating ...................................................... A-140 2

3


xxxv

NOTES 1

1. Base station refers to the functions performed on the land side, which are 2

typically distributed among a cell, a sector of a cell, and a mobile communications 3

switching center. 4

2. This standard uses the following verbal forms: Shall and shall not identify 5

requirements to be followed strictly to conform to the standard and from which no 6

deviation is permitted. Should and should not indicate that one of several 7

possibilities is recommended as particularly suitable, without mentioning or 8

excluding others; that a certain course of action is preferred but not necessarily 9

required; or that (in the negative form) a certain possibility or course of action is 10

discouraged but not prohibited. May and need not indicate a course of action 11

permissible within the limits of the standard. Can and cannot are used for 12

statements of possibility and capability, whether material, physical, or causal. 13

3. Unless indicated otherwise, this document presents numbers in decimal form. 14

Binary numbers are distinguished in the text by the use of single quotation marks. 15

4. Those wishing to deploy systems compliant with this standard should also be 16

compliant with Parts 15, 22, 24, and 27 of [2] and with the applicable rules and 17

regulations of local administrations. 18

5. The following operators define mathematical operations: 19

× indicates multiplication. 20

/ indicates division. 21

+ indicates addition. 22

- indicates subtraction. 23

* indicates complex conjugation. 24

∈ indicates a member of the set. 25

x indicates the largest integer less than or equal to x: 1.1 = 1, 1.0 = 1. 26

|x| indicates the absolute value of x: |-17|=17, |17|=17. 27

6. All Radio Configuration 1 Eb/Nt requirements for Band Class 0 in this document 28

are based on measured data. All radio configuration Eb/Nt requirements for Band 29

Class 1 through Band Class 9 in this document are based on simulated data with 30

standard margins of 1.3 dB for static and 1.5 dB for fading channel cases. 31

Additional Forward Fundamental Channel rate determination margins of 0.2, 0.3, 32

and 0.4 dB are added for the 1/2, 1/4, and 1/8 rate cases, respectively. An 33

additional Forward Supplemental Channel margin of 0.2 dB is added for Îor/Ioc 34

equal to 6 and 8 dB cases. Unless specified otherwise, the Forward Traffic Channel 35

uses 20 ms long frame structures. 36

7. This Standard supports testing of mobile stations compliant with [4] and 37

subsequent revisions. 38

8. Tests in this revision reference the Universal Neighbor List Message and the 39

Universal Handoff Direction Message to maintain consistency with new tests which 40


xxxvi

require the extended capability of these messages. Where possible, the Neighbor List 1

Message, Extended Neighbor List Message, General Neighbor List Message, Extended 2

Handoff Direction Message, and the Universal Handoff Direction Message may be 3

used. 4

9. For the test parameters tables, Îor is specified in terms of power spectral density in 5

a Spreading Rate 1 bandwidth. For testing applicable to Spreading Rate 3, the total 6

received power in a Spreading Rate 3 bandwidth is effectively 5 dB higher. 7

10. Many tests in this revision specify using the Paging Channel for general test setup 8

requirements. If the mobile station does not support the Paging Channel, then the 9

Broadcast Control Channel and Forward Common Control Channel shall be used in 10

lieu of the Paging Channel. 11

12

13


xxxvii

NORMATIVE REFERENCES 1

The following standards contain provisions which, through reference in this text, constitute 2

provisions of this Standard. At the time of publication, the editions indicated were valid. All 3

standards are subject to revision, and parties to agreements based on this Standard are 4

encouraged to investigate the possibility of applying the most recent editions of the 5

standards indicated below. ANSI and TIA maintain registers of currently valid national 6

standards published by them. 7

8

1. ANSI C63.4-1992, American National Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz, July 1992.

2. CFR Title 47, Code of Federal Regulations, October 2000.

3. EIA/IS-19-B, Recommended Minimum Standards for 800-MHz Cellular Subscriber Units, June 1988.

4. 3GPP2 C.S0002-A-1, Physical Layer Standard for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Systems, October 2000.

5. 3GPP2 C.S0004-A-1, Signaling Link Access Control (LAC) Standard for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Systems, October 2000.

6. 3GPP2 C.S0005-A-1, Upper Layer (Layer 3) Signaling Standard for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Systems, October 2000.

7. 3GPP2 C.S0010-A, Recommended Minimum Performance Standards for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Base Stations, 2001.

8. 3GPP2 C.S0026, Test Data Service Option (TDSO) for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Systems, 2001.

9. 3GPP2 C.S0025, Markov Service Option (MSO) for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Systems, 2001.

10. 3GPP2 C.S0013-A, Loopback Service Options (LSO) for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Systems, 2001.

9

10


xxxviii

1

No text. 2


1-1

1 INTRODUCTION 1

1.1 Scope 2

This Standard details definitions, methods of measurement, and minimum performance 3

characteristics for Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) mobile stations. This Standard 4

shares the purpose of [4] (and subsequent revision thereof) by ensuring that a mobile 5

station can obtain service in any cellular system that meets the compatibility requirements 6

of [4]. 7

Compatibility, as used in connection with this Standard and [4], is understood to mean that 8

any mobile station is able to place and receive calls in any CDMA system. Conversely, all 9

CDMA systems are able to place and receive calls with any CDMA mobile station supporting 10

operation in the same band. 11

Test methods are recommended in this document; however, methods other than those 12

recommended may suffice for the same purpose. 13

1.2 Terms and Definitions 14

Access Attempt. A sequence of one or more access probe sequences on the Access Channel 15

or Enhanced Access Channel containing the same message. See also Access Probe, Access 16

Probe Sequence, and Enhanced Access Probe. 17

Access Channel. A Reverse CDMA Channel used by mobile stations for communicating to 18

the base station. The Access Channel is used for short signaling message exchanges, such 19

as call originations, responses to pages, and registrations. The Access Channel is a slotted 20

random access channel. 21

Access Probe. One Access Channel transmission consisting of a preamble and a message. 22

The transmission is an integer number of frames in length, and transmits one Access 23

Channel message. See also Access Probe Sequence and Access Attempt. 24

Access Probe Sequence. A sequence of one or more access probes on the Access Channel 25

or Enhanced Access Channel. The same Access Channel or Enhanced Access Channel 26

message is transmitted in every access probe of an access attempt. See also Access Probe, 27

Enhanced Access Probe, and Access Attempt. 28

ACLR. Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio. 29

Active Frame. A frame that contains data and therefore is enabled in terms of traffic 30

power. 31

Additional Preamble. A preamble sent after the last fractional preamble on the Reverse 32

Pilot Channel prior to transmitting on the Enhanced Access Channel or the Reverse 33

Common Control Channel. 34

Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio. The ratio of the on-channel transmit power to the 35

power measured in one of the adjacent channels. 36

AWGN. Additive White Gaussian Noise. 37


1-2

Bad Frame. A frame classified with insufficient frame quality or for Radio Configuration 1 1

9600 bps primary traffic only, with bit errors. See also Good Frame. 2

Band Class. A set of frequency channels and a numbering scheme for these channels. 3

Base Station. A fixed station used for communicating with mobile stations. Depending 4

upon the context, the term base station may refer to a cell, a sector within a cell, an MSC, 5

or other part of the wireless system. 6

Basic Access Mode. A mode used on the Enhanced Access Channel where a mobile station 7

transmits an Enhanced Access Channel preamble and Enhanced Access data in a method 8

similar to that used on the Access Channel. 9

orc

IEBCCH . The ratio of the average transmit energy per PN chip for the Broadcast Control 10

Channel to the total transmit power spectral density. 11

bps. Bits per second. 12

Broadcast Control Channel (BCCH). A code channel in a Forward CDMA Channel used for 13

transmission of control information from a base station to a mobile station. 14

BCCH_Chip_Bit. Number of PN chips per Broadcast Control Channel bit. For Spreading 15

Rate 1, BCCH_Chip_Bit is equal to 64 x v where v equals 1 when the data rate is 19200 16

bps, v equals 2 when the data rate is 9600 bps, and v equals 4 when the data rate is 4800 17

bps. For Spreading Rate 3, BCCH_Chip_Bit is equal to 192 x v where v equals 1 when the 18

data rate is 19200 bps, v equals 2 when the data rate is 9600 bps, and v equals 4 when the 19

data rate is 4800 bps. 20

CACH_Chip_Bit. Number of PN chips per Common Assignment Channel bit. For Spreading 21

Rate 1, CACH_Chip_Bit is equal to 128 for 9600 bps. For Spreading Rate 3, CACH_Chip_Bit 22

is equal to 384 for 9600 bps. 23

orc

IECACH . The ratio of the average transmit energy per PN chip for the Forward Common 24

Assignment Channel to the total transmit power spectral density. 25

Candidate Frequency. The frequency for which the base station specifies a search set, 26

when searching on other frequencies while performing mobile-assisted handoffs. 27

CDMA. See Code Division Multiple Access. 28

CDMA Channel. The set of channels transmitted between the base station and the mobile 29

stations within a given CDMA frequency assignment. See also Forward CDMA Channel and 30

Reverse CDMA Channel. 31

CDMA Channel Number. An 11-bit number corresponding to the center of the CDMA 32

frequency assignment. 33

CDMA Frequency Assignment. A 1.23 MHz segment of spectrum. For Band Class 0, the 34

channel is centered on one of the 30 kHz channels. For band classes 1, 4, 6, 8, 7, 8 and 9, 35

the channel is centered on one of the 50 kHz channels. For band classes 2 and 3, the 36

channel is centered on one of the 25 kHz channels. For Band Class 5, the channel is 37

centered on one of the 20 or 25 kHz channels. 38


1-3

CDMA Preferred Set. The set of CDMA channel numbers in a CDMA system corresponding 1

to frequency assignments that a mobile station will normally search to acquire a CDMA 2

Pilot Channel. 3

Chip Rate. Equivalent to the spreading rate of the channel. It is either 1.2288 Mcps or 4

3.6864 Mcps. 5

Code Channel. A subchannel of a Forward CDMA Channel or Reverse CDMA Channel. 6

Each subchannel uses an orthogonal Walsh function or quasi-orthogonal function. 7

Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA). A technique for spread-spectrum multiple-access 8

digital communications that creates channels through the use of unique code sequences. 9

Common Assignment Channel (CACH). A forward common channel used by the base 10

station to acknowledge a mobile station accessing the Enhanced Access Channel, and in 11

the case of Reservation Access Mode, to transmit the address of a Reverse Common Control 12

Channel and associated Common Power Control Subchannel. 13

Common Power Control Channel (CPCCH). A forward common channel which transmits 14

power control bits (i.e., common power control subchannels) to multiple mobile stations. 15

The Common Power Control Channel is used by mobile stations operating in the 16

Reservation Access Mode. 17

Common Power Control Subchannel. A subchannel on the Common Power Control 18

Channel used by the base station to control the power of a mobile station when operating 19

on the Enhanced Access Channel or when operating in the Reservation Access Mode on the 20

Reverse Common Control Channel. 21

Continuous Transmission. A mode of operation in which Discontinuous Transmission is 22

not permitted. 23

Convolutional Code. A type of error-correcting code. A code symbol can be considered as 24

the convolution of the input data sequence with the impulse response of a generator 25

function. 26

orc

IE CPCCH . The ratio of the average transmit energy per PN chip for the Forward 27

Common Power Control Channel to the total transmit power spectral density. 28

CRC. See Cyclic Redundancy Code. 29

Cyclic Redundancy Code (CRC). A class of linear error detecting codes which generate 30

parity check bits by finding the remainder of a polynomial division. See also Frame Quality 31

Indicator. 32

dBc. The ratio (in dB) of the sideband power of a signal, measured in a given bandwidth at 33

a given frequency offset from the center frequency of the same signal, to the total inband 34

power of the signal. For CDMA, the total inband power of the signal is measured in a 1.23 35

MHz bandwidth around the center frequency of the CDMA signal. 36

dBm. A measure of power expressed in terms of its ratio (in dB) to one milliwatt. 37

dBm/Hz. A measure of power spectral density. The ratio, dBm/Hz, is the power in one 38

Hertz of bandwidth, where power is expressed in units of dBm. 39


1-4

Discontinuous Transmission (DTX). A mode of operation in which a base station or a 1

mobile station switches its transmitter or a particular code channel on and off 2

autonomously. For the case of DTX operation on the Forward Dedicated Control Channel, 3

the Forward Power Control Subchannel is still transmitted. 4

dBW. A measure of power expressed in terms of its ratio (in dB) to one watt. 5

Eb. Average energy of an information bit at the mobile station antenna connector. 6

tb

NE . The ratio in dB of the combined received energy per bit to the effective noise power 7

spectral density at the mobile station antenna connector (see 1.4). 8

Ec. Average energy accumulated over one PN chip period (Ec). 9

orc

IE . The ratio in dB between the energy accumulated over one PN chip period (Ec) to the 10

total transmit power spectral density. 11

Effective Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP). The product of the power supplied to the 12

antenna and the antenna gain in a direction relative to an isotropic antenna. 13

Effective Radiated Power (ERP). The product of the power supplied to the antenna and 14

the antenna gain relative to a half-wave dipole in a given direction. 15

EIB. See Erasure Indicator Bit. 16

EIRP. See Effective Isotropic Radiated Power. 17

Enhanced Access Channel (EACH). A reverse channel used by the mobile for 18

communicating to the base station. The Enhanced Access Channel operates in the Basic 19

Access Mode, Power Controlled Access Mode, and Reservation Access Mode. It is used for 20

transmission of short messages, such as signaling, MAC messages, response to pages, and 21

call originations. It can also be used to transmit moderate-sized data packets. 22

Enhanced Access Channel Preamble. A non-data bearing portion of the Enhanced Access 23

probe sent by the mobile station to assist the base station in initial acquisition and channel 24

estimation. 25

Enhanced Access Data. The data transmitted while in the Basic Access Mode or Power 26

Controlled Access Mode on the Enhanced Access Channel or while in the Reservation Mode 27

on a Reverse Common Control Channel. 28

Enhanced Access Header. A frame containing access origination information transmitted 29

immediately after the Enhanced Access Channel preamble while in the Power Controlled 30

Access Mode or Reservation Access Mode. 31

Enhanced Access Probe. One Enhanced Access Channel transmission consisting of an 32

Enhanced Access Channel preamble, optionally an Enhanced Access header, and optionally 33

Enhanced Access data. See also Enhanced Access Probe Sequence. 34

Enhanced Access Probe Sequence. A sequence of one or more Enhanced Access probes on 35

the Enhanced Access Channel. See also Enhanced Access Probe. 36

ERP. See Effective Radiated Power. 37


1-5

FCH_Chip_Bit. The number of PN chips per Fundamental Channel bit, equal to 1

1228800/rb for Spreading Rate 1 and 3686400/rb for Spreading Rate 3, where rb is the 2

data rate of the Fundamental Channel. 3

FCH Ec. Average energy per PN chip for one Forward Fundamental Channel. 4

FCH orc

IE . The ratio of the average transmit energy per PN chip for one Forward 5

Fundamental Channel to the total transmit power spectral density. 6

FCCCH_Chip_Bit. Number of PN chips per Forward Common Control Channel bit. For 7

Spreading Rate 1, FCCCH_Chip_Bit is equal to 32 x v where v equals 1 when the data rate 8

is 38400 bps, v equals 2 when the data rate is 19200 bps, and v equals 4 when the data 9

rate is 9600 bps. For Spreading Rate 3, FCCCH_Chip_Bit is equal to 96 x v where v equals 10

1 when the data rate is 38400 bps, v equals 2 when the data rate is 19200 bps, and v 11

equals 4 when the data rate is 9600 bps. 12

orc

IE FCCCH . The ratio of the average transmit energy per PN chip for the Forward 13

Common Control Channel to the total transmit power spectral density. 14

FER. Frame Error Rate of Forward Traffic Channel. The value of FER may be estimated by 15

using Service Option 2, 9, 30, 31, 32, 54 or 55. 16

Forward CDMA Channel. A CDMA Channel from a base station to mobile stations. The 17

Forward CDMA Channel contains one or more code channels that are transmitted on a 18

CDMA frequency assignment using a particular pilot PN offset. 19

Forward Common Control Channel (FCCCH). A control channel used for the transmission 20

of digital control information from a base station to one or more mobile stations. 21

Forward Dedicated Control Channel (DCCH). A portion of a Radio Configuration 3 22

through 9 Forward Traffic Channel used for the transmission of higher-level data, control 23

information, and power control information from a base station to a mobile station. 24

Forward Fundamental Channel (FCH). A portion of a Forward Traffic Channel which 25

carries a combination of higher-level data and power control information. 26

Forward Power Control Subchannel. A subchannel on the Forward Fundamental Channel 27

or Forward Dedicated Control Channel used by the base station to control the power of a 28

mobile station when operating on the Reverse Traffic Channel. 29

Forward Supplemental Channel (SCH). A portion of a Radio Configuration 3 through 9 30

Forward Traffic Channel which operates in conjunction with a Forward Fundamental 31

Channel or a Forward Dedicated Control Channel in that Forward Traffic Channel to 32

provide higher data rate services, and on which higher-level data is transmitted. 33

Forward Supplemental Code Channel (SCCH). A portion of a Radio Configuration 1 and 2 34

Forward Traffic Channel which operates in conjunction with a Forward Fundamental 35

Channel in that Forward Traffic Channel, and (optionally) with other Forward Supplemental 36

Code Channels to provide higher data rate services, and on which higher-level data is 37

transmitted. 38


1-6

Forward Traffic Channel. One or more code channels used to transport user and signaling 1

traffic from the base station to the mobile station. See Forward Fundamental Channel, 2

Forward Dedicated Control Channel, Forward Supplemental Channel, and Forward 3

Supplemental Code Channel. 4

FPC_PRI_CHANs. Power Control Subchannel indicator set by the base station to indicate 5

whether the mobile station is to perform the primary inner loop estimation on the received 6

Forward Fundamental Channel or the Forward Dedicated Control Channel. 7

Frame. A basic timing interval in the system. For the Sync Channel, a frame is 26.666... 8

ms long. For the Access Channel, the Paging Channel, the Broadcast Control Channel, the 9

Forward Supplemental Code Channel, and the Reverse Supplemental Code Channel, a 10

frame is 20 ms long. For the Forward Supplemental Channel and the Reverse Supplemental 11

Channel, a frame is 20, 40, or 80 ms long. For the Enhanced Access Channel, the Forward 12

Common Control Channel, and the Reverse Common Control Channel, a frame is 5, 10, or 13

20 ms long. For the Forward Fundamental Channel, Forward Dedicated Control Channel, 14

Reverse Fundamental Channel, and Reverse Dedicated Control Channel, a frame is 5 or 20 15

ms long. For the Common Assignment Channel, a frame is 5 ms long. 16

Frame Activity. The ratio of the number of active frames to the total number of frames 17

during channel operation. 18

Frame Offset. A time skewing of Forward Traffic Channel or Reverse Traffic Channel 19

frames from System Time in integer multiples of 1.25 ms. 20

Frame Quality Indicator. The CRC check applied to 9.6 and 4.8 kbps Traffic Channel 21

frames of Radio Configuration 1, all Forward Traffic Channel frames for Radio 22

Configurations 2 through 9, all Reverse Traffic Channel frames for Radio Configurations 2 23

through 6, the Broadcast Control Channel, Common Assignment Channel, Enhanced 24

Access Channel, and the Reverse Common Control Channel. 25

GHz. Gigahertz (109 Hertz). 26

Good Frame. A frame not classified as a bad frame. See also Bad Frame. 27

Good Frames. Frames not classified as bad frames. See also Bad Frames. 28

Good Message. A received message is declared a good message if it is received with a 29

correct CRC. 30

Handoff. The act of transferring communication with a mobile station from one base 31

station to another. 32

Hard Handoff. A handoff characterized by a temporary disconnection of the Traffic 33

Channel. Hard handoffs occur when the mobile station is transferred between disjoint 34

Active Sets, the CDMA frequency assignment changes, the frame offset changes, or the 35

mobile station is directed from a CDMA Traffic Channel to an analog voice channel. See also 36

Soft Handoff. 37

HPSK. Hybrid phase shift keying. 38

I0. The total received power spectral density, including signal and interference, as 39

measured at the mobile station antenna connector. 40


1-7

Ioc. The power spectral density of a band-limited white noise source (simulating 1

interference from other cells) as measured at the mobile station antenna connector. 2

Ior. The total transmit power spectral density of the Forward CDMA Channel at the base 3

station antenna connector. 4

Îor. The received power spectral density of the Forward CDMA Channel as measured at the 5

mobile station antenna connector. 6

kHz. Kilohertz (103 Hertz). 7

Mcps. Megachips per second (106 chips per second). 8

Mean Input Power. The total received calorimetric power measured in a specified 9

bandwidth at the antenna connector, including all internal and external signal and noise 10

sources. 11

Mean Output Power. The total transmitted calorimetric power measured in a specified 12

bandwidth at the antenna connector when the transmitter is active. 13

MER. Message Error Rate. MER = 1 - dtransmitte messages ofNumber

received messages good ofNumber . 14

MHz. Megahertz (106 Hertz). 15

Mobile Station. A station intended to be used while in motion or during halts at 16

unspecified points. Mobile stations include portable units (e.g., hand-held personal units) 17

and units installed in vehicles. 18

Mobile Station Class. Mobile station classes define mobile station characteristics, such as 19

slotted operation and transmission power. 20

ms. Millisecond (10-3 second). 21

MSC. See Mobile Switching Center. 22

N0. The effective inband noise or interference power spectral density. 23

N/A. Not applicable. 24

Non-Slotted Mode. An operation mode of the mobile station in which the mobile station 25

continuously monitors the Paging Channel. 26

N/S. Not specified. 27

Nt. The effective noise power spectral density at the mobile station antenna connector. 28

OCNS. See Orthogonal Channel Noise Simulator. 29

OCNS Ec. Average energy per PN chip for the OCNS. 30

orc

IEOCNS . The ratio of the average transmit energy per PN chip for the OCNS to the total 31

transmit power spectral density. 32

Orthogonal Channel Noise Simulator. A hardware mechanism used to simulate the users 33

on the other orthogonal channels of a Forward CDMA Channel. 34


1-8

Orthogonal Transmit Diversity (OTD). A forward link transmission method which 1

distributes forward link channel symbols among multiple antennas and spreads the 2

symbols with a unique Walsh or quasi-orthogonal function associated with each antenna. 3

OTD. See orthogonal transmit diversity. 4

Paging Channel (PCH). A code channel in a Forward CDMA Channel used for transmission 5

of control information and pages from a base station to a mobile station. 6

Paging_Chip_Bit. Number of PN chips per Paging Channel bit, equal to 128 × v where v 7

equals 1 when the data rate is 9600 bps and v equals 2 when the data rate is 4800 bps. 8

Paging Ec. Average energy per PN chip for the Paging Channel. 9

orc

IEPaging . The ratio of the average transmit energy per PN chip for the Paging Channel 10

to the total transmit power spectral density. 11

Physical Layer. The part of the communication protocol between the mobile station and the 12

base station that is responsible for the transmission and reception of data. The physical 13

layer in the transmitting station is presented a frame and transforms it into an over-the-air 14

waveform. The physical layer in the receiving station transforms the waveform back into a 15

frame. 16

Piece-wise Linear FER Curve. An FER-versus-Eb/Nt curve in which the FER vertical axis 17

is in log scale and the Eb/Nt horizontal axis is in linear scale expressed in dB, obtained by 18

interpolating adjacent test data samples with straight lines. 19

Piece-wise Linear MER Curve. An MER-versus-Eb/Nt curve in which the MER vertical axis 20

is in log scale and the Eb/Nt horizontal axis is in linear scale expressed in dB, obtained by 21

interpolating adjacent test data samples with straight lines. 22

Pilot Channel. An unmodulated, direct-sequence spread spectrum signal transmitted by a 23

CDMA base station or mobile station. A pilot channel provides a phase reference for 24

coherent demodulation and may provide a means for signal strength comparisons between 25

base stations for determining when to handoff. 26

Pilot Ec. Average energy per PN chip for the Pilot Channel. 27

Pilot oc

IE . The ratio of the combined pilot energy per chip, Ec, to the total received power 28

spectral density (noise and signals), I0, of at most K usable multipath components at the 29

mobile station antenna connector (see 1.4). K is the number of demodulating elements 30

supported by the mobile station. 31

orc

IEPilot . The ratio of the average transmit energy per PN chip for the Pilot Channel to the 32

total transmit power spectral density. 33

Pilot PN Sequence. A pair of modified maximal length PN sequences used to spread the 34

Forward CDMA Channel and the Reverse CDMA Channel. Different base stations are 35

identified by different pilot PN sequence offsets. 36


1-9

PN. Pseudonoise. 1

PN Chip. One bit in the PN sequence. 2

PN Sequence. Pseudonoise sequence. A periodic binary sequence. 3

Power Control Bit. A bit sent on the Forward Power Control Subchannel, Reverse Power 4

Control Subchannel, or Common Power Control Subchannel to signal the mobile station or 5

base station to increase or decrease its transmit power. 6

Power Control Ec. Average energy per PN chip for the power control subchannel. For the 7

case when the power control sub-channel is assumed to be transmitted at the same power 8

level that is used for the 9600 bps or 14400 bps data rate, the following equations apply: 9

For Radio Configuration 1, it is equal to v11

v+

× (total Forward Traffic Channel energy per 10

PN chip), where v equals 1 for 9600 bps, v equals 2 for 4800 bps, v equals 4 for 2400 bps, 11

and v equals 8 for 1200 bps traffic data rate. For Radio Configuration 2, it is equal to 12

v23v+

× (total Forward Traffic Channel energy per PN chip), where v equals 1 for 14400 13

bps, v equals 2 for 7200 bps, v equals 4 for 3600 bps, and v equals 8 for 1800 bps traffic 14

data rate. For Radio Configurations 3, 4, 6, and 7, it is equal to v11

v+

× (total Forward 15

Traffic Channel energy per PN chip), where v equals 1 for 9600 bps, v equals 2 for 4800 16

bps, v equals 4 for 2700 bps, and v equals 8 for 1500 bps traffic data rate. For Radio 17

Configurations 5, 8, and 9, it is equal to v11

v+

× (total Forward Traffic Channel energy per 18

PN chip), where v equals 1 for 14400 bps, v equals 2 for 7200 bps, v equals 4 for 3600 bps, 19

and v equals 8 for 1800 bps traffic data rate. The total Forward Traffic Channel is 20

comprised of traffic data and a power control sub-channel. 21

orc

IEControlPower . The ratio of the average transmit energy per PN chip for the power 22

control subchannel to the total transmit power spectral density. 23

Power Control Group. A 1.25 ms interval on the Forward Traffic Channel, the Reverse 24

Traffic Channel, and the Reverse Pilot Channel. See also Power Control Bit. 25

Power Controlled Access Mode. A mode used on the Enhanced Access Channel where a 26

mobile station transmits an Enhanced Access preamble, an Enhanced Access header, and 27

Enhanced Access data in the Enhanced Access probe using closed loop power control. 28

Power Up Function (PUF). A method by which the mobile station increases its output 29

power to support location services. 30

ppm. Parts per million. 31

Preamble. See Access Channel preamble, Enhanced Access Channel preamble, Reverse 32

Common Control Channel preamble, and Reverse Traffic Channel Preamble. 33

Primary Paging Channel. The default code channel (code channel 1) assigned for paging on 34

a CDMA Channel. 35


1-10

PS. Pilot Strength. Also see Pilot Ec/I0. 1

PUF. See Power Up Function. 2

PUF Probe. One or more consecutive frames on the Reverse Traffic Channel within which 3

the mobile station transmits the PUF pulse. 4

PUF Pulse. Portion of PUF probe which may be transmitted at elevated output power. 5

PUF Target Frequency. The CDMA frequency to which the base station directs a mobile 6

station for transmitting the PUF probe. 7

QIB. See Quality Indicator Bit. 8

QPSK. Quadrature phase shift keying. 9

Quality Indicator Bit (QIB). A bit used in the Radio Configurations 3, 4, 5, and 6 Reverse 10

Power Control Subchannel to indicate signal quality on the Forward Dedicated Control 11

Channel. When the Forward Fundamental Channel is present, this bit is set the same as 12

the Erasure Indicator Bits. 13

Quick Paging Channel (QPCH). An uncoded, spread, and On-Off-Keying (OOK) modulated 14

spread spectrum signal sent by a base station to inform mobile stations operating in the 15

slotted mode during the idle state whether to receive the Forward Common Control Channel 16

or the Paging Channel starting in the next Forward Common Control Channel or Paging 17

Channel frame. 18

QPCH_Chip_Bit. Number of PN chips per Quick Paging Channel bit. For Spreading Rate 1, 19

Quick Paging_Chip_Bit is equal to 256 x v where v equals 1 when the data rate is 4800 bps 20

and v equals 2 when the data rate is 2400 bps. For Spreading Rate 3, Quick 21

Paging_Chip_Bit is equal to 768 x v where v equals 1 when the data rate is 4800 bps and v 22

equals 2 when the data rate is 2400 bps. 23

orc

IE QPCH . The ratio of the average transmit energy per PN chip for the Quick Paging 24


Radio Configuration (RC). A set of Forward Traffic Channel and Reverse Traffic Channel 26

transmission formats that are characterized by physical layer parameters such as 27

transmission rates, modulation characteristics, and spreading rate. 28

RC. See Radio Configuration. 29

Reservation Access Mode. A mode used on the Enhanced Access Channel and Reverse 30

Common Control Channel where a mobile station transmits an Enhanced Access preamble 31

and an Enhanced Access header in the Enhanced Access probe. The Enhanced Access data 32

is transmitted on a Reverse Common Control Channel using closed loop power control. 33

Reverse CDMA Channel. The CDMA Channel from the mobile station to the base station. 34

From the base stations perspective, the Reverse CDMA Channel is the sum of all mobile 35

station transmissions on a CDMA frequency assignment. 36


1-11

Reverse Common Control Channel. A portion of a Reverse CDMA Channel used for the 1

transmission of digital control information from one or more mobile stations to a base 2

station. It can be power and may support soft handoff. 3

Reverse Dedicated Control Channel. A portion of a Radio Configuration 3 through 6 4

Reverse Traffic Channel used for the transmission of higher-level data and control 5

information from a mobile station to a base station. 6

Reverse Fundamental Channel. A portion of a Reverse Traffic Channel which carries 7

higher-level data and control information from a mobile station to a base station. 8

Reverse Pilot Channel. An unmodulated, direct-sequence spread spectrum signal 9

transmitted continuously by a CDMA mobile station. A reverse pilot channel provides a 10

phase reference for coherent demodulation and may provide a means for signal strength 11

measurement. 12

Reverse Power Control Subchannel. A subchannel on the Reverse Pilot Channel used by 13

the mobile station to control the power of a base station when operating on the Forward 14

Traffic Channel with Radio Configurations 3 through 9. 15

Reverse Supplemental Channel. A portion of a Radio Configuration 3 through 6 Reverse 16

Traffic Channel which operates in conjunction with the Reverse Fundamental Channel or 17

the Reverse Dedicated Control Channel in that Reverse Traffic Channel to provide higher 18

data rate services, and on which higher-level data is transmitted. 19

Reverse Traffic Channel. A traffic channel on which data and signaling are transmitted 20

from a mobile station to a base station. The Reverse Traffic Channel is composed of up to 21

one Reverse Dedicated Control Channel, up to one Reverse Fundamental Channel, zero to 22

two Reverse Supplemental Channels, and zero to seven Reverse Supplemental Code 23

Channels. 24

RF Carrier. A direct-sequence spread RF channel. For the Forward CDMA Channel, the 25

number of RF carriers is equal to the Spreading Rate; for the Reverse CDMA Channel, there 26

is one RF carrier. 27

RMS. Root of Mean Square. 28

SCCH_Chip_Bit. The number of PN chips per Supplemental Code Channel bit, equal to 29


data rate of the Supplemental Code Channel. 31

SCH_Chip_Bit. The number of PN chips per Supplemental Channel bit, equal to 32


data rate of the Supplemental Channel. 34

SCCH Ec. Average energy per PN chip for one Forward Supplemental Code Channel. 35

SCH Ec. Average energy per PN chip for one Forward Supplemental Channel. 36

SCCH orc


Supplemental Code Channel to the total transmit power spectral density. 38


1-12

SCH orc


Supplemental Channel to the total transmit power spectral density. 2

Service Option 2. Loopback service option for Radio Configuration 1 as specified in [10]. 3

Service Option 9. Loopback service option for Radio Configuration 2 as specified in [10]. 4

Service Option 30. Mobile station data loopback test mode for Multiplex Option 1 5

Supplemental Channel as specified in [10]. 6

Service Option 31. Mobile station data loopback test mode for Multiplex Option 2 7

Supplemental Channel as specified in [10]. 8

Service Option 32. Test data service option for Radio Configurations 3 through 6 on the 9

Reverse Traffic Channel and Radio Configurations 3 through 9 on the Forward Traffic 10

Channel as specified in [8]. 11

Service Option 54. Markov service option for Radio Configurations 1 through 6 on the 12



Service Option 55. Loopback service option for Radio Configurations 1 through 6 on the 15



Serving Frequency. The CDMA frequency on which a mobile station is currently 18

communicating with one or more base stations. 19

Slotted Mode. An operation mode of the mobile station in which the mobile station 20

monitors only selected slots on the Paging Channel. 21

Soft Handoff. A handoff occurring while the mobile station is in the Mobile Station Control 22

on the Traffic Channel State. This handoff is characterized by commencing communications 23

with a new base station on the same CDMA frequency assignment before terminating 24

communications with the old base station. See Hard Handoff. 25

Space Time Spreading (STS). A forward link transmission method which transmits all 26

forward link channel symbols on multiple antennas and spreads the symbols with 27

complementary Walsh or quasi-orthogonal functions. 28

Spreading Rate (SR). The PN chip rate of the Forward CDMA Channel or the Reverse 29

CDMA Channel, defined as a multiple of 1.2288 Mcps. 30

Spreading Rate 1. Spreading Rate 1 is often referred to as 1X. A Spreading Rate 1 31

Forward CDMA Channel uses a single direct-sequence spread carrier with a chip rate of 32

1.2288 Mcps. A Spreading Rate 1 Reverse CDMA Channel uses a single direct-sequence 33

spread carrier with a chip rate of 1.2288 Mcps. 34

Spreading Rate 3. Spreading Rate 3 is often referred to as 3X. A Spreading Rate 3 35

Forward CDMA Channel uses three direct-sequence spread carriers (see Multiple-Carrier 36

Forward Channel) each with a chip rate of 1.2288 Mcps. A Spreading Rate 3 Reverse CDMA 37

Channel uses a single direct-sequence spread carrier with a chip rate of 3.6864 Mcps. 38


1-13

SR. See Spreading Rate. 1

STS. See Space Time Spreading. 2

Symbol. See Code Symbol and Modulation Symbol. 3

Sync Channel. Code channel 32 in the Forward CDMA Channel, which transports the 4

synchronization message to the mobile station. 5

Sync_Chip_Bit. Number of PN chips per Sync Channel bit, equal to 1024. 6

Sync Ec. Average energy per PN chip for the Sync Channel. 7

orc

IESync . The ratio of the average transmit energy per PN chip for the Sync Channel to 8

the total transmit power spectral density. 9

TD. Transmit Diversity schemes, including OTD and STS. 10

Time Reference. A reference established by the mobile station that is synchronous with 11

the earliest arriving multipath component used for demodulation. 12

Traffic Channel. A communication path between a mobile station and a base station used 13

for user and signaling traffic. The term Traffic Channel implies a Forward Traffic Channel 14

and Reverse Traffic Channel pair. See also Forward Traffic Channel and Reverse Traffic 15

Channel. 16

Traffic_Chip_Bit. The number of PN chips per Traffic Channel bit, equal to 1228800/rb for 17

Spreading Rate 1 and 3686400/rb for Spreading Rate 3, where rb is the data rate. 18

Traffic Ec. Average energy per PN chip for the Forward Fundamental Channel. For the case 19

when the power control sub-channel is assumed to be transmitted at the same power level 20

that is used for the 9600 bps or 14400 bps data rate, the following equations apply: 21

For Radio Configuration 1, it is equal to v11

11+

× (total Forward Fundamental Channel 22

energy per PN chip), where v equals 1 for 9600 bps, v equals 2 for 4800 bps, v equals 4 for 23

2400 bps, and v equals 8 for 1200 bps traffic data rate. For Radio Configuration 2, it is 24

equal to v23

23+

× (total Forward Fundamental Channel energy per PN chip), where v equals 25

1 for 14400 bps, v equals 2 for 7200 bps, v equals 4 for 3600 bps, and v equals 8 for 1800 26

bps traffic data rate. The total Forward Fundamental Channel is comprised of traffic data 27

and a power control sub-channel. For Radio Configurations 3, 4, 6, and 7, it is equal to 28

v1111

+× (total Forward Traffic Channel energy per PN chip), where v equals 1 for 9600 bps, 29

v equals 2 for 4800 bps, v equals 4 for 2700 bps, and v equals 8 for 1500 bps traffic data 30

rate. For Radio Configurations 5, 8, and 9, it is equal to v11

11+

× (total Forward Traffic 31

Channel energy per PN chip), where v equals 1 for 14400 bps, v equals 2 for 7200 bps, v 32

equals 4 for 3600 bps, and v equals 8 for 1800 bps traffic data rate. The total Forward 33

Traffic Channel is comprised of traffic data and a power control sub-channel. 34


1-14

orc

IETraffic . The ratio of the average transmit energy per PN chip for the Forward Traffic 1


Turbo Code. A type of error-correcting code. A code symbol is based on the outputs of the 3

two recursive convolutional codes (constituent codes) of the Turbo code. 4

Valid Power Control Bit. A valid power control bit is sent on the Forward Traffic Channel 5

in the second power control group following the corresponding Reverse Traffic Channel 6

power control group which was not gated off and in which the signal strength was 7

estimated. See 3.1.3.1.10 of [4]. 8

Walsh Function. One of 2N time orthogonal binary functions (note that the functions are 9

orthogonal after mapping 0 to 1 and 1 to -1). 10

1.3 Test Modes 11

The Forward Traffic Channel is verified by invoking Fundamental Channel test modes, 12

Dedicated Control Channel test modes, Supplemental Code Channel test modes, and 13

Supplemental Channel test modes. The Reverse Traffic Channel is verified by invoking 14

Fundamental Channel test modes, Dedicated Control Channel test modes, and 15

Supplemental Channel test modes. Table 1.3-1 lists the nine test modes and the mapping 16

to radio configurations. 17

18

Table 1.3-1. Test Configuration Combinations 19

Test Mode Forward Traffic Channel Radio Configuration

Reverse Traffic Channel Radio Configuration

1 1 1

2 2 2

3 3 3

4 4 3

5 5 4

6 6 5

7 7 5

8 8 6

9 9 6

20

Fundamental Channel Test Mode 1 is entered by setting up a call using the Loopback 21

Service Option (Service Option 2 or 55) or the Markov Service Option (Service Option 54). 22

Fundamental Channel Test Mode 2 is entered by setting up a call using the Loopback 23

Service Option (Service Option 9 or 55) or the Markov Service Option (Service Option 54). 24


1-15

Fundamental Channel Test Modes 3 through 9 are entered by setting up a call using the 1

Loopback Service Option (Service Option 55), Markov Service Option (Service Option 54), or 2

Test Data Service Option (Service Option 32). 3

Dedicated Control Channel Test Modes 3 through 9 and Supplemental Channel Test Modes 4

3 through 9 are entered by setting up a call using the Test Data Service Option (Service 5

Option 32). 6

Supplemental Code Channel Test Mode 1 is entered by setting up a call using the Loopback 7

Service Option (Service Option 30). 8

Supplemental Code Channel Test Mode 2 is entered by setting up a call using the Loopback 9

Service Option (Service Option 31). 10

The mobile station shall support the Loopback Service Option if the mobile station supports 11

a Forward Fundamental Channel, Reverse Fundamental Channel or Forward Supplemental 12

Code Channel. The mobile station shall support the Test Data Service Option if it supports 13

a Forward Dedicated Control Channel, Reverse Dedicated Control Channel, Forward 14

Supplemental Channel, or Reverse Supplemental Channel. The mobile station may support 15

the Markov Service Option if the mobile station supports a Forward Fundamental Channel 16

or a Reverse Fundamental Channel. 17

1.4 CDMA Equations 18

The equations listed below describe the relationship between various test parameters under 19

different conditions. If the Paging Channel is not supported, the Forward Common Control 20

Channel may be substituted. 21

1.4.1 Transmit Power of the Base Station 22

orc

IEPilot

+ or

cI

E Sync +

or

cI

E QPCH +

orc

IEPaging

+ or

cI

E FCCCH + 23

or

cI

E BCCH +

or

cI

E CACH +

or

cI

E CPCCH +

orc

IE Traffic

+ or

cI

E ControlPower 24

+ or

cI

E SCCH +

or

cI

E SCH +

orc

IE OCNS

= 1 25

In the tests defined in this document, the following values are usually used: 26

orc

IEPilot

= -7 dB 27

orc

IE Sync

= -16 dB 28

orc

IEPaging

= -12 dB or or

cI

E FCCCH = -12 dB 29


1-16

Therefore, if or

cI

E Traffic = -16 dB at 9600 bps data rate, then 1

or

cI

E ControlPower = -26.41 dB 2

orc

IE OCNS

= -1.64 dB 3

Otherwise, if or

cI

E Traffic = -16 dB at 1200 bps data rate, then 4

orc

IE ControlPower

= -17.38 dB 5

orc

IE OCNS

= -1.75 dB 6

1.4.2 Received Signal Strength for Mobile Station Not in Handoff 7

Pilot 0c

IE

= 1

II

IEPilot

or

ocor

c

+ 8

1.4.2.1 Single-Path Case 9

Sync tb

NE

=

or

ocor

c

II

Bit_Chip_SyncI

E Sync×

10

QPCH tb

NE

=

or

ocor

c

II

Bit_Chip_QPCHI

E QPCH×

11

Paging tb

NE

=

or

ocor

c

II

Bit_Chip_PagingI

EPaging ×

12


1-17

BCCH tb

NE

=

or

ocor

c

II

Bit_Chip_BCCHI

E BCCH×

1

FCCCH tb

NE

=

or

ocor

c

II

Bit_Chip_FCCCHI

E FCCCH×

2

Traffic tb

NE

=

or

ocor

c

II

Bit_Chip_TrafficI

E Traffic×

3

SCCH tb

NE

=

or

ocor

c

II

Bit_Chip_SCCHI

E SCCH×

4

SCH tb

NE

=

or

ocor

c

II

Bit_Chip_SCHI

E SCH×

5

1.4.2.2 Two-Path Case 6

According to Channel Simulator Configuration 1, 2 and 5 (see 6.4.1.3), these two paths 7

have the same average power. 8

BCCH tb

NE

= or

cI

E BCCH × BCCH_Chip_Bit ×

21

II

1

or

oc + 9

Traffic tb

NE

= or

cI

E Traffic × Traffic_Chip_Bit ×

21

II

1

or

oc + 10

SCH tb

NE

= or

cI

E SCH × SCH_Chip_Bit ×

21

II

1

or

oc + 11


1-18

1.4.2.3 Three-Path Case 1

According to Channel Simulator Configuration 4 (see 6.4.1.3), the first two paths have the 2

same average power and the third path has half the average power of the first one. 3

BCCH tb

NE

= or

cI

E BCCH × BCCH_Chip_Bit × (2 ×

53

II

52

or

oc + +

54

II

51

or

oc +) 4

Traffic tb

NE

= or

cI

E Traffic × Traffic_Chip_Bit × (2 ×

53

II

52

or

oc + +

54

II

51

or

oc +) 5

SCH tb

NE

= or

cI

E SCH × SCH_Chip_Bit × (2 ×

53

II

52

or

oc + +

54

II

51

or

oc +) 6

1.4.3 Received Signal Strength for Mobile Station in Two-Way Handoff 7

According to Channel Simulator Configuration 2 (see 6.4.1.3), which is used in the tests of 8

the Forward Traffic Channel in two-way handoff, there are two paths from each cell and the 9

power received from each cell is Îor. 10

Pilot 0c

IE

(for each pilot) = 2

II

IEPilot

or

ocor

c

+ 11

Traffic tb

NE

= or

cI

E Traffic × Traffic_Chip_Bit ×

23

II

23

or

oc + 12

Generally, if the power received from cell 1 and cell 2 are Îor1 and Îor2, respectively, then 13

Pilot 0c

IE

1 = 1

II

II

IEPilot

1or2or

1oroc

1or

c

++ 14


1-19

Pilot 0c

IE

2 = 1

II

II

IEPilot

2or1or

2oroc

2or

c

++ 1

1.5 Tolerances 2

1.5.1 CDMA System Parameter Tolerances 3

CDMA parameters are specified in [4]. All parameters indicated in Sections 3 and 4 are 4

exact unless an explicit tolerance is stated. 5

1.5.2 Measurement Tolerances 6

Unless otherwise specified, a measurement tolerance, including the tolerance of the 7

measurement equipment, of ±10% is assumed. 8

Unless otherwise specified, the Îor /Ioc value shall be within ±0.1 dB of the value specified, 9

and the Ioc value shall be within ±5 dB of the value specified. 10

1.6 Test Requirements for Mobile Stations Supporting Analog Operation 11

Mobile stations supporting analog operation in the 800 MHz band shall conform to all 12

requirements in [3], with the exception of the test variations included in this section. 13

1.6.1 Modulated Tone Frequency 14

[3] states that a modulated tone frequency of 1000 Hz should be used in many tests. A 15

1004 Hz modulated tone frequency may be used in lieu of 1000 Hz. 16

17


1-20

1

No text. 2


2-1

2 STANDARD RADIATED EMISSIONS MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE 1

The measurement and calibration procedures described are intended to provide an overview 2

of radiated and conducted signal measurements. A detailed description of the required 3

measurement procedures is given in [1]. 4

2.1 Standard Radiation Test Site 5

The test site shall be on level ground that is of uniform electrical characteristics. The site 6

shall be clear of overhead wires and other metallic objects and shall be as free as possible 7

from undesired signals, such as ignition noise and other carriers. Reflecting objects, such 8

as rain gutters and power cables shall lie outside an ellipse measuring 60 meters on the 9

major axis by 52 meters on the minor axis for a 30-meter site, or an ellipse measuring 6 10

meters on the major axis by 5.2 meters on the minor axis for a 3-meter site. The equipment 11

under test shall be located at one focus of the ellipse and the measuring antenna at the 12

other focus. If desired, shelters may be provided at the test site to protect the equipment 13

and personnel. All such construction shall be of wood, plastic, or other non-metallic 14

material. All power, telephone, and control circuits to the site shall be buried at least 0.3 15

meter under ground. 16

A turntable, essentially flush with the ground, shall be provided that can be remotely 17

controlled. A platform 1.2 meters high shall be provided on this turntable to hold the 18

equipment under test. Any power and control cables that are used for this equipment 19

should extend down to the turntable, and any excess cabling should be coiled on the 20

turntable. 21

If the equipment to be tested is mounted in racks and is not easily removed for testing on 22

the above platform, then the manufacturer may elect to test the equipment when it is 23

mounted in its rack (or racks). In this case, the rack (or racks) may be placed directly on 24

the turntable. 25

If a transmitter with an external antenna connection is being tested, then the RF output of 26

this transmitter shall be terminated in a non-radiating load that is placed on the turntable. 27

A non-radiating load is used in lieu of an antenna to avoid interference with other radio 28

users. The RF cable to this load should be of minimum length. The transmitter shall be 29

tuned and adjusted to its rated output value before starting the tests. 30

In order to conduct unintentional radiator tests as specified in Part 15, subpart B of [2], the 31

radiation site must comply with Sections 5.4.6 through 5.5 of [1] as required by Part 2.948 32

of [2]. 33

2.2 Search Antenna 34

For narrow-band dipole adjustable search antennas, the dipole length shall be adjusted for 35

each measurement frequency. This length may be determined from a calibration ruler that 36

is normally supplied with the equipment. 37

The search antenna shall be mounted on a movable non-metallic horizontal boom that can 38

be raised or lowered on a wooden or other non-metallic pole. The cable connected to the 39

search antenna shall be at a right angle to the antenna. The cable shall be dressed at least 40


2-2

3 meters, either through or along the horizontal boom, in a direction away from the 1

equipment being measured. The search antenna cable may then be dropped from the end of 2

the horizontal boom to ground level for connection to the field-strength measuring 3

equipment. 4

The search antenna shall be capable of being rotated 90 degrees on the end of the 5

horizontal boom to allow measurement of both vertically and horizontally polarized signals. 6

When the antenna length of a vertically mounted antenna does not permit the horizontal 7

boom to be lowered to its minimum specified search range, adjust the minimum height of 8

the boom for 0.3 meter clearance between the end of the antenna and the ground. 9

2.3 Field-Strength Measurement 10

A field-strength meter shall be connected to a search antenna. The field-strength meter 11

shall have sufficient sensitivity and selectivity to measure signals over the required 12

frequency ranges at levels at least 10 dB below the levels specified in any document, 13

standard, or specification that references this measurement procedure. The calibration of 14

the measurement instruments (field-strength meter, antennas, etc.) shall be checked 15

frequently to ensure that their accuracy is in accordance with the current standards. Such 16

calibration checks shall be performed at least once per year. 17

2.4 Frequency Range of Measurements 18

When measuring radiated signals from transmitting equipment, the measurements shall be 19

made from the lowest radio frequency (but no lower than 25 MHz) generated in the 20

equipment to the tenth harmonic of the carrier, except for that region close to the carrier 21

equal to ±250% of the authorized bandwidth. 22

When measuring radiated signals from receiving equipment, the measurements shall be 23

made from 25 MHz to at least 6 GHz. 24

2.5 Test Ranges 25

2.5.1 30-Meter Test Range 26

Measurement of radiated signals shall be made at a point 30 meters from the center of the 27

turntable. The search antenna shall be raised and lowered from 1 to 4 meters in both 28

horizontally and vertically polarized orientations. 29

The field-strength measuring meter may be placed on a suitable table or tripod at the foot of 30

the mast. 31

When measuring radiated emissions from receivers, equipment that contains its own 32

receive antenna shall be tested with the antenna in place. Equipment that is connected to 33

an external receive antenna via a cable shall be tested without the antenna, and the receive 34

ports on the equipment under test shall be terminated in a 50Ω non-radiating resistive 35

load. 36


2-3

2.5.2 3-Meter Test Range 1

Measurement of radiated signals may be made at a point 3 meters from the center of the 2

turntable, provided the following three conditions can be met: 3

1. A ground screen that covers an elliptical area at least 6 meters on the major axis by 4

5.2 meters on the minor axis is used with the measuring antenna and turntable 5

mounted 3 meters apart. The measuring antenna and turntable shall lie on the 6

major axis and shall be equidistant from the minor axis of the elliptical area. 7

2. The maximum dimension of the equipment shall be 3 meters or less. When 8

measuring radiated signals from receivers, the maximum dimension shall include 9

the antenna if it is an integral part of the device. 10

3. The field-strength measuring equipment is either mounted below the ground level 11

at the test site or is located a sufficient distance away from the equipment being 12

tested and from the search antenna to prevent corruption of the measured data. 13

The search antenna shall be raised and lowered over a range from 1 to 4 meters in both 14

horizontally and vertically polarized orientations. When the search antenna is vertically 15

oriented, the minimum height of the center of the search antenna shall be defined by the 16

length of the lower half of the search antenna. 17

When measuring radiated emissions from receivers, equipment that contains its own 18

receive antenna shall be tested with the antenna in place. Equipment that is connected to 19

an external receive antenna via a cable shall be tested without the antenna, and the receive 20

ports on the equipment under test shall be terminated in a 50Ω non-radiating resistive 21

load. The 3-meter test range may be used for determining compliance with limits specified 22

at 30 meters (or other distances), provided that: 23

1. The ground reflection variations between the two distances have been calibrated for 24

the frequencies of interest at the test range, or 25

2. A 5 dB correction factor is added to the specified radiation limit(s) to allow for 26

average ground reflections. 27

Radiated field strength (volts/meter) varies inversely with distance, so that a measurement 28

made on the 3-meter test range divided by 10 gives the equivalent value that would be 29

measured on a 30-meter test range for the same EIRP (effective isotropic radiated power). 30

The 30-meter field strength in volts/meter can be calculated from the EIRP by using the 31

following formula: 32

µV/m @ 30 meters = 5773.5 × 10EIRP(dBm)/20 33

2.6 Radiated Signal Measurement Procedures 34

Radiated signals having significant levels shall be measured on the 30-meter or the 3-meter 35

range by using the following procedure: 36

1. For each observed radiated signal, raise and lower the search antenna to obtain a 37

maximum reading on the field-strength meter with the antenna horizontally 38

polarized. Then rotate the turntable to maximize the reading. Repeat this procedure 39


2-4

of raising and lowering the antenna and rotating the turntable until the highest 1

possible signal has been obtained. Record this maximum reading. 2

2. Repeat step 1 for each observed radiated signal with the antenna vertically 3

polarized. 4

3. Remove the equipment being tested and replace it with a half-wave antenna. The 5

center of the half-wave antenna should be at the same approximate location as the 6

center of the equipment being tested. 7

4. Feed the half-wave antenna replacing the equipment under test with a signal 8

generator connected to the antenna by means of a non-radiating cable. With the 9

antennas at both ends horizontally polarized and with the signal generator tuned to 10

the observed radiated signal, raise and lower the search antenna to obtain a 11

maximum reading on the field-strength measuring meter. Adjust the level of the 12

signal generator output until the previously recorded maximum reading for this set 13

of conditions is obtained. Record the signal generator power output. 14

5. Repeat step 4 above with both antennas vertically polarized. 15

6. Calculate the power into a reference ideal isotropic antenna by: 16

a. First reducing the readings obtained in steps 4 and 5 above by the power loss 17

in the cable between the generator and the source antenna, and 18

b. Then correcting for the gain of the source antenna used relative to an ideal 19

isotropic antenna. The reading thus obtained is the equivalent effective 20

isotropic radiated power (EIRP) level for the spurious signal being measured. 21

7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 above for all observed signals from the equipment being 22

tested. 23

24


3-1

3 CDMA RECEIVER MINIMUM STANDARDS 1

3.1 Frequency Coverage Requirements 2

The RF channel numbers and frequencies are given for base stations and mobile stations in 3

3.1.1 through 3.1.8. The mobile station receive CDMA frequency assignments are 4

associated on a one-to-one basis with the transmit CDMA frequency assignments. Each 5

CDMA frequency assignment shall be centered at one of the indicated frequencies. 6

3.1.1 Band Class 0 (800 MHz Band) 7

The channel spacing, CDMA channel designations, and transmit center frequencies for 8

Band Class 0 shall be as specified in Table 3.1.1-1. The Band Class 0 channel numbers are 9

shown in Tables 3.1.1-2 and 3.1.1-3. The preferred set of CDMA frequency assignments for 10

Band Class 0 is given in Table 3.1.1-4. 11

A mobile station supporting operation in Band Class 0 with Spreading Rate 1 shall support 12

CDMA operations on the valid and conditionally valid channel numbers shown in Table 13

3.1.1-21. A mobile station supporting operation in Band Class 0 with Spreading Rate 3 shall 14

support CDMA operations on the valid channel numbers shown in Table 3.1.1-31. Note that 15

certain channel assignments are not valid and others are conditionally valid. Transmission 16

on conditionally valid channels is permissible if the adjacent block is allocated to the same 17

licensee or if other valid authorization has been obtained. 18

19


Correspondence for Band Class 0 21

Transmitter CDMA Channel Number CDMA Frequency Assignment (MHz)

Mobile Station 1 ≤ N ≤ 799 0.030 N + 825.000

991 ≤ N ≤ 1023 0.030 (N-1023) + 825.000

Base Station 1 ≤ N ≤ 799 0.030 N + 870.000

991 ≤ N ≤ 1023 0.030 (N-1023) + 870.000

22

1Note that the Korean Cellular Band uses Band Subclass 1 and has additional valid channels that a Band Class 0 mobile station should support to permit roaming to Korea.


3-2

Table 3.1.1-2. CDMA Channel Numbers and Corresponding Frequencies for Band Class 1

0 and Spreading Rate 1 2

Transmit Frequency Band (MHz)

Band Subclass

System Designator

CDMA Channel Validity

CDMA Channel Number

Mobile Station Base Station

A" (1 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

991−1012 1013−1023

824.040−824.670 824.700−825.000

869.040−869.670 869.700−870.000

A (10 MHz)

Valid Not Valid

1−311 312−333

825.030−834.330 834.360−834.990

870.030−879.330 879.360−879.990

0 B (10 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

334−355 356−644 645−666

835.020−835.650 835.680−844.320 844.350−844.980

880.020−880.650 880.680−889.320 889.350−889.980

A' (1.5 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

667−688 689−694 695−716

845.010−845.640 845.670−845.820 845.850−846.480

890.010−890.640 890.670−890.820 890.850−891.480

B' (2.5 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

717−738 739−777 778−799

846.510−847.140 847.170−848.310 848.340−848.970

891.510−892.140 892.170−893.310 893.340−893.970

A" (1 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

991−1012 1013−1023

824.040−824.670 824.700−825.000

869.040−869.670 869.700−870.000

A (10 MHz)

Valid Not Valid

1−311 312−333

825.030−834.330 834.360−834.990

870.030−879.330 879.360−879.990

1 B (10 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

334−355 356−644 645−666

835.020−835.650 835.680−844.320 844.350−844.980

880.020−880.650 880.680−889.320 889.350−889.980

A' (1.5 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

667−688 689−716

845.010−845.640 845.670−846.480

890.010−890.640 890.670−891.480

A''' (2.5 MHz)

Valid Not Valid

717−779 780−799

846.510−848.370 848.400−848.970

891.510−893.370 893.400−893.970

3


3-3




Band Subclass

System Designator


CDMA Channel Number


A" (1 MHz)

Not Valid 991−1023 824.040−825.000 869.040−870.000

A (10 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

1−36 37−262 263−333

825.030−826.080 826.110−832.860 832.890−834.990

870.030−871.080871.110−877.860877.890−879.990

0 B (10 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

334−404 405−595 596−666

835.020−837.120 837.150−842.850 842.880−844.980

880.020−882.120882.150−887.850887.880−889.980

A' (1.5 MHz)

Not Valid 667−716 845.010−846.480 890.010−891.480

B' (2.5 MHz)

Not Valid 717−799 846.510−848.970 891.510−893.970

A" (1 MHz)

Not Valid 991−1023 824.040−825.000 869.040−870.000

A (10 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

1−36 37−262 263−333

825.030−826.080 826.110−832.860 832.890−834.990

870.030−871.080871.110−877.860877.890−879.990

1 B (10 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

334−403 404−595 596−666

835.020−837.090 837.120−842.850 842.880−844.980

880.020−882.090882.120−887.850887.880−889.980

A' (1.5 MHz)

Not Valid 667−716 845.010−846.480 890.010−891.480

A''' (2.5 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

717−737 738

739−799

846.510−847.110 847.140

847.170−848.970

891.510−892.110892.140

892.170−893.970

3


3-4

Table 3.1.1-4. CDMA Preferred Set of Frequency Assignments for Band Class 0 1

Band Subclass

System Designator

Spreading Rate Preferred Set Channel Numbers

A 1 283 (Primary) and 691 (Secondary)

0 3 37, 78, 119, 160, 201, 2422

B 1 384 (Primary) and 777 (Secondary)

3 4252, 466, 507, 548, 589


1 3 37, 78, 119, 160, 201, 242, 7383

B 1 486 (Primary) and 568 (Secondary)

3 404, 445, 486, 527, 5683

2













15

2 The use of preferred channel numbers 242 or 425 for Spreading Rate 3 ensures that overlaid multi-channel forward link systems with 1.23 MHz inter-channel spacing will contain a Spreading Rate 1 Forward CDMA Channel that aligns with one of the Spreading Rate 1 preferred channel numbers.

3 The use of preferred channel numbers 738, 445, 486, 527, or 568 for Spreading Rate 3 ensures that overlaid multi-channel forward link systems with 1.23 MHz inter-channel spacing will contain a Spreading Rate 1 Forward CDMA Channel that aligns with one of the Spreading Rate 1 preferred channel numbers.


3-5



Transmitter CDMA Channel Number

Center Frequency of CDMA Channel in MHz

Mobile Station 0 ≤ N ≤ 1199 1850.000 + 0.050 N

Base Station 0 ≤ N ≤ 1199 1930.000 + 0.050 N

3

Table 3.1.2-2. CDMA Channel Numbers and Corresponding Frequencies for 4

Band Class 1 and Spreading Rate 1 5


Block Designator


CDMA Channel Number


A (15 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Cond. Valid

024 25275 276299

1850.0001851.200 1851.2501863.750 1863.8001864.950

1930.0001931.200 1931.2501943.750 1943.8001944.950

D (5 MHz)

Cond. Valid Valid

Cond. Valid

300324 325375 376399

1865.0001866.200 1866.2501868.750 1868.8001869.950

1945.0001946.200 1946.2501948.750 1948.8001949.950

B (15 MHz)

Cond. Valid Valid

Cond. Valid

400424 425675 676699

1870.0001871.200 1871.2501883.750 1883.8001884.950

1950.0001951.200 1951.2501963.750 1963.8001964.950

E (5 MHz)

Cond. Valid Valid

Cond. Valid

700724 725775 776799

1885.0001886.200 1886.2501888.750 1888.8001889.950

1965.0001966.200 1966.2501968.750 1968.8001969.950

F (5 MHz)

Cond. Valid Valid

Cond. Valid

800824 825875 876899

1890.0001891.200 1891.2501893.750 1893.8001894.950

1970.0001971.200 1971.2501973.750 1973.8001974.950

C (15 MHz)

Cond. Valid Valid

Not Valid

900924 9251175 11761199

1895.0001896.200 1896.2501908.750 1908.8001909.950

1975.0001976.200 1976.2501988.750 1988.8001989.950

6


3-6


Class 1 and Spreading Rate 3 2


Block Designator


CDMA Channel Number


A (15 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Cond. Valid

0−49 50−250 251−299

1850.000−1852.4501852.500−1862.5001862.550−1864.950

1930.000−1932.4501932.500−1942.5001942.550−1944.950

D (5 MHz)

Cond. Valid Valid

Cond. Valid

300−349 350

351−399

1865.000−1867.4501867.500

1867.550−1869.950

1945.000−1947.4501947.500

1947.550−1949.950

B (15 MHz)

Cond. Valid Valid

Cond. Valid

400−449 450−650 651−699

1870.000−1872.4501872.500−1882.5001882.550−1884.950

1950.000−1952.4501952.500−1962.5001962.550−1964.950

E (5 MHz)

Cond. Valid Valid

Cond. Valid

700−749 750

751−799

1885.000−1887.4501887.500

1887.550−1889.950

1965.000−1967.4501967.500

1967.550−1969.950

F (5 MHz)

Cond. Valid Valid

Cond. Valid

800−849 850

851−899

1890.000−1892.4501892.500

1892.550−1894.950

1970.000−1972.4501972.500

1972.550−1974.950

C (15 MHz)

Cond. Valid Valid

Not Valid

900−949 950−1150 1151−1199

1895.000−1897.4501897.500−1907.5001907.550−1909.950

1975.000−1977.4501977.500−1987.5001987.550−1989.950

3


3-7


Block Designator


A 1 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 275

3 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250

D 1 325, 350, 375

3 350

B 1 425, 450, 475, 500, 525, 550, 575, 600, 625, 650, 675

3 450, 475, 500, 525, 550, 575, 600, 625, 650

E 1 725, 750, 775

3 750

F 1 825, 850, 875

3 850

C 1 925, 950, 975, 1000, 1025, 1050, 1075, 1100, 1125, 1150, 1175

3 950, 975, 1000, 1025, 1050, 1075, 1100, 1125, 1150

2

3.1.3 Band Class 2 (TACS Band) 3












15


3-8



Transmitter CDMA Channel Number Center Frequency for CDMA Channel (MHz)


1329 ≤ N ≤ 2047 0.025 (N − 1328) + 871.9875

Base Station 0 ≤ N ≤ 1000 0.025 N + 934.9875

1329 ≤ N ≤ 2047 0.025 (N − 1328) + 916.9875

3




System Designator


CDMA Channel Number


A ETACS (8 MHz)

Not Valid Valid-1320

1329-13551356-1648

872.0125-872.6625872.6875-879.9875

917.0125-917.6625 917.6875-924.9875

B ETACS (8 MHz)

Valid-1320 1649-1941 880.0125-887.3125 925.0125-932.3125

Unassigned (2 MHz)

Cond. Valid-1320

1969-20470

888.0125-889.9625889.9875

933.0125-934.9625 934.9875

A (7.5 MHz)

Cond. Valid-1320 Valid

1-28 29-300

890.0125-890.6875890.7125-897.4875

935.0125-935.6875 935.7125-942.4875

B (7.5 MHz)

Valid Cond. Valid-

1000

301-573 574-600

897.5125-904.3125904.3375-904.9875

942.5125-949.3125 949.3375-949.9875

A' (4 MHz)

Valid-1000 601-760 905.0125-908.9875 950.0125-953.9875

B (6 MHz)

Valid-1000 Not Valid

761-973 974-1000

909.0125-914.3125914.3375-914.9875

954.0125-959.3125 959.3375-959.9875

Valid refers to 600, 1000, and 1320 channel mobile stations. Valid-1000 refers to 1000 channel mobile stations. Valid-1320 refers to 1320 channel mobile stations.

6


3-9




System Designator


CDMA Channel Number


A ETACS (8 MHz)

Not Valid Valid-1320

1329- Not specified-

1648

872.0125-Not specified

Not specified -879.9875


Not specified-924.9875

B ETACS (8 MHz)

Valid-1320 1649-1941 880.0125-887.3125 925.0125-932.3125

Unassigned (2 MHz)

Cond. Valid-1320

1969-2047 0

888.0125-889.9625889.9875

933.0125-934.9625934.9875

A (7.5 MHz)

Cond. Valid-1320 Valid

1-Not specified

Not specified-300





B (7.5 MHz)

Valid Cond. Valid-

1000

301-573 Not specified-

600

897.5125-904.3125Not specified-

904.9875

942.5125-949.3125Not specified-

949.9875

A' (4 MHz)

Valid-1000 601-760 905.0125-908.9875 950.0125-953.9875

B (6 MHz)

Valid-1000 Not Valid

761-Not specified

Not specified-1000





Valid refers to 600, 1000, and 1320 channel mobile stations. Valid-1000 refers to 1000 channel mobile stations. Valid-1320 refers to 1320 channel mobile stations.

3


Block Designator


A 1 79, 679, or 1365

3 Not specified

B 1 379, 947, or 1932

3 Not specified

5


3-10

3.1.4 Band Class 3 (JTACS Band) 1



shown in Table 3.1.4-2. The preferred set of CDMA frequency assignments for Band Class 3 4

is given in Table 3.1.4-3. 5



3.1.4-2. Note that certain channel assignments are not valid and others are conditionally 8

valid. Transmission on conditionally valid channels is permissible if the adjacent block is 9

allocated to the same licensee or if other valid authorization has been obtained. 10

Spreading Rate 3 mobile station operation is not supported in Band Class 3. 11

12





801 ≤ N ≤ 1039 0.0125 (N 800) + 898.000

1041 ≤ N ≤ 1199 0.0125 (N 1040) + 887.000

1201 ≤ N ≤ 1600 0.0125 (N 1200) + 893.000

Base Station 1 ≤ N ≤ 799 0.0125 N + 860.000

801 ≤ N ≤ 1039 0.0125 (N 800) + 843.000

1041 ≤ N ≤ 1199 0.0125 (N 1040) + 832.000

1201 ≤ N ≤ 1600 0.0125 (N 1200) + 838.000

In this Table, only even-valued N values are valid.

15


3-11




System Designator


CDMA Channel Number


A1 (2 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

1041-1099

1100-1140

1141-1199

887.0125-887.7375

887.7500-888.2500

888.2625-888.9875

832.0125-832.7375

832.7500-833.2500

833.2625-833.9875

A3

(5 MHz)

Not Valid

Valid

Cond. Valid

1201-1259

1260-1540

1541-1600

893.0125-893.7375

893.7500-897.2500

897.2625-898.0000

838.0125-838.7375

838.7500-842.2500

842.2625-843.0000

A2 (3 MHz)

Cond. Valid Valid

Not Valid

801-859

860-980

981-1039

898.0125-898.7375

898.7500-900.2500

900.2625-900.9875

843.0125-843.7375

843.7500-845.2500

845.2625-845.9875

A (10 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

1-59

60-740

741-799

915.0125-915.7375

915.7500-924.2500

924.2625-924.9875

860.0125-860.7375

860.7500-869.2500

869.2625-869.9875

B Not specified Not specified Not specified Not specified

3


System Designator



B 1 Not specified

5

3.1.5 Band Class 4 (Korean PCS Band) 6











3-12



3





Base Station 0 ≤ N ≤ 599 0.050 N + 1840.000

6




Block Designator


CDMA Channel Number


A (10 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Cond. Valid

0−24 25−175 176−199

1750.000−1751.200 1751.250−1758.750 1758.800−1759.950

1840.000−1841.200 1841.250−1848.750 1848.800−1849.950

B (10 MHz)

Cond. Valid Valid

Cond. Valid

200−224 225−375 376−399

1760.000−1761.200 1761.250−1768.750 1768.800−1769.950

1850.000−1851.200 1851.250−1858.750 1858.800−1859.950

C (10 MHz)

Cond. Valid Valid

Not Valid

400−424 425−575 576−599

1770.000−1771.200 1771.250−1778.750 1778.800−1779.950

1860.000−1861.200 1861.250−1868.750 1868.800−1869.950

9


3-13




Block Designator


CDMA Channel Number


A (10 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Cond. Valid

0−49 50−150 151−199

1750.000−1752.450 1752.500−1757.500 1757.550−1759.950

1840.000−1842.4501842.500−1847.5001847.550−1849.950

B (10 MHz)

Cond. Valid Valid

Cond. Valid

200−249 250−350 351−399

1760.000−1762.450 1762.500−1767.500 1767.550−1769.950

1850.000−1852.4501852.500−1857.5001857.550−1859.950

C (10 MHz)

Cond. Valid Valid

Not Valid

400−449 450−550 551−599

1770.000−1772.450 1772.500−1777.500 1777.550−1779.950

1860.000−1862.4501862.500−1867.5001867.550−1869.950

3


System Designator


A 1 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175

3 50, 75, 100, 125, 150

B 1 225, 250, 275, 300, 325, 350, 375

3 250, 275, 300, 325, 350

C 1 425, 450, 475, 500, 525, 550, 575

3 450, 475, 500, 525, 550

5














3-14

1




Mobile Station 1 ≤ N ≤ 300 0.025 (N-1) + 450.000

539 ≤ N ≤ 871 0.025 (N-512) + 411.000

1039 ≤ N ≤ 1473 0.020 (N-1024) + 451.010

1792 ≤ N ≤ 2016 0.020 (N-1792) + 479.000

Base Station 1 ≤ N ≤ 300 0.025 (N-1) + 460.000

539 ≤ N ≤ 871 0.025 (N-512) + 421.000

1039 ≤ N ≤ 1473 0.020 (N-1024) + 461.010

1792 ≤ N ≤ 2016 0.020 (N-1792) + 489.000

4


3-15




Block Designator


CDMA Channel Number


A (4.5 MHz)

Not Valid

Cond. Valid Valid

Not Valid

121-125

126-145 146-275 276-300

453.000-453.100

453.125-453.600 453.625-456.850 456.875457.475

463.000-463.100

463.125-463.600 463.625-466.850 466.875-467.475

A (0.5 MHz)

Not Valid 101-120 452.500-452.975

462.500-462.975

B (4.5 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

81-105 106-235 236-260

452.000-452.600 452.625-455.850 455.875456.475

462.000-462.600 462.625-465.850 465.875-466.475

C (4.8 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

1-25 26-168 169-193

450.000-450.600 450.625-454.175 454.200454.800

460.000-460.600 460.625-464.175 464.200-464.800

D (4.2 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

539-563 564-681 682-706

411.675-412.275 412.300-415.225 415.250-415.850

421.675-422.275 422.300-425.225 425.250-425.850

E (4.5 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

692-716 717-846 847-871

415.500-416.100 416.125-419.350 419.375-419.975

425.500-426.100 426.125-429.350 429.375-429.975

F (4.5 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

1792-1822 1823-1985 1986-2016

479.000-479.600 479.620-482.860 482.880-483.480

489.000-489.600 489.620-492.860 492.880-493.480

G (4.76 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

1235-1265 1266-1442 1443-1473

455.230-455.830 455.850-459.370 459.390-459.990

465.230-465.830 465.850-469.370 469.390-469.990

H (4.42 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

1039-1069 1070-1229 1230-1260

451.310-451.910 451.930-455.110 455.130-455.730

461.310-461.910 461.930-465.110 465.130-465.730

3


3-16




Block Designator


CDMA Channel Number


A (4.5 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

121-200 201

202-300

453.000-454.975 455.000

455.025457.475

463.000-464.975 465.000

465.025-467.475

A (0.5 MHz)

Not Valid 101-120 452.500-452.975

462.500-462.975

B (4.5 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

81-170 171

172-260

452.000-454.225 454.250

454.275456.475

462.000-464.225 464.250

464.275-466.475

C (4.8 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

1-96 97

98-193

450.000-452.375 452.400

452.425454.800

460.000-462.375 462.400

462.425-464.800

D (4.2 MHz)

Not Valid

539-706

411.675-415.850

421.675-425.850

E (4.5 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

692-781 782

783-871

415.500-417.725 417.750

417.775-419.975

425.500-427.725 427.750

427.775-429.975

F (4.5 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

1792-1903 1904

1905-2016

479.000-481.220 481.240

481.260-483.480

489.000-491.220 491.240

491.260-493.480

G (4.76 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

1235-1353 1354

1355-1473

455.230-457.590 457.610

457.630-459.990

465.230-467.590 467.610

467.630-469.990

H (4.42 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

1039-1149 1150

1151-1260

451.310-453.510 453.530

453.550-455.730

461.310-463.510 463.530

463.550-465.730

3


3-17


Block Designator Preferred Set Channel Numbers

A 160, 210*, 260

B 120, 170, 220*

C 47, 97, 147*

D 573, 623, 673*

E 731*, 781, 831

F 1841*, 1903, 1965

G 1291*, 1353, 1415

H 1089, 1151, 1213*

* CDMA frequency assignments that support inter-block roaming

2

3.1.7 Band Class 6 (2 GHz Band) 3












15




Center Frequency for CDMA Channel (MHz)


Base Station 0 ≤ N ≤ 1199 2110.000 + 0.050 N

18


3-18

Table 3.1.7-2. CDMA Channel Numbers and Corresponding Frequencies 1

for Band Class 6 and Spreading Rate 1 2

Transmit Frequency Band (MHz) CDMA

Channel Validity

CDMA Channel Number


Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

0−24 25−1175

1176−1199

1920.000−1921.2001921.250-1978.750 1978.800-1979.950

2110.000-2111.200 2111.250-2168.750 2168.800-2169.950

Channel numbers less than 1.25 MHz from the licensees band edge are not valid.

3

Table 3.1.7-3. CDMA Channel Numbers and Corresponding Frequencies 4

for Band Class 6 and Spreading Rate 3 5


Channel Validity

CDMA Channel Number


Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

0−49 50−1150

1151−1199

1920.000−1922.4501922.500-1977.500 1977.550-1979.950

2110.000-2112.450 2112.500-2167.500 2167.550-2169.950


6



1 25, 50, , 1150, 1175

3 50, 75, , 1125, 1150

8










3-19





5






Base Station 0 ≤ N ≤ 359 746.000 + 0.050 N

8




Block Designator


CDMA Channel Number


A (1 MHz)

Not Valid 0−19

776.000-776.950

746.000-746.950

C (5 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Cond. Valid

20-44 45-95 96-119

777.000-778.200 778.250-780.750 780.800-781.950

747.000-748.200 748.250-750.750 750.800-751.950

D (10 MHz)

Cond. Valid Valid

Not Valid

120-144 145-295 296-319

782.000−783.200 783.250−790.750 790.800−791.950

752.000−753.200 753.250−760.750 760.800−761.950

B (2 MHz)

Not Valid 320-359 792.000−793.950 762.000−763.950

11


3-20




Block Designator


CDMA Channel Number


A (1 MHz)

Not Valid 0−19

776.000-776.950

746.000-746.950

C (5 MHz)

Not Valid Valid

Cond. Valid

20-69 70

71-119

777.000-779.450 779.500

779.550-781.950

747.000-749.450 749.500

749.550-751.950

D (10 MHz)

Cond. Valid Valid

Not Valid

120-169 170-270 271-319

782.000−784.450 784.500−789.500 789.550−791.950

752.000−754.450 754.500−759.500 759.550−761.950

B (2 MHz)

Not Valid 320-359 792.000−793.950 762.000−763.950

3


Block Designator


A N/A None

C 1 45, 70, 95

3 70

D 1 145, 170, 195, 220, 245, 270, 295

3 170, 195, 220, 245, 270

B N/A None

5












3-21



3






Base Station 0 ≤ N ≤ 1499 1805.000 + 0.050 N

6




Channel Validity

CDMA Channel Number


Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

0−24 25−1475

1476−1499

1710.000−1711.200 1711.250-1783.750 1783.800-1784.950

1805.000-1806.200 1806.250-1878.750 1878.800-1879.950


9




Channel Validity

CDMA Channel Number


Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

0−49 50−1450

1451−1499

1710.000−1712.450 1712.500-1782.500 1782.550-1784.950

1805.000-1807.450 1807.500-1877.500 1877.550-1879.950


12


3-22



1 25, 50, , 1450, 1475

3 50, 75, , 1425, 1450

2



Band Class 9 shall be as specified in Table 3.1.10-1. The Band Class 9 channel numbers 5

are shown in Tables 3.1.10-2 and 3.1.10-3. The preferred set of CDMA frequency 6

assignments for Band Class 9 is given in Table 3.1.10-4. 7



3.1.10-2. A mobile station supporting operation in Band Class 9 with Spreading Rate 3 10

shall support CDMA operations on the valid channel numbers shown in Table 3.1.10-3. 11

Note that certain channel assignments are not valid and others are conditionally valid. 12

Transmission on conditionally valid channels is permissible if the adjacent block is 13

allocated to the same licensee or if other valid authorization has been obtained. 14

15






Base Station 0 ≤ N ≤ 699 925.000 + 0.050 N

18


3-23




Channel Validity

CDMA Channel Number


Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

0−24 25−675 676−699

880.000−881.200 881.250-913.750 913.800-914.950

925.000-926.200 926.250-958.750 958.800-959.950


3




Channel Validity

CDMA Channel Number


Not Valid Valid

Not Valid

0−49 50−650 651−699

880.000−882.450 882.500-912.500 912.550-914.950

925.000-927.450 927.500-957.500 957.550-959.950


6



1 25, 50, , 650, 675

3 50, 75, , 625, 650

8

3.2 Acquisition Requirements 9

3.2.1 Idle Handoff Tests 10

3.2.1.1 Idle Handoff in Non-Slotted Mode on the Paging Channel 11

These tests shall be performed for mobile stations that can operate in non-slotted mode 12

while in the Mobile Station Idle State. 13


3-24

3.2.1.1.1 Definition 1

When in the Mobile Station Idle State, the mobile station continually searches for the 2

strongest Pilot Channel signal on the current CDMA frequency assignment. The mobile 3

station determines that an idle handoff should occur when it detects a Pilot Channel signal 4

sufficiently stronger than the one it is currently monitoring. 5

Test 1 verifies that the mobile station does not perform alternating idle handoffs between 6

two Pilot Channels so frequently that the mobile station cannot receive paging messages on 7

either of the Forward CDMA Channels by checking the number of idle handoffs performed 8

and the Paging Channel message error rate (MER). 9

Test 2 verifies that the mobile station performs an idle handoff whenever the Ec/I0 of a pilot 10

in the Neighbor Set exceeds the Ec/I0 of the pilot in the Active Set by 3 dB, as measured at 11

the mobile station antenna connector, for a period longer than one second. This is 12

accomplished by checking the number of idle handoffs performed and the Paging Channel 13

MER. 14

3.2.1.1.2 Method of Measurement 15

1. Connect two base stations and an AWGN generator to the mobile station antenna 16

connector as shown in Figure 6.5.1-3. The Forward Channel from base station 1 17

has an arbitrary pilot PN offset index P1, and is called Channel 1. The Forward 18

Channel from base station 2 has an arbitrary pilot PN offset index P2, and is called 19

Channel 2. 20

2. Set the Paging Channel data rate of Channel 1 and Channel 2 to 4800 bps. 21

3. Send the five overhead messages consecutively in synchronized message capsules 22

on the Primary Paging Channel of both base stations. Message contents shall be as 23

specified in 6.5.2. Note that pilot PN offset index P1 is listed in the General Neighbor 24

List Message for base station 2 and pilot PN offset index P2 is listed in the General 25

Neighbor List Message for base station 1. 26

4. Set the test parameters for Test 1 as specified in Table 3.2.1.1.2-1. As specified in 27

Figure 3.2.1.1.2-1, the Channel 1 and Channel 2 pilot Ec/I0 levels shall transition 28

every 100 ms. 29

5. Set up a call using Fundamental Channel Test Mode 1 (see 1.3) and retrieve the 30

parameters PAG_1, PAG_2, PAG_4 and PAG_7, and then end the call. 31

6. Immediately after ending the call, run the test for at least 10 cycles (20 pilot Ec/I0 32

transitions). 33


parameters PAG_1, PAG_2, PAG_4 and PAG_7, and then end the call. 35


Figure 3.2.1.1.2-2, the Channel 1 pilot Ec/I0 level shall transition between state 1 37

and state 2, where the state 1 duration is 5 seconds and the state 2 duration is 10 38

seconds. Repeat steps 5 through 7. 39

40


3-25

Table 3.2.1.1.2-1. Test Parameters for Idle Handoff in Non-Slotted Mode 1

Test 1 Test 2

Parameter Unit Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 1 Channel 2

Îor /Ioc dB 3 for S1

0 for S2

0 for S1

3 for S2

3 for S1

-16.7 for S2

0 for S1

-4.7 for S2

orc

IEPilot

dB -7 -7 -7 -7

orc

IEPaging

dB -12 -12 -12 -12

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz -55 -55

0c

IEPilot

dB -10 for S1

-13 for S2

-13 for S1

-10 for S2

-10 for S1

-25 for S2 -13

Note: The Pilot Ec/I0 value is calculated from the parameters set in the table. It is not 2

a directly settable parameter. S1 and S2 indicate the two states of the power levels. 3

4

100 100 Time (ms)

Pilot Ec/I0 = -10 dBChannel 1

Pilot

Channel 2Pilot 3 dB

100 5

Figure 3.2.1.1.2-1. Idle Handoff in Non-Slotted Mode (Test 1) 6

7


3-26

10 5 Time (s)


PilotChannel 2

Pilot

3 dB

5

12 dB

1

Figure 3.2.1.1.2-2. Idle Handoff in Non-Slotted Mode (Test 2) 2

3

3.2.1.1.3 Minimum Standard 4

The number of idle handoffs during a test is given by ∆PAG_7, where ∆PAG_7 is the 5

increment of the parameter PAG_7 during the test. 6

The Paging Channel MER is estimated by 7

20/54_PAG2_PAG1_PAG1MER

×∆∆−∆−= 8

where ∆PAG_1, ∆PAG_2, and ∆PAG_4 are the increment of parameters PAG_1, PAG_2 and 9

PAG_4 during the test, respectively, and the fraction 5/20 is the average number of 10

messages in 10 ms. 11

Test 1: The mobile station should not perform any idle handoffs. The Paging Channel MER 12

shall be less than or equal to 0.1. 13

Test 2: The number of idle handoffs shall be equal to the number of pilot Ec/I0 transitions. 14

The Paging Channel MER shall be less than or equal to 0.1. 15

3.2.1.2 Idle Handoff in Slotted Mode on the Paging Channel 16

These tests shall be performed for mobile stations that can operate in slotted mode. 17


When in the Mobile Station Idle State, the mobile station searches for the strongest Pilot 19

Channel signal on the current CDMA frequency assignment during the assigned slots. The 20

mobile station determines that an idle handoff should occur when it detects a Pilot Channel 21

signal sufficiently stronger than the one it is currently monitoring. 22

This test verifies that the mobile station performs an idle handoff whenever the Ec/I0 of a 23

pilot in the Neighbor Set exceeds the Ec/I0 of the pilot in the Active Set by 3 dB, as 24

measured at the mobile station antenna connector, by measuring the number of idle 25

handoffs performed in a fixed period of time. 26


3-27






Channel 2. 6

2. Set the Paging Channel data rate of Channel 1 and Channel 2 to 4800 bps. 7

3. Set MAX_SLOT_CYCLE_INDEX to 0 in the System Parameters Message (each slot 8

cycle is 1.28 seconds long). 9

4. Send the five overhead messages consecutively on the Primary Paging Channel of 10

both Channel 1 and Channel 2. The format of each message is specified in 6.5.2. 11

5. Send a General Page Message with no page records with the CLASS_0_DONE, 12

CLASS_1_DONE, TMSI_DONE, and BROADCAST_DONE fields set to 1 at the 13

beginning of each assigned Paging Channel slot of the mobile station in every slot 14

cycle on the Primary Paging Channel of both Channel 1 and Channel 2. 15

6. Set the test parameters as specified in Table 3.2.1.2.2-1 and Figure 3.2.1.2.2-1. 16

7. Set up a call using Fundamental Channel Test Mode 1 (see 1.3), retrieve the 17

parameter PAG_7, and then end the call. 18

8. Run the test for exactly 20 Channel 1 pilot Ec/I0 transitions, starting and ending 19

with the Channel 1 pilot Ec/I0 at -25 dB. Allow three seconds after the last 20

transition before step 9. 21



24


3-28

Table 3.2.1.2.2-1. Test Parameters for Slotted Mode Idle Handoff 1

Parameter Unit Channel 1 Channel 2


-16.7 for S2

0 for S1

-4.7 for S2

orc

IEPilot

dB -7 -7

orc

IEPaging

dB -12 -12

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz -55

0c

IEPilot

dB -10 for S1

-25 for S2 -13

Note: The Pilot Ec/I0 value is calculated from the parameters 2

in the table. It is not a directly settable parameter. S1 and S2 3

indicate the two states of the power levels. 4

5

3 9 Time (s)

Pilot Ec/I0 = -13 dBChannel 1Pilot

Channel 2Pilot

3 dB

9

12 dB

6

Figure 3.2.1.2.2-1. Slotted Mode Idle Handoff 7

8




The number of idle handoffs shall be greater than or equal to 18. 12

3.2.1.3 Idle Handoff in Slotted Mode on the Forward Common Control Channel 13

These tests shall be performed for mobile stations that can operate in slotted mode and can 14

monitor the Forward Common Control Channel. 15


3-29



Channel signal on the current CDMA frequency assignment during the assigned slots. The 3

mobile station determines that an idle handoff should occur when it detects a Pilot Channel 4

signal sufficiently stronger than the one it is currently monitoring. 5

This test verifies that the mobile station performs an idle handoff whenever the Ec/I0 of a 6

pilot in the Neighbor Set exceeds the Ec/I0 of the pilot in the Active Set by 3 dB, as 7

measured at the mobile station antenna connector, by measuring the number of idle 8

handoffs performed in a fixed period of time. 9






Channel 2. 15

2. Set the Forward Common Control Channel data rate of Channel 1 and Channel 2 to 16

4800 bps. 17


cycle is 1.28 seconds long). 19

4. Send the five overhead messages consecutively on the Forward Common Control 20

Channel of both Channel 1 and Channel 2. The format of each message is specified 21

in 6.5.2. 22

5. Send a General Page Message with no page records with the CLASS_0_DONE, 23


beginning of each assigned Forward Common Control Channel slot of the mobile 25

station in every slot cycle on the Forward Common Control Channel of both 26

Channel 1 and Channel 2. 27

6. Set the test parameters as specified in Table 3.2.1.3.2-1 and Figure 3.2.1.3.2-1. 28

7. Set up a call using Fundamental Channel Test Mode 3 (see 1.3) if the mobile station 29

supports Radio Configuration 3 or 4, or set up a call using Fundamental Channel 30

Test Mode 7 (see 1.3) if the mobile station supports Radio Configuration 5 or 6, 31

retrieve the parameter PAG_7, and then end the call. 32

8. Run the test for exactly 20 Channel 1 pilot Ec/I0 transitions, starting and ending 33

with the Channel 1 pilot Ec/I0 at -25 dB. Allow three seconds after the last 34

transition before step 9. 35

9. Set up a call using Fundamental Channel Test Mode 3 (see 1.3) if the mobile station 36

supports Radio Configuration 3 or 4, or set up a call using Fundamental Channel 37

Test Mode 7 (see 1.3) if the mobile station supports Radio Configuration 5 or 6, 38

retrieve the parameter PAG_7, and then end the call. 39


3-30

10. Set up a Quick Paging Channel associated with the Forward Common Control 1

Channel under test if the mobile station supports the Quick Paging Channel. Set 2

up the Sync Channel Message (or MC-MAP Sync Channel Message if 3

DIF_FREQ_PARAMS = 1) and the MC-RR Parameters Message on the Broadcast 4

Control Channel to inform the mobile station of the existence of the Quick Paging 5

Channel with the Forward Common Control Channel. Repeat steps 3 through 9. 6

7

Table 3.2.1.3.2-1. Test Parameters for Slotted Mode Idle Handoff 8



-16.7 for S2

0 for S1

-4.7 for S2

orc

IEPilot

dB -7 -7

orc

IEPaging

dB -12 -12


0c

IEPilot

dB -10 for S1

-25 for S2 -13




12

3 9 Time (s)

Pilot Ec/I0 = -13 dBChannel 1Pilot

Channel 2Pilot

3 dB

9

12 dB

13

Figure 3.2.1.3.2-1. Slotted Mode Idle Handoff 14

15


3-31




The number of idle handoffs shall be greater than or equal to 18. 4

3.2.1.4 Idle Handoff to Another Frequency 5

This test shall be performed for each band class supported by the mobile station. 6



Channel signal on the current CDMA frequency assignment. The mobile station determines 9

that an idle handoff should occur when it detects a Pilot Channel signal sufficiently 10

stronger than the one it is currently monitoring. However, there are system configurations 11

in which a neighbor base station cannot use the current CDMA frequency assignment. In 12

this case, the Extended Neighbor List Message or General Neighbor List Message may 13

contain the identity of a neighbor base station on a different CDMA frequency assignment. 14

The mobile station also searches this CDMA frequency assignment for this neighbor base 15

station. 16

The first test verifies that the mobile station quickly performs an idle handoff to a pilot in 17

the Neighbor Set which is on other than the current CDMA frequency assignment whenever 18

the Ec/I0 of all pilots in the Active Set and the Neighbor Set which are on the current 19

CDMA frequency assignment are less than some specified Ec/I0. 20

The second test verifies that the mobile station performs an idle handoff to a pilot in the 21

Neighbor Set which is on other than the current CDMA frequency assignment whenever the 22

Ec/I0 of all pilots in the Active Set and the Neighbor Set, which are on the current CDMA 23

frequency assignment, are less than some specified Ec/I0 and are less than the Ec/I0 of a 24

pilot in the Neighbor Set which is on other than the current CDMA frequency assignment. 25

The following tests are directly applicable to mobile stations which operate in the slotted 26

mode. For mobile stations which do not operate in the slotted mode, the same test 27

procedures apply, but the Audit Order shall be sent in any sequence of slots separated by 28

1.28 seconds. 29






Channel 2. Base station 1 uses arbitrary frequency f1, and base station 2 uses an 35

arbitrary but different frequency, f2. The frequency, f2, shall be a preferred 36

frequency with respect to system determination. 37


3-32

2. The number of Paging Channels should be the same for both Channel 1 and 1

Channel 2. Set the Paging Channel data rate of Channel 1 and Channel 2 to 4800 2

bps. 3


cycle is 1.28 seconds long). Set GEN_NGHBR_LIST to 1 in the System Parameters 5

Message. 6

4. Send the five overhead messages consecutively on the Primary Paging Channel of 7

both Channel 1 and Channel 2. The format of each message is specified in 6.5.2 8

with the exception of the General Neighbor List Message. For Channel 1, the General 9

Neighbor List Message shall have the following field values: 10

11

Field Value (Decimal)

PILOT_INC 12 (768 chips)

NGHBR_SRCH_MODE 1 (search priorities included)

NGHBR_CONFIG_PN_INCL 1 (PN offsets included)

FREQ_FIELDS_INCL 1 (frequency included)

USE_TIMING 0 (hopping beacon timing off)

NUM_NGHBR 7 (seven neighbors)

NGHBR_CONFIG 0 (same as current)

NGHBR_PN P2

SEARCH_PRIORITY 1 (medium)

FREQ_INCL 1 (frequency included)

NGHBR_BAND x (where x is the band class)

NGHBR_FREQ f2

NGHBR_CONFIG 0

NGHBR_PN P3

SEARCH_PRIORITY 3 (very high)

FREQ_INCL 0 (frequency not included)

NGHBR_CONFIG 0

NGHBR_PN P4



NGHBR_CONFIG 0

NGHBR_PN P5



NGHBR_CONFIG 0


3-33


NGHBR_PN P6



NGHBR_CONFIG 0

NGHBR_PN P7



NGHBR_CONFIG 0

NGHBR_PN P8



1

For Channel 2, the General Neighbor List Message shall have the following field values: 2

3



NGHBR_SRCH_MODE 1 (search priorities included)

NGHBR_CONFIG_PN_INCL 1 (PN offsets included)

FREQ_FIELDS_INCL 1 (frequencies included)

USE_TIMING 0 (hopping beacon timing off)

NUM_NGHBR 7 (seven neighbors)

NGHBR_CONFIG 0 (same as current)

NGHBR_PN P1

SEARCH_PRIORITY 1 (medium)


NGHBR_BAND x (where x is the band class)

NGHBR_FREQ f1

NGHBR_CONFIG 0

NGHBR_PN P3


FREQ_INCL 0

NGHBR_CONFIG 0

NGHBR_PN P4


3-34


SEARCH_PRIORITY 3

FREQ_INCL 0

NGHBR_CONFIG 0

NGHBR_PN P5

SEARCH_PRIORITY 3

FREQ_INCL 0

NGHBR_CONFIG 0

NGHBR_PN P6

SEARCH_PRIORITY 3

FREQ_INCL 0

NGHBR_CONFIG 0

NGHBR_PN P7

SEARCH_PRIORITY 3

FREQ_INCL 0

NGHBR_CONFIG 0

NGHBR_PN P8

SEARCH_PRIORITY 3

FREQ_INCL 0

1

5. Set the Channel 1 parameters to the maximum values for Test 1 in Table 3.2.1.4.2-2

1 (Îor/Ioc is equal to 0 dB). Set the Channel 2 parameters to the minimum values 3

for Test 1 in Table 3.2.1.4.2-1 (Îor/Ioc is equal to -18 dB). 4

6. Set up a call to the mobile station and retrieve the parameters PAG_3 and PAG_7, 5

and then end the call. 6

7. Send a General Page Message with no page records and with the CLASS_0_DONE, 7


beginning of each assigned Paging Channel slot of the mobile station on the 9

Channel 1 Primary Paging Channel. Send an Audit Order addressed to the mobile 10

station as a message requiring acknowledgement followed by a General Page 11

Message with no page records and with the CLASS_0_DONE, CLASS_1_DONE, 12

TMSI_DONE, and BROADCAST_DONE fields set to 1 at the beginning of each 13

assigned Paging Channel slot of the mobile station on the Channel 2 Primary 14

Paging Channel. 15


Figure 3.2.1.4.2-1, the Channel 1 and Channel 2 levels shall transition every 2.56 17

seconds, which corresponds to every second assigned slot of the mobile station. The 18


3-35

levels shall transition after sending the General Page Message and before the 1

beginning of the next assigned slot. 2

9. Run the test for at least 10 cycles (20 pilot Ec/I0 transitions), ending with the 3

Channel 1 pilot Ec/I0 at -10 dB. 4



11. Set the Channel 1 parameters to the maximum values for Test 2 in Table 3.2.1.4.2-7

1 (Îor/Ioc is equal to 0 dB). Set the Channel 2 parameters to the minimum values 8

for Test 2 in Table 3.2.1.4.2-1 (Îor /Ioc is equal to -6 dB). 9


Figure 3.2.1.4.2-2, the Channel 1 and Channel 2 levels shall transition every 10.24 11

seconds, which corresponds to every eighth assigned slot of the mobile station. The 12

levels shall transition after sending the General Page Message and before the 13

beginning of the next assigned slot. 14

13. Run the test for at least 8 cycles (16 pilot Ec/I0 transitions), ending with the 15

Channel 1 pilot Ec/I0 at -10 dB. 16



19

Table 3.2.1.4.2-1. Test Parameters for Idle Handoff to Another Frequency 20

Test 1 Test 2

Parameter Unit Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 1 Channel 2

Îor/Ioc dB Max = 0

Min = -18

Max = 0

Min = -18

Max = 0

Min = -6

Max = 0

Min = -6

orc

IEPilot

dB -7 -7 -7 -7

orc

IEPaging

dB -12 -12 -12 -12

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz -75 -75

0c

IEPilot

dB Max = -10

Min = -25.1

Max = -10

Min = -25.1

Max = -10

Min = -14.0

Max = -10

Min = -14.0

tb

NEPaging

dB Max = 12.1

Min = -5.9

Max = 12.1

Min = -5.9

Max = 12.1

Min = 6.1

Max = 12.1

Min = 6.1

Note: The Pilot Ec/I0 and Paging Eb/Nt values are calculated from the parameters in 21

the table. These are not directly settable parameters. 22

23


3-36

AssignedPaging Channel

Slots

Mobile StationShould Receive

Messages in TheseSlots

2.56 2.56 Time (s)


Pilot

Channel 2Pilot 15.1 dB

2.56 1

Figure 3.2.1.4.2-1. Idle Handoff to Another Frequency (Test 1) 2

3

AssignedPaging Channel

Slots

Mobile StationShould ReceiveMessages in All

Slots

10.24 10.24 Time (s)


Pilot

Channel 2Pilot 4 dB

10.24 4

Figure 3.2.1.4.2-2. Idle Handoff to Another Frequency (Test 2) 5

6


3-37




The number of Audit Orders that were correctly received on Channel 2 during a test is given 4

by ∆PAG_3, where ∆PAG_3 is the increment of the parameter PAG_3 during the test. 5

Test 1: Since the change in pilot power level occurs when the mobile station is operating in 6

slotted mode, it is possible that the mobile station will miss messages sent in the first slot 7

after the transition. However, the mobile station shall receive messages in the second slot 8

after the transition. 9

The number of idle handoffs shall be equal to the number of pilot Ec/I0 transitions. 10

The number of Audit Orders that were correctly received shall be at least one half the 11

number of pilot Ec/I0 transitions. If the transition occurs sufficiently before the first slot, 12

then the number of Audit Orders that a mobile station not operating in the slotted mode 13

should have correctly received is equal to the number of pilot Ec/I0 transitions. 14

Test 2: Since the levels are sufficient to correctly receive messages on both Channel 1 and 15

Channel 2, the mobile station shall receive messages in all assigned slots. The mobile 16

station shall perform idle handoffs to the frequency with the stronger pilot. 17

The number of idle handoffs shall be equal to the number of pilot Ec/I0 transitions. 18

The number of Audit Orders that were correctly received shall be equal to four times the 19

number of pilot Ec/I0 transitions. 20

3.2.2 Soft Handoff Tests 21

3.2.2.1 Neighbor Set Pilot Detection and Incorrect Detection in Soft Handoff 22


This test measures the detection time for a pilot in the Neighbor Set at three values of pilot 24

Ec/I0, for the static add threshold test configuration. The detection time of a pilot is defined 25

as the time elapsed from the time when the pilot increases to a given Ec/I0 until the mobile 26

station sends a Pilot Strength Measurement Message containing this pilot. The accuracy of 27

the Candidate Set pilot PN phase reported in the corresponding Pilot Strength Measurement 28

Message is also examined. 29

The correct detection of a pilot in the Neighbor Set is defined as the acquisition of a pilot 30

with Ec/I0 above the value defined by T_ADD. The value of T_ADD is set to 28 (-14 dB) as 31

specified in 6.5.2. An incorrect detection of a pilot in the Neighbor Set is defined as the 32

acquisition of a pilot with Ec/I0 below the value defined by T_ADD. 33






3-38


Channel 2. 2

2. Set the value of T_TDROP in the System Parameters Message to 1 (1 second). 3

3. Set the base station so as to not send any Extended Handoff Direction Message or 4

General Handoff Direction Message as a response to the Pilot Strength Measurement 5

Message sent by the mobile station. 6

4. Set up a call using Fundamental Channel Test Mode 1 (see 1.3) with 9600 bps data 7

rate only. 8

5. Set the test parameters for Test 1 as specified in Table 3.2.2.1.2-1 and change the 9

pilot strength of Channel 2 as specified in Figure 3.2.2.1.2-1 with T greater than or 10

equal to 0.8 seconds. 11

6. Send the Pilot Measurement Request Order as specified in Figure 3.2.2.1.2-1. 12

7. Record the transmission time and contents of each Pilot Strength Measurement 13



pilot strength of Channel 2 as specified in Figure 3.2.2.1.2-1 with T greater than or 16

equal to 0.85 seconds. Repeat steps 6 and 7. 17


pilot strength of Channel 2 as specified in Figure 3.2.2.1.2-2 with T equal to 15 19

seconds. Repeat steps 6 and 7 for 20 cycles of Channel 2 Pilot Ec/I0. 20

21

Table 3.2.2.1.2-1. Test Parameters for Neighbor Set Pilot Detection (Test 1) 22


Îor/Ioc dB 1.4 for S1

-1.8 for S2

0.4 for S1

−∞ for S2

orc

IEPilot

dB -7 -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7 N/A


0c

IEPilot

dB -11 -12 for S1

−∞ for S2

Note: The Pilot Ec/I0 value is calculated from the parameters in the table. 23

It is not a directly settable parameter. S1 and S2 indicate the two states 24

of the power levels. 25

26


3-39

Table 3.2.2.1.2-2. Test Parameters for Neighbor Set Pilot Detection (Test 2) 1


Îor/Ioc dB 0.22 for S1

-1.8 for S2

-2.3 for S1

−∞ for S2

orc

IEPilot

dB -7 -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7 N/A


0c

IEPilot

dB -11 -13.5 for S1

−∞ for S2




5

Table 3.2.2.1.2-3. Test Parameters for Neighbor Set Pilot Incorrect Detection 6

(Test 3) 7


Îor/Ioc dB -0.9 for S1

-1.8 for S2

-6.4 for S1

−∞ for S2

orc

IEPilot

dB -7 -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7 N/A


0c

IEPilot

dB -11 -16.5 for S1

−∞ for S2




11


3-40

4 1 T

Pilot Ec/Io

Channel 1 Pilot

T_ADD

Time (s)

T_DROP

Channel 2 Pilot

Pilot MeasurementRequest Order

1

Figure 3.2.2.1.2-1. Neighbor Set Pilot Detection 2

3

4 1 T

Pilot Ec/Io

Channel 1 Pilot

T_ADD

Time (s)

T_DROP

Channel 2 Pilot

Pilot MeasurementRequest Order

4

Figure 3.2.2.1.2-2. Neighbor Set Pilot Incorrect Detection 5

6


Pilots other than P1 or P2 shall not be reported in any Pilot Strength Measurement Message. 8


3-41

Test 1: 1

1. The rate of valid detection within 0.8 seconds shall be greater than 90% with 95% 2

confidence (see 6.6). 3

2. All of the transmissions of Pilot Strength Measurement Message sent as a response 4

to the Pilot Measurement Request Order shall only contain P1. 5

3. The reported pilot PN phase for P2 in the Pilot Strength Measurement Message in 6

which it is contained shall be no greater than ±1 chip from the actual offset. 7

Test 2: 8

The rate of valid detection within 0.85 seconds shall be greater than 50% with 95% 9


Test 3: 11

There shall be no more than one Pilot Strength Measurement Message containing P2 12

during the test. 13

3.2.2.2 Candidate Set Pilot Detection and Incorrect Detection in Soft Handoff 14


This test measures the detection time for a pilot in the Candidate Set for the static 16

comparison threshold test configuration. The detection time of a pilot is defined as the time 17

elapsed from the time when the pilot increases to a given Ec/I0 until the mobile station 18

sends a Pilot Strength Measurement Message containing this pilot. The accuracy of the 19

Active Set pilot PN phase reported in the corresponding Pilot Strength Measurement Message 20

is also examined. 21

The correct detection of a pilot in the Candidate Set is defined as the detection of a pilot in 22

the Candidate Set with Ec/I0 at least 0.5 x T_COMP dB above the Ec/I0 of an Active Set 23

pilot. The value of T_COMP is set to 5 (2.5 dB) as specified in 6.5.2. An incorrect detection 24

of a pilot in the Candidate Set is defined as the detection of a pilot with Ec/I0 less than 0.5 25

x T_COMP dB above the Ec/I0 of any Active Set pilot. 26






Channel 2. 32





pilot strength of Channel 2 as specified in Figure 3.2.2.2.2-1. 37


3-42


rate only. 2

5. Send the Universal Handoff Direction Message listing only pilot P1 as specified in 3

Figure 3.2.2.2.2-1. 4




pilot strength of Channel 2 as specified in Figure 3.2.2.2.2-2. 8


rate only. 10

9. Send the Universal Handoff Direction Message listing only pilot P1 as specified in 11

Figure 3.2.2.2.2-2. 12



15

Table 3.2.2.2.2-1. Test Parameters for Candidate Set Pilot Detection (Test 1) 16



-4.8 for S2

-0.1 for S1

-4.8 for S2

orc

IEPilot

dB -7 -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7 N/A


0c

IEPilot

dB -14 -11 for S1

-14 for S2




20


3-43

Table 3.2.2.2.2-2. Test Parameters for Candidate Set Pilot Incorrect Detection 1

(Test 2) 2



-4.8 for S2

-2.7 for S1

-4.8 for S2

orc

IEPilot

dB -7 -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7 N/A


0c

IEPilot

dB -14 -12.5 for S1

-14 for S2




6

4 1 2.5

Pilot Ec/Io

Pilot ComparisonThreshold

Time (s)

Channel 2 Pilot

Universal HandoffDirection Message

Channel 1 Pilot

0.5 × T_COMP dB

7

Figure 3.2.2.2.2-1. Candidate Set Pilot Detection (Test 1) 8

9


3-44

4 1 2.5

Pilot Ec/Io

Time (s)

Channel 2 Pilot

Channel 1 Pilot

4 1


0.5 × T_COMP dB

Pilot ComparisonThreshold

1

Figure 3.2.2.2.2-2. Candidate Set Pilot Incorrect Detection (Test 2) 2

3


Test 1: 5

1. The rate of correct detection within 2.5 seconds shall be greater than 90% with 6

95% confidence (see 6.6). 7



Test 2: The rate of incorrect detection within 2.5 seconds shall be greater than 80% with 10

95% confidence (see 6.6). Equivalently stated, the probability that a Pilot Strength 11

Measurement Message will be sent containing P2 within 2.5 seconds is 20 % or less with 12

95% confidence. 13

3.2.2.3 Active Set Pilot Loss Detection in Soft Handoff 14


This test measures the loss detection time for a diminishing pilot in the Active Set for the 16

static drop threshold test configuration. The loss detection time for a diminishing pilot in 17

the Active Set is defined as the time elapsed from the time when the pilot decreases to a 18

given Ec/I0 until the mobile station sends a Pilot Strength Measurement Message which 19

flags this pilot for deletion from the active set. The accuracy of the PN phase and strength of 20

Active Set pilots reported in the Pilot Strength Measurement Message is also examined. 21

The mobile station sends a Pilot Strength Measurement Message when the pilot Ec/I0 value 22

of a pilot in the Active Set drops below the value defined by T_DROP for a period of time 23


3-45

defined by T_TDROP. The value of T_DROP is set to 32 (-16 dB) as specified in 6.5.2. The 1

value of T_TDROP is set to 3 (4 seconds) as specified in 6.5.2. 2






Channel 2. 8





rate only. 13

4. Send a Universal Handoff Direction Message to the mobile station, specifying the 14

following pilots in the Active Set: 15

16

Parameter Value (Decimal)

PILOT_PN P1

PILOT_PN P2

17

5. Set the test parameters for Test 1 as specified in Table 3.2.2.3.2-1. 18

6. Record Reverse Traffic Channel messages for 5 minutes. 19

7. Set the test parameters for Test 2 as specified in Table 3.2.2.3.2-2 and Figure 20

3.2.2.3.2-1. 21

8. Send a Universal Handoff Direction Message to the mobile station as specified in 22

Figure 3.2.2.3.2-1, with the following pilots in the Active Set: 23

24


PILOT_PN P1

PILOT_PN P2

25



28


3-46

Table 3.2.2.3.2-1. Test Parameters for Active Set Pilot Incorrect Loss Detection (Test 1

1) 2


Îor/Ioc dB -0.5 -4.5

orc

IEPilot

dB -7 -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7 -7


0c

IEPilot

dB -11 -15


It is not a directly settable parameter. 4

5

Table 3.2.2.3.2-2. Test Parameters for Active Set Pilot Loss Detection (Test 2) 6



2.9 for S2

-7.0 for S1

2.9 for S2

orc

IEPilot

dB -7 -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7 -7


0c

IEPilot

dB -11 -17 for S1

-11 for S2




10


3-47

7 2

Pilot Ec/Io

Time (s)

Channel 1 Pilot


1

T_ADD

T_DROP

Channel 2 Pilot

1

Figure 3.2.2.3.2-1. Active Set Pilot Loss Detection (Test 2) 2

3


Test 1: 5

The mobile station shall not send any Pilot Strength Measurement Message during 6

the test. 7

Test 2: 8

1. The rate of loss detection within 7 seconds shall be greater than 80% with 95% 9




3. The reported pilot Ec/I0 value for P1 and P2 in the Pilot Strength Measurement 13

Message shall be no greater than ±1.5 dB from their set values. 14

3.2.3 Access and Access Probe Handoff Tests 15

3.2.3.1 Access Probe Handoff 16


The mobile station is permitted to perform an access probe handoff when the mobile station 18

is in the Page Response Substate or the Mobile Station Origination Attempt Substate. 19

The correct detection of a pilot while in the System Access State is defined as the detection 20

of a pilot in the ACCESS_HO_LIST with Ec/I0 above the value defined by T_ADD. The value 21


3-48

of T_ADD is set to 28 (-14 dB) as specified in 6.5.2. An incorrect detection of a pilot while in 1

the System Access State is defined as the detection of a pilot in the ACCESS_HO_LIST with 2

Ec/I0 below the value defined by T_ADD. 3


1. Connect two base stations to the mobile station antenna connector as shown in 5

Figure 6.5.1-3. The AWGN source is not used in this test. The Forward Channel 6

from base station 1 has an arbitrary pilot PN offset index P1, and is called Channel 7

1. The Forward Channel from base station 2 has an arbitrary pilot PN offset index 8

P2, and is called Channel 2. 9

2. Set the Paging Channel data rate of Channel 1 and Channel 2 to 4800 bps for Test 10

1. 11

3. Ensure that P2 is the first pilot listed in the Neighbor List Message, Extended 12

Neighbor List Message, General Neighbor List Message or Universal Neighbor List 13

Message sent on Channel 1. 14

4. Set the following parameters in the Extended System Parameters Message: 15

16

Parameters Value (Binary)

NGHBR_SET_ENTRY_INFO 0 (Access entry handoff is disabled)

NGHBR_SET_ACCESS_INFO 1 (Base station is including info on neighbor set access probe handoff or access handoff)

ACCESS_HO 0 (Disabled)

ACCESS_PROBE_HO 1 (Enabled)

ACC_HO_LIST_UPD 0 (No access probe handoffs are allowed to pilots not listed in ACCESS_HO_LIST)

MAX_NUM_PROBE_HO 0 (Only one access probe handoff during this access attempt test is allowed)

NGHBR_SET_SIZE 1 (P2 is the first and only pilot to be listed)

ACCESS_HO_ALLOWED 1 (An access probe handoff to P2 is allowed)

17

5. Set the test parameters as specified in Table 3.2.3.1.2-1. 18

19


3-49

Table 3.2.3.1.2-1. Test Parameters for Access Probe Handoff 1


Îor dBm/1.23 MHz -55 -58 for S1

-45 for S2

orc

IEPilot

dB -7 -7

orc

IEPaging

or

or

cI

E FCCCH

dB -12 -12

0c

IEPilot

dB -8.8 for S1-17.4 for S2

-11.8 for S1 -7.4 for S2




5

6. Set base station 1 to ignore all access attempts. 6

7. Page the mobile station from base station 1 as specified in Figure 3.2.3.1.2-1. 7

8. After power is detected in an access probe from the mobile station as specified in 8

Figure 3.2.3.1.2-1, adjust the power of channel 2 to 45 dBm/1.23 MHz, the state 2 9

value specified in Table 3.2.3.1.2-1. 10

9. Monitor mobile station transmissions for at least 4 seconds after the adjustment of 11

Channel 2 power to state 2. Perform at least 11 trials. 12

10. If the mobile station supports the Forward Common Control Channel, set the 13

Forward Common Control Channel data rate of Channel 1 and Channel 2 to 9600 14

bps with 20 ms frame length for Test 2. Repeat steps 3 through 9. 15

16


3-50

1

Figure 3.2.3.1.2-1. Access Probe Handoff 2

3


For both Test 1 and Test 2: 5

1. The reported pilot PN phase for P2 in the Page Response Message sent prior to the 6

access probe handoff shall be no greater than ±1 chip from the actual offset for all 7

trials. If the mobile station supports access probe handoff, the reported pilot PN 8

phase for P1 in the Page Response Message sent after the access probe handoff 9

shall also be no greater than ±1 chip from the actual offset for all trials. 10

2. Valid detection of P2 prior to the access probe handoff shall occur in 90% of the 11

trials with 95% confidence (see 6.6). 12

3. If the mobile station supports access probe handoff, the probability that the mobile 13

station sends an access probe to base station 2 no later than 4 seconds after the 14

transition from state 1 to state 2 shall occur in 90% of the trials with 95% 15

confidence (see 6.6). The mobile station shall send all access probes to base station 16

2 using the appropriate coding for base station 2. 17

Pilot Ec/Io

Time (s)

General PageMessage

Channel 1Pilot

Channel 2Pilot

Page ResponseMessage to Base

Station 1

4


Station 2

Base Station 1detects

access probe


3-51

3.2.3.2 Access Handoff 1


The mobile station is permitted to perform an access handoff to receive the Paging Channel 3

or Forward Common Control Channel with the best pilot strength and an associated Access 4

Channel or Enhanced Access Channel, respectively. The mobile station is permitted to 5

perform an access handoff when waiting for a response from the base station or before 6

sending a response to the base station. An access handoff is permitted after an access 7

attempt while the mobile station is in the Page Response Substate or the Mobile Station 8

Origination Attempt Substate. 9

The value of T_ADD is set to 28 (-14 dB) as specified in 6.5.2. 10



Figure 6.5.1-3. The AWGN source is not used in this test. The Forward Channel 13


1. The Forward Channel from base station 2 has an arbitrary pilot PN offset index 15

P2, and is called Channel 2. 16

2. Set the Paging Channel data rate of Channel 1 and Channel 2 to 4800 bps for Test 17

1. 18

3. Ensure that P2 is the first pilot listed in the Neighbor List Message, Extended 19

Neighbor List Message, General Neighbor List Message, or Universal Neighbor List 20

Message sent on Channel 1. 21

4. Set the following parameters in the Extended System Parameters Message: 22

23


3-52

Parameters Value (Binary)

NGHBR_SET_ENTRY_INFO 0 (Access entry handoff is disabled)

NGHBR_SET_ACCESS_INFO 1 (Base station is including information on neighbor set access probe handoff or access handoff)

ACCESS_HO 1 (Enabled)

ACCESS_HO_MSG_RSP 1 (Mobile station is permitted to perform an access handoff after receiving a message and before responding to that message)

ACCESS_PROBE_HO 0 (disabled)

NGHBR_SET_SIZE 1 (P2 is the first and only pilot to be listed)

ACCESS_HO_ALLOWED 1 (An access handoff to P2 is allowed)

1

5. Set the test parameters as specified in Table 3.2.3.2.2-1. 2

3

Table 3.2.3.2.2-1. Test Parameters for Access Handoff 4


Îor dBm/1.23 MHz -55 -58 for S1

-45 for S2

orc

IEPilot

dB -7 -7

orc

IEPaging

or

or

cI

E FCCCH

dB -12 -12

0c

IEPilot

dB -8.8 for S1 -17.4 for S2

-11.8 for S1 -7.4 for S2




8


3-53

6. Set base station 1 to acknowledge an access attempt without assigning a channel. 1

7. Page the mobile station from base station 1 as specified in Figure 3.2.3.2.2-1. 2

8. After the Page Response Message is received and an acknowledgement is sent on 3

Channel 1 as specified in Figure 3.2.3.2.2-1, adjust the power of channel 2 to 45 4

dBm/1.23 MHz, the state 2 value specified in Table 3.2.3.2.2-1. 5

9. Set base station 2 to send a single Channel Assignment Message or Extended 6

Channel Assignment Message to the mobile station four seconds after the transition 7

from state 1 to state 2. 8

10. Verify the mobile station completes the call on base station 2 for each trial. Perform 9

at least 11 trials. 10

11. If the mobile station supports the Forward Common Control Channel, set the 11

Forward Common Control Channel data rate of Channel 1 and Channel 2 to 9600 12

bps with 20 ms frame length for Test 2. Repeat steps 3 through 10. 13

14

15

Figure 3.2.3.2.2-1. Access Handoff 16

17


For both Test 1 and Test 2: 19

1. The reported pilot PN phase for P2 in the Page Response Message sent prior to the 20

access handoff shall be no greater than ±1 chip from the actual offset for all trials. 21

Pilot Ec/Io

Time (s)

General PageMessage

Channel 1Pilot

Channel 2Pilot


Station 1

4

Base Station 2 sendssingle Channel

Assignment Message

Base Station 1acknowledgesaccess probe


3-54

The reported pilot PN phase for P1 in the Page Response Message sent after the 1

access handoff shall also be no greater than ±1 chip from the actual offset for all 2

trials. 3

2. Valid detection of P2 prior to the access handoff shall occur in 90% of the trials 4

with 95% confidence (see 6.6). 5

3. The mobile station shall complete the call on base station 2 in 90% of the trials 6


3.2.4 Candidate Frequency Single Search 8

3.2.4.1 Definition 9

This test measures the correct detection of a pilot in the Candidate Frequency Neighbor Set. 10

Correct detection is defined as the reporting of a pilot with Ec/I0 above the value defined by 11

CF_T_ADD. The value of CF_T_ADD is set to 28 (-14 dB). An incorrect detection of a pilot in 12

the Candidate Frequency Neighbor Set is defined as the reporting of a pilot with Ec/I0 13

below the value defined by CF_T_ADD. 14

The base station directs the mobile station to perform a single search of the Candidate 15

Frequency Search Set by sending a Candidate Frequency Search Request Message. The 16

mobile station reports the search results to the base station in the Candidate Frequency 17

Search Report Message. The accuracy of the reported pilot PN phases is also examined. 18

3.2.4.2 Method of Measurement 19


Figure 6.5.1-3. The Forward Channel for base station 1 has a CDMA frequency 21

assignment F1 (any valid value), an arbitrary pilot PN offset index P1, and is called 22

Channel 1. The Forward Channel for base station 2 has a CDMA frequency 23

assignment F2 (any valid value other than F1), an arbitrary pilot PN offset index P2, 24

and is called Channel 2. 25

2. For each band class that the mobile station supports, configure the mobile station 26

to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 9. 27

3. If the mobile station supports demodulation of Radio Configuration 1 or 2, set up a 28

call using Fundamental Channel Test Mode 1 (see 1.3) with 9600 bps data rate only 29

and perform steps 6 through 9. 30

4. If the mobile station supports demodulation of Radio Configuration 3, 4, or 5, set 31

up a call using Fundamental Channel Test Mode 3 or Dedicated Control Channel 32

Test Mode 3 (see 1.3) with 9600 bps data rate only and perform steps 6 through 9. 33

5. If the mobile station supports demodulation of Radio Configuration 6, 7, 8, or 9, set 34



6. Set the test parameters for Test 1 as specified in Table 3.2.4.2-1. 37

7. Send a Candidate Frequency Search Request Message to the mobile station to set an 38

explicit action time with the following parameters: 39


3-55

1

Parameters Value (Decimal)

USE_TIME 1 (use action time)

SEARCH_TYPE 1 (single search)

SEARCH_MODE 0 (CDMA)

CDMA_FREQ F2

SF_TOTAL_EC_THRESH 31 (disabled)

SF_TOTAL_EC_IO_THRESH 31 (disabled)

CF_SRCH_WIN_N 8 (60 chips)

CF_T_ADD 28 (-14 dB)

NUM_PILOTS 1 (1 pilot)

CF_NGHBR_SRCH_MODE 0 (no search priorities or search windows specified)

NGHBR_PN P2

2

8. Record the transmission time and contents of each Candidate Frequency Search 3

Report Message sent by the mobile station. Perform at least 20 trials. 4

9. Set the test parameters for Test 2 as specified in Table 3.2.4.2-2. Repeat steps 7 5

and 8. 6

7

Table 3.2.4.2-1. Test Parameters for Candidate Frequency Neighbor Set Pilot 8

Detection (Test 1) 9


Îor/Ioc dB 0 -2.6

orc

IEPilot

dB -7 -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7 N/A


0c

IEPilot

dB -10 -11.5



12

13


3-56

Table 3.2.4.2-2. Test Parameters for Candidate Frequency Neighbor Set Pilot Incorrect 1

Detection (Test 2) 2


Îor/Ioc dB 0 -9.5

orc

IEPilot

dB -7 -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7 N/A


0c

IEPilot

dB -10 -17



5

3.2.4.3 Minimum Standard 6

Test1: 7

1. No pilot other than P2 shall be reported in any Candidate Frequency Search Report 8

Message for all trials. 9

2. Valid detection of P2 shall occur in 90% of the trials with 95% confidence (see 6.6). 10

3. The reported pilot PN phase for P2 in the Candidate Frequency Search Report 11

Message shall be no greater than ± 1 chip from the actual offset for all trials. 12

Test 2: 13

There shall be no more than one Candidate Frequency Search Report Message containing 14

P2 during each trial. 15

3.3 Forward Common Channel Demodulation Performance 16

The mobile station receiver shall be capable of detecting the signal defined in Section 3.1 of 17

[4]. 18

3.3.1 Demodulation of Non-Slotted Mode Paging Channel 19

These tests shall be performed for mobile stations that can operate in non-slotted mode 20

while in the Mobile Station Idle State, and shall be performed for each band class supported 21

by the mobile station. 22


The performance of the demodulation of Paging Channel in an AWGN (no fading or 24

multipath) environment is determined by the message error rate (MER). The MER is 25

measured only for 9600 bps data rate. 26


3-57


1. Connect the base station and an AWGN noise source to the mobile station antenna 2

connector as shown in Figure 6.5.1-4. 3

2. Set the Paging Channel data rate to 9600 bps. 4

3. Set the test parameters as specified in Table A.1.1.1-1. 5

4. Send the five overhead messages consecutively in synchronized message capsules 6

on the Primary Paging Channel. The format of each message is specified in 6.5.2. 7


parameters PAG_1, PAG_2 and PAG_4 and then end the call. 9

6. Run the test for at least 5 seconds and until sufficient confidence is ensured. 10


parameters PAG_1, PAG_2 and PAG_4. 12


The actual Eb/Nt used in the test shall be within ±0.2 dB of the value indicated in Table 14

A.1.1.2-1. 15


10/54_PAG2_PAG1_PAG1MER

×∆∆−∆−= 17

where ∆PAG_1, ∆PAG_2, and ∆PAG_4 are the increment of parameters PAG_1, PAG_2 and 18

PAG_4 during the test, respectively, and the fraction 5/10 is the average number of 19

messages in 10 ms. 20

The MER shall not exceed the piece-wise linear MER curve specified by the points in Table 21

A.1.1.2-1 with 95% confidence (see 6.6). 22

3.3.2 Demodulation of Slotted Mode Paging Channel 23

This test shall be performed for mobile stations that can operate in slotted mode. If the 24

mobile station supports the Quick Paging Channel, then this test shall be performed with 25

the Quick Paging Channel enabled. This test shall be performed for each band class 26



When operating in the slotted mode, the mobile station starts monitoring the Paging 29

Channel at the beginning of the assigned slots. If the mobile station supports the Quick 30

Paging Channel, the mobile station checks its assigned paging indicators in the Quick 31

Paging Channel slot immediately preceding its assigned Paging Channel slot. If the paging 32

indicators are set to ON, the mobile station is to receive the Paging Channel in the 33

assigned Paging Channel slot following its assigned Quick Paging Channel slot. 34

These tests verify that the mobile station wakes up in time so that it does not miss the 35

beginning of its assigned slots. If the mobile station supports the Quick Paging Channel, 36


3-58

these tests verify that when the mobile station receives its Quick Paging Channel indicators 1

in strong or weak channel test conditions, the mobile station still monitors its assigned 2

Paging Channel slot. 3

This test also examines the demodulation performance of the Paging Channel in an AWGN 4

(no fading or multipath) environment. The demodulation performance of the Paging 5

Channel is determined by the message error rate (MER). The MER is measured only for 6

9600 bps data rate. 7



connector as shown in Figure 6.5.1-4. Set the Paging Channel data rate to 9600 bps. 10

2. For each band class that the mobile station supports, configure the mobile station to 11

operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 15. 12

3. For each Paging Channel spreading rate that the mobile station supports, perform steps 13

4 through 15. 14

4. Set MAX_SLOT_CYCLE_INDEX to 0 in the ANSI-41 System Parameters Message (each 15

slot cycle is 1.28 seconds long). 16

5. If the mobile station supports the Quick Paging Channel, set the following values in the 17

Extended System Parameters Message: 18

19


QPCH_SUPPORTED 1 (QPCH enabled)

NUM_QPCH 1 (1 QPCH supported)

QPCH_RATE 0 (4800 bps)

QPCH_POWER_LEVEL_PAGE 2 (3 dB below the Pilot Channel Transmit Power)

20

6. If the mobile station supports the Quick Paging Channel, set both of the mobile 21

stations paging indicators to ON for its assigned Quick Paging Channel slot in 22

every slot cycle. Set all other paging indicator bits to OFF, including all reserved 23

indicators. 24

7. Send the five overhead messages consecutively on the Primary Paging Channel. The 25

format of each message is specified in 6.5.2. 26

8. Send an Audit Order that does not require a layer 2 acknowledgment, addressed to 27

the mobile station, at the beginning of each assigned Paging Channel slot of the 28

mobile station in every slot cycle. The order shall be part of an Order Message with 29

a length of 82 bits. Within the same slot as the Order Message, send a General Page 30

Message with no page records addressed to the mobile station and with the 31


3-59

CLASS_0_DONE, CLASS_1_DONE, TMSI_DONE, and BROADCAST_DONE fields set 1

to 1. 2

9. Set the parameters for Test 1 as specified in Table A.1.2.1-1. 3



11. Run the test for at least two minutes and until sufficient confidence is ensured. 6


parameter PAG_3 and calculate the Paging Channel MER. 8

13. Set the parameters for Test 2 as specified in Table A.1.2.1-2 and repeat steps 10 9

through 12. 10


through 12. 12


through 12. 14


The actual Quick Paging and Paging Eb/Nt values used in the test shall be within ±0.2 dB 16

of the values indicated in Table A.1.2.1-1 through A.1.2.1-4. 17


PCH MER = 1 - 28.1/T

3_PAG∆ 19

where ∆PAG_3 is the increment of parameter PAG_3 during the test, and T is the length of 20

the test in seconds. 21

If the mobile station supports the Spreading Rate 1 Paging Channel, the Paging Channel 22

MER shall not exceed the piece-wise linear MER curve specified by the points in Table 23

A.1.2.2-1 (for Test 1) and Table A.1.2.2-2 (for Test 2) with 95% confidence (see 6.6). 24

If the mobile station supports the Spreading Rate 3 Paging Channel, the Paging Channel 25

MER shall not exceed the piece-wise linear MER curve specified by the points in Table 26

A.1.2.2-3 (for Test 3) and Table A.1.2.2-4 (for Test 4) with 95% confidence (see 6.6). 27

3.3.3 Demodulation of Broadcast Control Channel in AWGN Channel 28

These tests shall be performed for mobile stations that support the Broadcast Control 29

Channel. These tests shall be performed for each spreading rate and rate mode that the 30

mobile station supports. These tests shall be performed for each band class supported by 31

the mobile station. 32


This test examines the demodulation performance of the Broadcast Control Channel in an 34

AWGN (no fading or multipath) environment. The demodulation performance of the 35

Broadcast Control Channel is determined by the frame error rate (FER). 36


3-60






3. For each Broadcast Control Channel spreading rate and code rate that the mobile 6

station supports, perform steps 4 through 11. 7

4. Send continuous messages on the Broadcast Control Channel (see 6.5.2) in 40ms 8

broadcast slots (19200 bps). 9

5. Set the test parameter values for each test as specified in Table A.1.3.1-1 through 10

A.1.3.1-3. 11


parameter BCCH_9, and then end the call. 13

7. Count, at the base station, the number of frames transmitted to the mobile station 14

on the Broadcast Control Channel in the mobile station broadcast slot during the 15

test interval. 16





broadcast slots (9600 bps) and repeat steps 5 through 9. 21




The actual BCCH Eb/Nt values used in the test shall be within ±0.2 dB of the values 25

indicated in Table A.1.3.1-1 through A.1.3.1-3. 26

The Broadcast Control Channel FER is calculated by: 27

BCCH FER = dTransmitte_Frames_BCCH_Total

9_BCCH∆ 28

, where ∆BCCH_9 is the increment of parameter BCCH_9 (i.e. insufficient physical layer 29

frame quality) during the test, and Total_BCCH_Frames_Transmitted is the total number of 30

Broadcast Control Channel frames sent in the mobile station broadcast slot during the test 31

interval. 32

For each spreading rate and rate mode the mobile stations supports, the FER for each test 33

shall not exceed the piecewise linear FER curve specified by the points in Tables A.1.3.2-1 34

through A.1.3.2-3 with 95% confidence (see 6.6). 35


3-61

3.3.4 Demodulation of Broadcast Control Channel in Multipath Fading Channel 1

This test shall be performed for each band class supported by the mobile station. This test 2

shall be performed for each transmit diversity scheme (e.g. OTD or STS) supported by the 3

mobile station. 4


The performance of the demodulation of Broadcast Control Channel in multipath fading 6

channel with and without transmit diversity is determined by the frame error rate (FER). 7






3. For each Broadcast Control Channel spreading rate and code rate that the mobile 13

station supports, perform steps 4 through 12. 14


broadcast slots (19200 bps). 16

5. Set the test parameter values for each test as specified in Table A.1.4.1-1 through 17

A.1.4.1-12. 18




on the Broadcast Control Channel in the mobile station broadcast slot during the 22

test interval. 23








12. Repeat the test for each transmit diversity scheme (e.g. OTD or STS) supported by 31

the mobile station and set the following parameters in the Sync Channel Message: 32

33


3-62

Parameter Value (Binary)

SR1_TD_INCL 1 (Transmit Diversity enabled)

SR1_TD_POWER_LEVEL 10 (3 dB below the Forward Pilot Channel transmit power)

1


The actual BCCH Eb/Nt values used in the test shall be within ±0.2 dB of the values 3

indicated in Table A.1.4.1-1 through A.1.4.1-12. 4

The Broadcast Control Channel FER is calculated by: 5

BCCH FER = dTransmitte_Frames_BCCH_Total

9_BCCH∆ 6

, where ∆BCCH_9 is the increment of parameter BCCH_9 (i.e. insufficient physical layer 7

frame quality) during the test, and Total_BCCH_Frames_Transmitted is the total number of 8

Broadcast Control Channel frames sent in the mobile station broadcast slot during the test 9

interval. 10

The FER for each test shall not exceed the piecewise linear FER curve specified by the 11

points in Tables A.1.4.2-1 through A.1.4.2-6 with 95% confidence (see 6.6). 12

3.3.5 Demodulation of Forward Common Control Channel 13

These tests shall be performed for mobile stations that support the Broadcast Control 14

Channel and the Forward Common Control Channel. These tests shall be performed for 15

each spreading rate and rate mode that the mobile station supports on the Forward 16

Common Control Channel. These tests shall be performed for each band class supported by 17

the mobile station. The Quick Paging Channel shall be disabled during these tests. 18


The performance of the demodulation of the Forward Common Control Channel in an 20

AWGN (no fading or multipath) environment is determined by the frame error rate (FER). 21






3. For each Forward Common Control Channel spreading rate and code rate that the 27

mobile station supports, perform steps 4 through 10. 28

4. Set MAX_SLOT_CYCLE_INDEX to 0 in the ANSI-41 System Parameters Message 29

(each slot cycle is 1.28 seconds long). 30


3-63

5. Send an Audit Order that does not require a layer 2 acknowledgment, addressed to 1

the mobile station, as the first message of the mobile stations assigned Forward 2

Common Control Channel slot in every slot cycle. 3

6. Set the test parameters for each test as specified in Tables A.1.5.1-1 through 4

A.1.5.1-4. 5


parameter FCCCH_11, and then end the call. 7


on the Forward Common Control Channel. 9



parameter FCCCH_11. 12


The actual FCCCH Eb/Nt used in each test shall be within ±0.2 dB of the value indicated in 14

A.1.5.1-1 through A.1.5.1-4. 15

The Forward Common Control Channel FER is calculated by: 16

FCCCH FER = dTransmitte_Frames_FCCCH_Total

11_FCCCH∆ 17

, where ∆FCCCH_11 is the increment of parameter FCCCH_11 (i.e. insufficient physical 18

layer frame quality) during the test, and Total_FCCCH_Frames_Transmitted is the total 19

number of Forward Common Control Channel frames sent to the mobile station during the 20

test. 21



3.3.6 Demodulation of Common Assignment Channel and Reception of Common Power 24

Control Channel 25

These tests shall be performed for mobile stations that support the Common Assignment 26

Channel and Common Power Control Channel. These tests shall be performed for each 27

spreading rate and Common Assignment Channel rate modes that the mobile station 28

supports. These tests shall be performed for each band class supported by the mobile 29

station. 30


When operating in the Reservation Access Mode, the mobile station monitors the Common 32

Assignment Channel after transmitting the preamble on the Enhanced Access Channel. 33

Once the Early Acknowledgement Channel Assignment Message is received, the mobile 34

station starts transmitting the access message on the Reverse Common Control Channel, 35

which is power controlled by the Common Power Control Channel. The following tests verify 36


3-64

that the mobile station has proper demodulation performance of the Common Assignment 1

Channel and reception of the Common Power Control Channel in an AWGN environment. 2

The performance of the demodulation of the Common Assignment Channel in an AWGN (no 3

fading or multipath) environment is determined by the frame error rate (FER). The 4

performance of the reception of the Common Power Control Channel is determined by the 5

compliance of the mobile station transmit power with the assigned power control 6

subchannel power control bits. 7






3. For each Common Assignment Channel spreading rate and code rate that the 13

mobile station supports, perform steps 4 through 13. 14

4. Set the following values in the Enhanced Access Parameters Message: 15

16


ACCESS_MODE 1 (Reservation Access Mode)

APPLICABLE_MODES 2 (Parameters are for Reservation Access Mode)

CACH_CODE_RATE As specified in the test

RA_PC_DELAY 4 (MS to ignore 4 PC bits after start of RCCCH transmission)

RCCCH_HO_SUPPORTED 0 (RCCCH handoff disabled)

CPCCH_RATE 2 (800 bps CPCCH power control rate)

RA_CPCCH_STEP_UP 2 (up step size is 1 dB)

RA_CPCCH_STEP_DN 2 (down step size is 1 dB)

NUM_PCSCH_RA 24 (24 Power Control Subchannels)

17

5. Send a Status Request Order on the Forward Common Control Channel. 18

6. Once the end of the header on the Enhanced Access Channel is detected, send an 19

Early Acknowledgement Channel Assignment Message on the Common Assignment 20

Channel addressed to the mobile station. 21

7. Send a periodic pattern of twenty 0 power control bits followed by twenty 1 power 22

control bits on the Common Power Control Subchannel assigned to the mobile 23

station. 24

8. Set the test parameter values as specified in Table A.1.6.1-1 through A.1.6.1-3. 25


3-65


parameter CACH_2, and then end the call. 2


on the Common Assignment Channel. 4

11. Monitor the mobile station transmission and its power level on the Reverse 5

Common Control Channel. 6



parameter CACH_2. 9


The actual CACH Eb/Nt and CPCCH Eb/Nt values used in the test shall be within ±0.2 dB 11

of the values indicated in Table A.1.6.1-1 through A.1.6.1-3. 12

The Common Assignment Channel FER is calculated by: 13

CACH FER = dTransmitte_Frames_CACH_Total

2_CACH∆ , 14

where ∆CACH_2 is the increment of parameter CACH_2 (i.e. insufficient physical layer 15

frame quality) during the test, and Total_CACH_Frames_Transmitted is the total number of 16

Common Assignment Channel frames sent to the mobile station during the test. 17



For all tests, the mobile station output power on the Reverse Common Control Channel, 20

measured at the mobile station antenna connector, shall have a periodic pattern. In each 21

period the power shall increase monotonically for a duration of 20 power control groups and 22

then decrease monotonically for a duration of 20 power control groups. 23

24


3-66

3.4 Forward Traffic Channel Demodulation Performance 1

The mobile station receiver shall be capable of detecting the signal defined in Section 3.1 of 2

[4]. 3

3.4.1 Demodulation of Forward Traffic Channel in Additive White Gaussian Noise 4


shall be performed on the Forward Fundamental Channel, if the Forward Fundamental 6

Channel is supported by the mobile station. Otherwise, this test shall be performed on the 7

Forward Dedicated Control Channel. This test shall also be performed on the Forward 8

Supplemental Channel and the Forward Supplemental Code Channel if they are supported. 9

Forward Traffic Channel closed loop power control in the base station shall be disabled 10

during this test. 11


The performance of the demodulation of Forward Traffic Channel in an AWGN (no fading or 13

multipath) environment is determined by the frame error rate (FER). The FER is calculated 14

for each individual data rate. For Radio Configuration 2 Fundamental Channel, the 15

accuracy of the Erasure Indicator bits sent by the mobile station is verified in this test. 16


1. Connect the base station and an AWGN generator to the mobile station antenna 18




3. For each radio configuration supported on the Forward Fundamental Channel or 22

Forward Dedicated Control Channel, perform steps 4 through 7. 23

4. Set up a call using Fundamental Channel or Dedicated Control Channel test mode 24

(see 1.3) with frame activity equal to 100%. 25


A.2.1.1-18. 27

6. Count, at the base station, the number of frames transmitted and the number of 28

good frames received at the mobile station. 29

7. For Radio Configuration 2, check the accuracy of the received Erasure Indicator 30

bits at the base station against the corresponding frames received at the mobile 31

station. 32

8. For each radio configuration supported on the Forward Supplemental Code 33

Channel or Forward Supplemental Channel, perform steps 9 through 11. 34

9. Set up a call using the appropriate Supplemental Code Channel Test Mode (see 1.3) 35

or Supplemental Channel Test Mode (see 1.3) with frame activity equal to 100%. 36


3-67


A.2.1.1-34. If the mobile station supports turbo coding on the Forward 2

Supplemental Channel, perform all the turbo coding tests for the supported 3

Forward Supplemental Channel data rates and only the convolutional coding test 4

for the maximum supported Forward Supplemental Channel data rate. If the mobile 5

station only supports convolutional coding on the Forward Supplemental Channel, 6

perform all the convolutional coding tests for the supported Forward Supplemental 7

Channel data rates. 8


good frames received at the mobile station on the Forward Supplemental Code 10

Channel or Forward Supplemental Channel. 11


The actual Eb/Nt used in each test shall be within ±0.2 dB of the value indicated in Tables 13

A.2.1.1-1 through A.2.1.1-34. 14

For Radio Configuration 2 Fundamental Channels, the mobile station shall set the Erasure 15

Indicator Bit to 1 in the second transmitted frame following the reception of any bad frame 16

on the Forward Fundamental Channel (see Section 2.2.2.2 of [4]). The value of the Erasure 17

Indicator bits corresponding to all other frames received at the mobile station shall be 0. 18




This test shall be performed on the Forward Fundamental Channel with Radio 22

Configuration 1 or 2, if the Forward Fundamental Channel with Radio Configuration 1 or 2 23

is supported by the mobile station. 24


The performance of the demodulation of Forward Traffic Channel in multipath fading 26

channel is determined by the frame error rate (FER) or the error rate in each frame 27

category. The FER is calculated for each individual data rate. The following table 28

summarizes the fading tests to be performed: 29

30


3-68

Case

Radio Configuration

Channel Simulator Configuration Number

1 1 1 (8 km/h, 2 paths)

2 1 3 (30 km/h, 1 path)

3 1 4 (100 km/h, 3 paths)

4 2 1 (8 km/h, 2 paths)

5 (band classes 0, 2, 3, 7 and 9 only)

2 3 (30 km/h, 1 path)

5 (Band Class 5 only) 2 3 (58 km/h, 1 path)

6 2 4 (100 km/h, 3 paths)

1

Cases 1 and 4 test the demodulation performance for the 8 km/h, two-path case by 2

checking the full rate FER. Cases 2 and 5 test the demodulation performance for the 30 3

km/h, single-path case by checking the FER at all four possible data rates. Cases 3 and 6 4

test the demodulation performance and the rate determination for the 100 km/h, three-5

path case by checking the FER and the error rate in each frame category. 6






3. If the mobile station supports demodulation of Radio Configurations 1 or 2, set up a 12

call using Fundamental Channel Test Mode 1 or 2 (see 1.3). 13


A.2.2.1-9. 15


good frames received at the mobile station. For Cases 3 and 6, count, at the base 17

station, the number of frames received in each category at the mobile station. 18


A minimum confidence level of 95% shall be obtained for the following FER requirements 20

(see 6.6). 21

Case 1: 22


A.2.2.1-1 and A.2.2.1-2. 24

The FER for each test at 9600 bps shall not exceed the piece-wise linear FER curve 25

specified by the points in Tables A.2.2.2-1 through A.2.2.2-3. 26


3-69

Case 2: 1


A.2.2.1-3 and A.2.2.1-4. 3

The FER for each test shall not exceed the piece-wise linear FER curve specified by the 4

points in Table A.2.2.2-4. 5

Case 3: 6

The actual Eb/Nt used shall be within ±0.2 dB of the value indicated in Table A.2.2.1-5. 7

The FER for each data rate shall not exceed the line specified by the points in Tables 8

A.2.2.2-5 and A.2.2.2-6. The error rate of each frame category should not exceed the 9

corresponding error rate value specified in Tables A.2.2.2-7 and A.2.2.2-8. 10

Case 4: 11

The actual Eb/Nt used in each test shall be within ±0.5 dB of the value indicated in Table 12

A.2.2.1-6. 13

The FER for each test at 14400 bps shall not exceed the piece-wise linear FER curve 14

specified by the points in Table A.2.2.2-9. 15

Case 5: 16

The actual Eb/Nt used in each Band Class 0 test shall be within ±0.5 dB of the value 17

indicated in Tables A.2.2.1-7 and A.2.2.1-8. 18


points in Table A.2.2.2-10. 20

Case 6: 21


A.2.2.1-9. 23

The FER for each data rate shall not exceed the line specified by the points in Tables 24

A.2.2.2-11 and A.2.2.2-12. The error rate of each frame category should not exceed the 25

corresponding error rate value specified in Tables A.2.2.2-13 and A.2.2.2-14. 26

3.4.3 Demodulation of Forward Traffic Channel During Soft Handoff 27


Configuration 1, if the Forward Fundamental Channel with Radio Configuration 1 is 29



The performance of the demodulation of Forward Traffic Channel during a two-way soft 32

handoff is determined by the frame error rate (FER). 33



connector as shown in Figure 6.5.1-2, with both channel simulators set to 36


3-70

configuration 2 (see Table 6.4.1.3-1). The Forward Channel from base station 1 has 1

an arbitrary pilot PN offset index P1, and is called Channel 1. The Forward Channel 2


2. 4



3. If the mobile station supports demodulation of Radio Configurations 1, set up a call 7

using Fundamental Channel Test Mode 1 (see 1.3) with 9600 bps data rate only 8


4. Set the test parameters for each test as specified in Table A.2.3.1-1 for both base 10

stations. 11



14


PILOT_PN P1

PILOT_PN P2

15





A.2.3.1-1. 20


points in Table A.2.3.2-1 with 95% confidence (see 6.6). 22

3.4.4 Decision of Power Control Bit for Channels Belonging to Different Power Control 23

Sets During Soft Handoff 24





When simultaneously receiving channels belonging to different power control sets, the 29

mobile station shall increase its transmit power if all valid power control bits received from 30

all power control sets indicate an increment and shall reduce its transmit power if any valid 31

power control bit received indicates a decrement. This test verifies the above or of downs 32

logic. 33


3-71



Figure 6.5.1-3. The AWGN generator is not applicable in this test. The Forward 3


Channel 1. The Forward Channel from base station 2 has an arbitrary pilot PN 5

offset index P2, and is called Channel 2. 6









5. Set the test parameters as specified in Table A.2.4.1-1 for both base stations. 15



18


USE_TIME 0 (no action time)

PILOT_PN P1

PWR_COMB_IND 0

PILOT_PN P2

PWR_COMB_IND 0 (no combining with P1)

19

7. After waiting a minimum of 160 ms, synchronously send a periodic pattern of 20

twenty 0 power control bits followed by twenty 1 power control bits on both 21

Channel 1 and Channel 2. 22

8. Measure the output power at the mobile station antenna connector for a duration 23

of 80 power control groups (100 ms). 24

9. Send a periodic pattern of twenty 0 power control bits followed by twenty 1 power 25

control bits on Channel 1. Send continuously 0 power control bits on Channel 2. 26

10. Measure the output power at the mobile station antenna connector for a duration 27

of 80 power control groups (100 ms). 28


The mobile station output power, measured at the mobile station antenna connector, shall 30

have a periodic pattern. In each period the power shall increase monotonically for a 31


3-72

duration of 20 power control groups (25 ms) and then decrease monotonically for a duration 1

of 20 power control groups. 2

3.4.5 Decision of Power Control Bit for Channels Belonging to the Same Power Control 3

Set 4





In each power control group containing valid power control bits, the mobile station should 9

provide diversity combining of identical power control subchannels and shall obtain at most 10

one power control bit from each set of identical power control subchannels. This test 11

partially verifies the diversity combining of power control bits belonging to identical power 12

control subchannels and the diversity combining of power control bits belonging to different 13

paths of the same power control subchannel. 14



Figure 6.5.1-2. The AWGN generators and channel simulators are not applicable in 17

this test. The Forward Channel from base station 1 has an arbitrary pilot PN offset 18

index P1, and is called Channel 1. The Forward Channel from base station 2 has an 19

arbitrary pilot PN offset index P2, and is called Channel 2. 20




using Fundamental Channel Test Mode 1 (see 1.3) and perform steps 5 through 8. 24


using Fundamental Channel Test Mode 2 (see 1.3) and perform steps 5 through 8. 26

5. Set the test parameters as specified in Table A.2.5.1-1 for both base stations. 27



30



PILOT_PN P1

PWR_COMB_IND 0

PILOT_PN P2

PWR_COMB_IND 1 (combine with P1)

31


3-73

7. After waiting a minimum of 160 ms, begin sending a periodic pattern of one 0 1

power control bit followed by one 1 power control bit on Channel 1 and a sequence 2

of 1 power control bits on Channel 2. 3

8. Measure the output power at the mobile station antenna connector for at least 40 4

power control groups (50 ms) for each trial. Perform at least 11 trials. 5


In 90% of the trials (each with at least 40 power control groups), the mobile station output 7

power, measured at the mobile station antenna connector, shall follow the power control bit 8

pattern of alternating 0 and 1 sent on Channel 1, with the exception of at most one bit per 9

trial. 10

3.4.6 Demodulation of Power Control Subchannel During Soft Handoff 11





The mobile station shall not use a power control subchannel when the pilot Ec/I0 of the 16

corresponding CDMA Channel is low. This test verifies that the mobile station stops using a 17

power control subchannel in the or of downs when the pilot Ec/I0 of the corresponding 18

CDMA Channel is low. 19





Channel 1. The Forward Channel from base station 2 has an arbitrary pilot PN 24

offset index P2, and is called Channel 2. 25







using Fundamental Channel Test Mode 2 (see 1.3) ) with 14400 bps data rate only 32


5. Set the test parameters as specified in Table A.2.6.1-1 and Figure 3.4.6.2-1 for both 34

base stations. 35



38


3-74



PILOT_PN P1

PWR_COMB_IND 0

PILOT_PN P2

PWR_COMB_IND 0 (no combining with P1)

1

7. After waiting a minimum of 160 ms, synchronously send a periodic pattern of one 2

0 power control bit followed by one 1 power control bit on both Channel 1 and 3

Channel 2. 4

8. Measure the mobile station output power at the mobile station antenna connector 5

for at least 22 seconds, which does not have to be contiguous. The 22-second 6

period must contain at least 11 transitions from the state where Channel 2 Pilot 7

Ec/I0 changes from -10 dB to -20 dB. 8

9

10 dB

Channel 1 Pilot

Channel 2 Pilot

Pilot Ec/Io = -10 dB

1 1 1 1 Time (s) 10

Figure 3.4.6.2-1. Demodulation of Power Control Subchannel During Soft Handoff 11



be in a steady state, defined as steady state 1, when the pilot Ec/I0 value of Channel 2 is 14

-10 dB, and it shall follow the power control bit pattern of alternating 0 and 1 in 85% of 15

the 1-second steady state 1 segments with 90% confidence. The mobile station output 16

power shall be in a steady state, defined as steady state 2, no later than 40 ms after the 17

pilot Ec/I0 value of Channel 2 drops to -20 dB in 90% of the trials, and shall follow the 18

power control bit pattern of alternating 0 and 1. The mobile station output power in 19

steady state 2 shall be no greater than the mobile station output power in steady state 1, 20

and shall be greater than the mobile station output power in steady state 1 minus 12 dB. 21


3-75

3.4.7 Demodulation of Forward Traffic Channel in Multipath Fading Channel with Closed 1

Loop Power Control (FPC_MODE = 000) 2




Forward Dedicated Control Channel. Forward Traffic Channel closed loop power control in 6

the base station shall be enabled during this test. 7


When operating with radio configurations greater than or equal to 3, the mobile station 9

supports both inner power control loop and outer power control loop for Forward Traffic 10

Channel power control. To maintain the Frame Error Rate (FER) of the Forward Traffic 11

Channel, the mobile station inner power control loop measures the Eb/Nt of the received 12

Forward Traffic Channel, and compares it with the corresponding outer power control loop 13

setpoint. The power control bits are transmitted to the base station on the Reverse Power 14

Control Subchannel. When FPC_MODE equals 000, the mobile station uses the 800 bps 15

Primary Reverse Power Control Subchannel to support Forward Traffic Channel power 16

control. 17

The performance of forward power control is measured by the differences between the 18

mobile station received FER and the assigned target FER while not exceeding the specified 19

Traffic Eb/Nt limits. The FER is calculated for each individual data rate. The FER is 20

calculated for active frames only. 21







call using Fundamental Channel Test Mode 3 or Dedicated Control Channel Test 28

Mode 3 with 100% frame activity (see 1.3) and perform steps 7 through 11. 29

4. If the mobile station supports demodulation of Radio Configuration 5, set up a call 30

using Fundamental Channel Test Mode 5 or Dedicated Control Channel Test Mode 31

5 with 100% frame activity (see 1.3) and perform steps 7 through 11. 32



Test Mode 7 with 100% frame activity (see 1.3) and perform steps 7 through 11. 35




7. Set the parameters of each test as specified in Tables A.2.7.1-1 through A.2.7.1-9. 39

Tests that are not supported by the mobile station may be omitted. 40


3-76

8. When performing the test on the Fundamental Channel, transmit random data to 1

the mobile station on the Forward Fundamental Channel at a fixed data rate. When 2

performing the test on the Dedicated Control Channel, transmit random data to the 3

mobile station on the Forward Dedicated Control Channel at one fixed data rate. 4

9. Activate the Forward Traffic Channel power control and command the base station 5

to respond to the power control bits received on the Reverse Power Control 6

Subchannel. Set the base station to limit its output traffic channel power to the 7

maximum Traffic Ec/Ior value specified in Table A.2.7.1-1. 8

10. Adjust the mobile station transmission power so that no bit errors on the Reverse 9

Power Control Subchannel are expected at the base station receiver. 10

11. Count at the base station the number of Forward Traffic Channel frames 11

transmitted and the number of good Forward Traffic Channel frames received at the 12

mobile station. 13


The actual FCH Eb/Nt or DCCH Eb/Nt used in each test shall be within ±0.5 dB of the 15

value indicated in Tables A.2.7.1-2 through A.2.7.1-9. 16

For Tests 1, 2, 7, 8, 13, 14, 19, 20, 25, 26, 31, 32, 37, 38, 43, 44, and 49-60, the mobile 17

station received FER on the Forward Fundamental Channel or the Forward Dedicated 18

Control Channel shall not exceed 10% ±0.5% with 95% confidence (see 6.6). 19

For Tests 3-6, 9-12, 15-18, 21-24, 27-30, 33-36, 39-42, and 45-48, the mobile station 20

received FER on the Forward Fundamental Channel or the Forward Dedicated Control 21

Channel shall not exceed 1% ±0.5% with 95% confidence (see 6.6). 22

The required FCH Eb/Nt or DCCH Eb/Nt to achieve the specified FER shall not exceed the 23

piece-wise linear values shown in Tables A.2.7.2-1 through A 2.7.2-8. 24


Loop Power Control (FPC_MODE = 010) 26


shall be performed on the Forward Supplemental Channel, if the Forward Supplemental 28

Channel is supported by the mobile station. Forward Traffic Channel closed loop power 29

control in the base station shall be enabled during this test. 30


When operating with radio configurations greater than or equal to 3, the mobile station 32

supports both inner power control loop and outer power control loop for Forward Traffic 33

Channel power control. To maintain the Frame Error Rate (FER) of the Forward 34

Supplemental Channel, the mobile station inner power control loop measures the Eb/Nt of 35

the received Forward Supplemental Channel, and compares it with the corresponding outer 36

power control loop setpoint. The power control bits are transmitted to the base station on 37

the Reverse Power Control Subchannel. When FPC_MODE equals 010, the mobile station 38


3-77

uses the 600 bps Secondary Reverse Power Control Subchannel to support Forward 1

Supplemental Channel power control. 2

The performance of forward power control is measured by the differences between the 3

mobile station received FER and the assigned target FER while not exceeding the specified 4

Supplemental Eb/Nt limits. The FER is calculated for the lowest fixed data rate and highest 5

fixed data rate supported by the mobile station. The FER is calculated for active frames 6

only. 7







call using Supplemental Channel Test Mode 3 with 100% frame activity (see 1.3) 14



using Supplemental Channel Test Mode 5 with 100% frame activity (see 1.3) and 17

perform steps 7 through 12. 18


up a call using Supplemental Channel Test Mode 7 with 100% frame activity (see 20

1.3) and perform steps 7 through 12. 21




7. Transmit random data to the mobile station on the Forward Supplemental Channel 25

at the lowest fixed data rate, as specified in Tables A.2.8.1-2 through A.2.8.1-5, 26







maximum Supplemental Ec/Ior value shown in Table A.2.8.1-1. 33



11. Count at the base station the number of Forward Supplemental Channel frames 36

transmitted and the number of good Forward Supplemental Channel frames 37

received at the mobile station. 38


3-78


at the highest fixed data rate supported by the mobile station and repeat steps 8 2

through 11. 3


The actual Supplemental Eb/Nt used in each test shall be within ±0.5 dB of the value 5

indicated in Tables A.2.8.1-2 through A.2.8.1-5. 6

For Tests 1-6, 11-16, 21, 22, 24, 25, 31, 32, 34, 35, 41-52, 57-68, 73-84, and 89-100, the 7

mobile station received FER on the Forward Supplemental Channel shall not exceed 5% 8

±0.5% with 95% confidence (see 6.6). 9

For Tests 7-10, 17-20, 23, 26-30, 33, 36-40, 53-56, 69-72, 85-88, and 101-104, the mobile 10

station received FER on the Forward Supplemental Channel shall not exceed 10% ±0.5% 11


The required SCH Eb/Nt to achieve the specified FER shall not exceed the piece-wise linear 13

values shown in Tables A.2.8.2-1 through A 2.8.2-4. 14

3.4.9 Demodulation of Forward Traffic Channel in Multipath Fading Channel with Outer 15

Loop Power Control and Closed Loop Power Control (FPC_MODE = 000, 001 and 16

010) 17




Forward Dedicated Control Channel. Forward Traffic Channel open loop and closed loop 21

power control in the base station shall be enabled during this test. 22


This test measures the performance of slow power control by checking the average Traffic 24

Eb/Nt at the base station under a given frame error constraint and channel simulator 25

configuration. 26













3-79














to respond to both the power control bits received on the Reverse Power Control 14

Subchannel and the outer loop report messages sent by the mobile station. Set the 15

base station to limit its output traffic channel power to the maximum Traffic Ec/Ior 16

value specified in Table A.2.9.1-1. 17





mobile station. 22


The required Traffic Eb/Nt to achieve the specified FER shall not exceed the values specified 24

in Tables A.2.9.2-1 through A 2.9.2-4. 25


Loop Power Control (FPC_MODE = 000) and Transmit Diversity (OTD or STS) 27

This test shall be performed for each transmit diversity scheme (i.e. OTD or STS) supported 28

by the mobile station. Forward Traffic Channel closed loop power control in the base station 29

shall be enabled during this test. 30


The performance of the demodulation of Forward Traffic Channel with closed loop power 32

control and transmit diversity is tested. 33







3-80




4. If the mobile station supports demodulation of Radio Configuration 3 or 4, and the 4

Forward Dedicated Control Channel, set up a call using Dedicated Control Channel 5





6. If the mobile station supports demodulation of Radio Configuration 5 and the 10

Forward Dedicated Control Channel, set up a call using Dedicated Control Channel 11


7. Set the following parameters in the Sync Channel Message: 13

14




15


A.2.10.1-9. Tests that are not supported by the mobile station may be omitted. 17





Control the enabling and disabling of frame transmission according to the frame 22

activity. 23




maximum Traffic Ec/Ior values shown in Table A.2.10.1-1. 27





mobile station. 32




3-81


The actual FCH Eb/Nt or DCCH Eb/Nt used in each test shall be within ±0.5 dB of the 2

value indicated in Tables A.2.10.1-2 through A.2.10.1-9. 3

For Tests 1, 2, 5, 6, 9, 10, 13, 14, 17, 18, 21, 22, 25, 26, 29, 30, 33-44, the mobile station 4



For Tests 3, 4, 7, 8, 11, 12, 15, 16, 19, 20, 23, 24, 27, 28, 31, and 32, the mobile station 7



The required FCH Eb/Nt or DCCH Eb/Nt to achieve the specified FER shall not exceed the 10

piece-wise linear values shown in Tables A.2.10.2-1 through A 2.10.2-8. 11


Loop Power Control (FPC_MODE = 010) and Transmit Diversity (OTD or STS) 13

This test shall be performed for each transmit diversity scheme (i.e. OTD or STS) supported 14

by the mobile station. Forward Traffic Channel closed loop power control in the base station 15

shall be enabled during this test. 16


The performance of the demodulation of Forward Supplemental Channel with closed loop 18

power control and transmit diversity is tested. 19







up a call using Supplemental Channel Test Mode 3 with 100% frame activity (see 26

1.3) and perform steps 5 through 11. 27




5. Set the following parameters in the Sync Channel Message: 31

32




33


3-82


A.2.11.1-5. Tests that are not supported by the mobile station may be omitted. 2


at one fixed data rate. 4




maximum Supplemental Ec/Ior value shown in Table A.2.11.1-1. 8



10. Count at the base station the number of Forward Supplemental Channel frames 11

transmitted and the number of good Forward Supplemental Channel frames 12

received at the mobile station. 13




The actual SCH Eb/Nt used in each test shall be within ±0.5 dB of the value indicated in 17

Tables A.2.11.1-2 through A.2.11.1-5. 18

The mobile station received FER on the Forward Supplemental Channel shall not exceed 19

10% ±0.5% with 95% confidence (see 6.6). 20

The required SCH Eb/Nt to achieve the specified FER shall not exceed the piece-wise linear 21

values shown in Tables A.2.11.2-1 through A 2.11.2-4. 22

3.4.12 Demodulation of Power Control Subchannel During Reverse Pilot Channel Gating 23

This test shall be performed on the Forward Dedicated Control Channel, if supported by the 24

mobile station. 25


The mobile station shall not use a power control bit that corresponds to a gated off period 27

on the reverse link during Reverse Pilot Channel Gating. This test verifies that the mobile 28

station does not use these invalid power control bits. 29


1. Connect the base station to the mobile station antenna connector as shown in 31

Figure 6.5.1-4. 32



3. If the mobile station supports Reverse Radio Configuration 3 or 4, and if the mobile 35

station supports Reverse Pilot Channel gating, set up a call using Dedicated Control 36

Channel Test Mode 3 (see 1.3). Send Non-Negotiable Service Configuration 37


3-83

information record messages to the mobile station, so that 1

PILOT_GATING_USE_RATE = 1 and PILOT_GATING_RATE = 10 (1/4 rate). The 2

base station shall not transmit on the Forward Dedicated Control Channel to the 3

mobile station under test during the test. Perform steps 5 through 7. 4





PILOT_GATING_USE_RATE = 1 and PILOT_GATING_RATE = 10 (1/4 rate). The 9

base station shall not transmit on the Forward Dedicated Control Channel to the 10


5. Set the test parameters as specified in Table A.2.12.1-1. Set the reverse power 12

control delay test parameter, REV_PWR_CNTL_DELAY, to what the base station is 13

using. 14

6. After waiting a minimum of 160 ms, send a periodic pattern of four 0 power 15

control bits followed by four 1 power control bits on the Forward Power Control 16

Subchannel regardless of whether these bits would be considered by the mobile 17

station as valid or not. 18


for at least 5 seconds. 20



follow the valid power control bit pattern in 85% of the trials. 23

3.4.13 Demodulation of Power Control Subchannel During Reverse Fundamental Channel 24

Gating 25


The mobile station shall not use a power control bit that corresponds to a gated off period 27

on the reverse link during Reverse Fundamental Channel Gating. This test verifies that the 28

mobile station does not use these invalid power control bits. 29



Figure 6.5.1-4. 32



3. If the mobile station supports Reverse Radio Configuration 3 or 4, set up a call 35

using Fundamental Channel Test Mode 3 (see 1.3). Send an Extended Channel 36

Assignment Message to the mobile station with REV_FCH_GATING_MODE equal to 37

1 (50% R-FCH transmission duty cycle). The base station shall transmit 38


3-84

continuous 20 ms frames at 1500 bps on the Forward Fundamental Channel to the 1


4. If the mobile station supports Reverse Radio Configuration 5 or 6, set up a call 3

using Fundamental Channel Test Mode 7 (see 1.3). Send an Extended Channel 4

Assignment Message to the mobile station with REV_FCH_GATING_MODE equal to 5

1 (50% R-FCH transmission duty cycle). The base station shall transmit 6

continuous 20 ms frames at 1500 bps on the Forward Fundamental Channel to the 7


5. Set the test parameters as specified in A.2.13.1-1. Set the reverse power control 9

delay test parameter, REV_PWR_CNTL_DELAY, to what the base station is using. 10

6. After waiting a minimum of 160 ms, send a periodic pattern of one 0 power control 11

bit followed by one 1 power control bit on the Forward Power Control Subchannel, 12

regardless of whether these bits would be considered by the mobile station as valid 13

or not. 14


for at least 5 seconds 16



follow the valid power control bit pattern in 85% of the trials. 19

3.5 Receiver Performance 20

3.5.1 Receiver Sensitivity and Dynamic Range 21


The RF sensitivity of the mobile station receiver is the minimum received power, measured 23

at the mobile station antenna connector, at which the frame error rate (FER) does not 24

exceed a specified value. The receiver dynamic range is the input power range at the mobile 25

station antenna connector over which the FER does not exceed a specific value. 26



Figure 6.5.1-4. The AWGN generator and the interference generator are not 29

applicable in this test. 30

2. For all tests, Forward Traffic Channel closed loop power control should be disabled 31

in the base station. 32

3. For each band class that the mobile station supports, configure the base station to 33


4. If the mobile station supports demodulation of Radio Configuration 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, 35

set up a call using Fundamental Channel Test Mode 1 or 3 or Dedicated Control 36


3-85

Channel Test Mode 3 (see 1.3) with 9600 or 14400 bps data rate only and perform 1

steps 6 through 8. 2




6. Set the test parameters for Test 1 as specified in Table 3.5.1.2-1 and perform step 6

8. 7


8. 9



12

Table 3.5.1.2-1. Test Parameters for Receiver Sensitivity and Dynamic Range 13

Parameter Units Test 1 Test 2

Îor dBm/1.23 MHz -104 -25

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -15.6 (RC 1 and 3) -12.3 (RC 2) -20.6 (RC 7)

For the case of a Spreading Rate 3 system, Îor is the received power on eachcarrier.


The FER in each test shall not exceed 0.5% with 95% confidence (see 6.6). 15

3.5.2 Single Tone Desensitization 16


Single tone desensitization is a measure of a receivers ability to receive a CDMA signal at 18

its assigned channel frequency in the presence of a single tone spaced at a given frequency 19

offset from the center frequency of the assigned channel. The receiver desensitization 20

performance is measured by the frame error rate (FER). 21

This test is applied to all band classes except Band Class 6, where no narrow-band 22

interferers are currently known. However, Japanese Radio Law currently requires that this 23

test be performed for mobile stations operating in Japan that support Band Class 6 using 24

the test methods described below for Band Class 1. 25


3-86


1. Connect the base station and an interfering CW tone to the mobile station antenna 2




3. For each band class that the mobile station supports, except Band Class 6, 6

configure the base station to operate in that band class and perform steps 4 7

through 12. 8





up a call using Fundamental Channel Test Mode 1 or 3 or Dedicated Control 13

Channel Test Mode 3 (see 1.3) with 9600 bps data rate only and perform steps 7 14

through 12. 15




7. Set the test parameters for Test 1 as specified in Table 3.5.2.2-1 and perform steps 19

11 and 12. 20


11 and 12. 22

9. If the mobile station is operating in Band Class 1, 3, 4, or 8 with Radio 23

Configuration 3 or 7, set the test parameters for Test 3 and perform steps 11 and 24

12. 25

10. If the mobile station is operating in Band Class 1, 3, 4, or 8 with Radio 26

Configuration 3 or 7, set the test parameters for Test 4 and perform steps 11 and 27

12. 28

11. If the mobile station is operating in Band Class 1, 3, 4, or 8, use closed loop power 29

control commands to adjust the mobile station transmit power, as measured at the 30

mobile station antenna connector. For Band Class 1, 4, and 8, using the antenna 31

gain recommended by the mobile station manufacturer, set the EIRP to a level 32

higher than the minimum specified in Table 3.5.2.2-2 for the current test. For Band 33

Class 3, set the ERP to a level higher than the minimum specified in Table 3.5.2.2-34

3 for the current test. 35



38


3-87

Table 3.5.2.2-1. Test Parameters for Single Tone Desensitization 1

Parameter Units Tests 1 and 3 Tests 2 and 4

Tone Offset from Carrier

SR 1 kHz +900 (BC 0, 2, 3, 5, 7 and 9)

+1250 (BC 1, 4, and 8)

-900 (BC 0, 2, 3, 5, 7 and 9)

1250 (BC 1, 4, and 8)

SR 3 kHz +25004 -2500

Tone Power dBm -30 (Tests 1 and 2) -40 (Tests 3 and 4)

Îor dBm/ 1.23 MHz

-101

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -15.6 (SR 1) -20.6 (SR 3)

For the case of a Spreading Rate 3 system, Îor is the received power on each carrier.

2

Table 3.5.2.2-2. Minimum Effective Isotropic Radiated Power for Single Tone 3

Desensitization Test for Band Classes 1, 4, and 8 4

Minimum Mobile Station EIRP Mobile Station Class Tests 1 and 2 Tests 3 and 4

I -10 dBW (100 mW) -5 dBW (320 mW)

II -15 dBW (32 mW) -10 dBW (100 mW)

III -18 dBW (16 mW) -15 dBW (32 mW)

IV -21 dBW (8 mW) -20 dBW (10 mW)

V -24 dBW (4 mW) -25 dBW (3.2 mW)

5

4 When a Spreading Rate 3 system is overlaid on either of the Primary CDMA Channels for Band Class 0, the position of the closest interferer (AMPS paging channel) is 2.13 MHz away from the center of the Spreading Rate 3 signal. To minimize the potential for interference, a base station operating in a Spreading Rate 3 mode should not overlay the Primary CDMA Channel when operating in Band Class 0 unless the CDMA base station is co-located with the AMPS base station.


3-88

Table 3.5.2.2-3. Minimum Effective Radiated Power for Single Tone Desensitization 1

Test for Band Class 3 2

Minimum Mobile Station ERP Mobile Station Class Tests 1 and 2 Tests 3 and 4

I -7 dBW (200 mW) -2 dBW (630 mW)

II -11 dBW (80 mW) -6 dBW (250 mW)

III -15 dBW (32 mW) -10 dBW (100 mW)

3



3.5.3 Intermodulation Spurious Response Attenuation 6


The intermodulation spurious response attenuation is a measure of a receiver's ability to 8

receive a CDMA signal on its assigned channel frequency in the presence of two interfering 9

CW tones. These tones are separated from the assigned channel frequency and are 10

separated from each other such that the third order mixing of the two interfering CW tones 11

can occur in the non-linear elements of the receiver, producing an interfering signal in the 12

band of the desired CDMA signal. The receiver performance is measured by the frame error 13

rate (FER). 14


1. Connect the base station and two interfering CW tones to the mobile station 16

antenna connector as shown in Figure 6.5.1-4. 17



3. For each band class that the mobile station supports, configure the base station to 20








through 13. 28





3-89

7. Set the test parameters for Test 1 as specified in Table 3.5.3.2-1, 3.5.3.2-2, or 1

3.5.3.2-3 and perform step 13. 2

8. Set the test parameters for Test 2 as specified in Table 3.5.3.2-1, 3.5.3.2-2, or 3

3.5.3.2-3 and perform step 13. 4

9. If the mobile station is operating in Band Class 0, set the test parameters for Test 3 5

as specified in Table 3.5.3.2-4 and perform step 13. 6









15

Table 3.5.3.2-1. Test Parameters for Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7 and 9 Intermodulation 16

Spurious Response Attenuation (Tests 1 and 2) 17

Mobile Station Class I

Mobile Station Class II and III

Parameter Units Test 1 Test 2 Test 1 Test 2

SR 1 kHz +900 -900 +900 -900 Tone 1 Offset from Carrier SR 3 MHz +2.50 -2.50 +2.50 -2.50

Tone Power 1 dBm -40 -43

SR 1 kHz +1700 -1700 +1700 -1700 Tone 2 Offset from Carrier SR 3 MHz +3.30 -3.30 +3.30 -3.30


Îor dBm/ 1.23 MHz

-101

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -15.6 (SR 1) -20.6 (SR 3)


When operating a Spreading Rate 3 system that is overlaid on a Spreading Rate 1carrier, the Spreading Rate 1 intermodulation tests shall not apply.

18


3-90

Table 3.5.3.2-2. Test Parameters for Band Class 1, 4, and 8 Intermodulation Spurious 1

Response Attenuation (Tests 1 and 2) 2


Mobile Station Class II through Class

V


SR 1 MHz +1.25 -1.25 +1.25 -1.25 Tone 1 Offset from Carrier SR 3 MHz +2.50 -2.50 +2.50 -2.50




Îor dBm/ 1.23 MHz

-101

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -15.6 (SR 1) -20.6 (SR 3)


When operating a Spreading Rate 3 system that is overlaid on a Spreading Rate 1 carrier, the Spreading Rate 1 intermodulation tests shall not apply.

3


3-91

Table 3.5.3.2-3. Test Parameters for Band Class 6 Intermodulation Spurious Response 1

Attenuation (Tests 1 and 2) 2


Mobile Station Class II through Class

V


SR 1 MHz +2.5 -2.5 +2.5 -2.5 Tone 1 Offset from Carrier SR 3 MHz +5 -5 +5 -5

SR 1 dBm -48 -48 Tone 1 Power

SR 3 dBm -46 -46


SR 1 dBm -48 -48 Tone 2 Power

SR 3 dBm -46 -46

Îor dBm/ 1.23 MHz

-101

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -15.6 (SR 1) -20.6 (SR 3)


When operating a Spreading Rate 3 system that is overlaid on a Spreading Rate 1 carrier, the Spreading Rate 1 intermodulation tests shall not apply.

Japanese Radio Law currently requires that this test be performed for mobile stations operating in Japan that support Band Class 6 using the test methods described in Table 3.5.3.2-2.

3


3-92




Tone 1 Offset from Carrier kHz +900 -900

Tone Power 1 dBm -32



Îor dBm/1.23 MHz -90

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -15.6

3









orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -15.6

6


The FER in Tests 1, 2, 5, and 6 shall not exceed 1.0% with 95% confidence (see 6.6). 8

The FER in Tests 3 and 4 should not exceed 1.0% with 95% confidence (see 6.6). 9

3.5.4 Adjacent Channel Selectivity 10

This test is applicable to Band Class 6 mobile stations only. 11


3-93


Adjacent channel selectivity is a measure of the ability to receive a CDMA signal on the 2

assigned channel frequency in the presence of another CDMA signal that is offset from the 3

center frequency of the assigned channel by ± 2.5 MHz for Spreading Rate 1 or ± 5 MHz for 4

Spreading Rate 3. 5


1. Connect the base station and an interfering modulated signal to the mobile station 7

antenna connector as shown in Figure 6.5.1-4. The modulated interference shall be 8

a signal modulated with a combination of Pilot, Sync, Paging and Traffic Channels 9

as specified in Table 3.5.4.2-1. The source shall be Radio Configuration 3 with full 10

rate traffic channels for Spreading Rate 1 tests, and Radio Configuration 6 with full 11

rate traffic channels for Spreading Rate 3 tests. 12



3. Configure the base station to operate in Band Class 6 and perform steps 4 through 15

9. 16







through 9. 23



Test Mode 7 (see 1.3) with 9600 bps data rate only and perform steps 7 and 8. 26


9. 28


9. 30



33


3-94

Table 3.5.4.2-1. Configuration for Interference Source 1

Channel Type

Number of Channels

Fraction of Power (linear)

Fraction of Power (dB)

Comments

Forward Pilot 1 0.2000 -7.0 Code channel 1280W

Sync 1 0.0471 -13.3 Code channel 6432W ;

always 1/8 rate

Paging 1 0.1882 -7.3 Code channel 641W ;

full rate only

Traffic 6 0.09412 -10.3 Variable code channel assignments; full rate only

2

Table 3.5.4.2-2. Test Parameters for Adjacent Channel Selectivity 3

Parameter Units Tests 1 Tests 2

SR 1 MHz +2.5 -2.5 Adjacent CDMA

Channel Offset from Carrier

SR 3 MHz +5.0 -5.0

dBm/1.23 MHz

-37 (SR 1)

Interference Source, modulated source

dBm / 3.69 MHz

-50 (SR 3)

Îor dBm/ 1.23 MHz

-101

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -15.6 (SR 1) -20.6 (SR 3)


4



3.5.5 Receiver Blocking Characteristics 7

This test is applicable to Band Class 6 mobile stations only. 8


3-95


The receiver blocking characteristic is a measure of the receivers ability to receive a CDMA 2

signal at its assigned channel frequency in the presence of a single tone on frequencies 3

other than those of the adjacent channels, without this unwanted input signal causing a 4

degradation of the performance of the receiver beyond a specified limit. 5


1. Connect the base station and an interfering CW tone to the mobile station antenna 7


2. For all tests, Forward Power Control should be disabled in the base station. 9

3. Configure the base station to operate in Band Class 6. 10





up a call using Fundamental Test Mode 1 or 3 or Dedicated Control Channel Test 15

Mode 3 (see 1.3) with 9600 bps data rate only and perform steps 7 through 15. 16


up a call using Fundamental Test Mode 7 or Dedicated Control Channel Test Mode 18

7 (see 1.3) with 9600 bps data rate only and perform steps 7 through 15. 19


15. 21


15. 23


15. 25


15. 27


14 and 15 using the Default CW Tone Power. 29





14. Step the CW tone frequency through each inclusive range of frequencies given for 34

the current test in Table 3.5.5.2-2 at 1 MHz intervals and perform step 15. 35




3-96

16. If spurious responses occurred in tests 6 or 7 repeat steps 15 for each spurious 1

response frequency using the Alternate CW Tone Power given in Table 3.5.5.2-2. 2

3

Table 3.5.5.2-1. Test Parameters for Receiver Blocking Characteristics (In-Band) 4

Parameter Units Test 1 Tests 2 Tests 3 Tests 4

CW Tone Offset SR 1 kHz +5000 -5000 +7500 -7500

from Carrier SR 3 kHz +10000 -10000 +15000 -15000

CW Tone Power dBm -56 -44

Îor dBm/ 1.23 MHz

-101

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -15.6 (SR 1) -20.6 (SR 3)


5

Table 3.5.5.2-2. Test Parameters for Receiver Blocking Characteristics (Out-Of-Band) 6

Parameter Units Test 5 Test 6 Test 7

CW Tone Frequency

MHz 2051 2095

2185 2230

2026 2050

2231 2255

1 2025

2255 12750

Default

CW Tone Power dBm -44 -30 -15

Alternate

CW Tone Power dBm -44 -44

Îor dBm/ 1.23 MHz

-101

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -15.6 (SR 1) -20.6 (SR 3)


7


3-97


The FER in tests 1 through 5 shall not exceed 10% with 90% confidence (see 6.6). With up 2

to twenty-four (24) exceptions at spurious response frequencies, the FER in tests 6 and 7 3

shall not exceed 10% with 90% confidence (see 6.6). In case of such spurious response 4

exception(s) in tests 6 or 7, the FER shall not exceed 10% with 90% confidence (see 6.6) 5

when using the Alternate CW Tone Power for interference at the one or more spurious 6

response frequencies. 7

3.6 Limitations on Emissions 8

3.6.1 Conducted Spurious Emissions 9


Conducted spurious emissions are spurious emissions generated or amplified in a receiver 11

that appear at the mobile station antenna connector. 12


1. Connect a spectrum analyzer (or other suitable test equipment) to the mobile 14

station antenna connector. 15


to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 and 4. 17

3. Enable the mobile station receiver for CDMA-only mode, so that the mobile station 18

continuously cycles between the System Determination Substate and the Pilot 19

Channel Acquisition Substate of the Mobile Station Initialization State. Since there is 20

no Forward CDMA Channel for this configuration, the mobile station should not 21

pass the Pilot Channel Acquisition Substate. 22

4. For band classes 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8 and 9, sweep the spectrum analyzer over a 23

frequency range from the lowest intermediate frequency or lowest oscillator 24

frequency used in the receiver or 1 MHz, whichever is lowest, to at least 2600 MHz 25

for band classes 0, 2, 5, 7 and 9, 3 GHz for Band Class 3 or at least 6 GHz for band 26

classes 1, 4 and 8, and measure the spurious emission levels. For Band Class 6, 27

sweep the spectrum analyzer over a frequency range from 30 MHz to at least 12.75 28

GHz and measure the spurious emissions levels. 29


The conducted spurious emissions for a mobile station shall be: 31

1. Less than -76 dBm for band classes 0, 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9, or 81 dBm for 32

Band Class 3, measured in a 1 MHz resolution bandwidth at the mobile station 33

antenna connector, for frequencies within the mobile station receive band (see 3.1) 34

associated with each band class that the mobile station supports. 35

2. Less than -61 dBm, measured in a 1 MHz resolution bandwidth at the mobile 36

station antenna connector, for frequencies within the mobile station transmit band 37

(see 3.1) associated with each band class that the mobile station supports. 38


3-98

3. Less than 57 dBm for Band Class 6, measured in a 100 kHz resolution bandwidth 1

at the mobile station antenna connector (see 3.1), for frequencies from 30 MHz to 1 2

GHz. 3

4. Less than -47 dBm for band classes 0, 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8 and 9, or 54 dBm for Band 4

Class 3, measured in a 30 kHz resolution bandwidth at the mobile station antenna 5

connector (see 3.1), for all other frequencies. Less than 47 dBm for Band Class 6, 6

measured in a 1 MHz resolution bandwidth at the mobile station antenna 7

connector (see 3.1), for all other frequencies in the range from 1 GHz to 12.75 GHz. 8

Current region-specific radio regulation rules shall also apply. 9

For example, a Band Class 6 mobile station operating under Japan regional requirements 10

shall limit conducted emissions to: 11

1) less than -41 dBm, measured in a 300 kHz resolution bandwidth at the mobile 12

station antenna connector, for frequencies within the PHS band from 1893.5 to 13

1919.6 MHz, and 14

2) less than 81dBm, measured in 1MHz resolution bandwidth at the mobile station 15

antenna connector (see 3.1), for frequencies within the Japan Band Class 6 mobile 16

station receive band (see 3.1). 17

3.6.2 Radiated Spurious Emissions 18


Radiated spurious emissions are those spurious emissions generated or amplified in a 20

receiver and radiated by the antenna, housing and all power, control, and audio leads 21

connected to the receiver. 22




2. Enable the mobile station receiver for CDMA-only mode, so that the mobile station 26

continuously cycles between the System Determination Substate and the Pilot 27

Channel Acquisition Substate of the Mobile Station Initialization State. Since there is 28

no Forward CDMA Channel, the mobile station should not pass the Pilot Channel 29

Acquisition Substate. 30

3. Use the measurement procedure defined in Section 2 to measure the radiated 31

spurious emissions of the mobile station receiver. 32


The radiated spurious power levels from the receiver, when measured using the procedure 34

in Section 2, shall not exceed the levels specified in Tables 3.6.2.3-1 and 3.6.2.3-2. 35

36


3-99

Table 3.6.2.3-1. Maximum Allowable Radiated Spurious Emissions 1

for Band Classes 0, 1, and 7 2

Frequency Range Maximum Allowable EIRP

30 to 88 MHz -55 dBm

88 to 216 MHz -52 dBm

216 to 960 MHz -49 dBm

960 to 2200 MHz -41 dBm

3

Table 3.6.2.3-2. Maximum Allowable Radiated Spurious Emissions 4

for Band Classes 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, and 9 5

Frequency Range Maximum Allowable EIRP

25 to 70 MHz -45 dBm

70 to 130 MHz -41 dBm

130 to 174 MHz -41 to -32 dBm*

174 to 260 MHz -32 dBm

260 to 470 MHz -32 to -26 dBm*

470 to 1000 MHz (band classes 2, 5, and 9)

-21 dBm

470 to 2200 MHz (band classes 4, 6 and 8)

-21 dBm

470 to 3000 MHz (Band Class 3)

-21 dBm

1 GHz to 12.75 GHz (Band Class 6)

-6 dBm

*Interpolate linearly on a log frequency scale. 6

7


For example, a Band Class 7 base station operating under US regional requirements shall 9

limit radiated spurious emissions to less than 70 dBW/MHz EIRP in the GPS band from 10

1559 to 1610 MHz. 11


3-100

3.7 Supervision 1

3.7.1 Paging Channel 2


When in the System Access State, the mobile station shall monitor the Paging Channel. The 4

mobile station shall reset a timer for T40m seconds whenever a valid message is received on 5

the Paging Channel, whether addressed to the mobile station or not. If the timer expires, 6

the mobile station shall stop transmitting access attempts. This test verifies the mobile 7

station supervision of the Paging Channel when it is in the System Access State. 8


1. Connect the base station to the mobile station antenna connector as shown in . The 10

AWGN generator and the interference generator are not applicable in this test. 11



3. Set the base station to ignore all access attempts. 14

4. Set the test parameters as specified in Table 3.7.1.2-1. 15

5. Set the following parameters of the Access Parameters Message to the value 16

specified below: 17

18


NUM_STEP 15 (16 probes/sequence)

MAX_RSP_SEQ 15 (15 sequences)

19

6. Send a page to the mobile station. 20

7. Wait for two seconds and disable the Paging Channel. 21

8. Monitor the mobile station output power. 22

23

Table 3.7.1.2-1. Test Parameters for Supervision of Paging Channel 24

Parameter Units Value


orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IEPaging

dB -16

25


3-101


The mobile station shall transmit access attempts as a response to the page. The mobile 2

station shall stop transmitting access attempts T40m seconds after the Paging Channel is 3

disabled. 4

3.7.2 Forward Traffic Channel 5

This test shall be performed on the Forward Fundamental Channel and the Forward 6

Dedicated Control Channel if they are supported. The test shall be performed separately for 7

each supported channel. 8


When in the Mobile Station Control on the Traffic Channel State, the mobile station shall 10

continuously monitor the Forward Traffic Channel, except: 11

During a PUF probe in which it transmits on a PUF target frequency (see Section 12

2.6.4.1.7 of [6]), 13

During a search of pilots on a CDMA Candidate Frequency (see Section 2.6.6.2.8.3 14

of [6]), 15

During a search of analog frequencies (see Section 2.6.6.2.10 of [6]). 16

The mobile station shall monitor the physical channel corresponding to FPC_PRI_CHANs. 17

If the mobile station receives N2m frames with insufficient signal quality (e.g. bad frames) 18

on the physical channel corresponding to FPC_PRI_CHANs, it shall disable its transmitter. 19

Thereafter, if the mobile station receives N3m frames with sufficient signal quality (e.g. good 20

frames) on the physical channel corresponding to FPC_PRI_CHANs, then the mobile station 21

should re-enable its transmitter. 22

The mobile station shall establish a Forward Traffic Channel fade timer. The timer shall be 23

enabled when the mobile station first enables its transmitter when in the Traffic Channel 24

Initialization Substate of the Mobile Station Control on the Traffic Channel State. The fade 25

timer shall be reset for T5m seconds whenever the mobile station receives N3m frames with 26

sufficient signal quality (e.g. good frames) on the physical channel corresponding to 27

FPC_PRI_CHANs. The mobile station shall disable the fade timer when it tunes to a PUF 28

target frequency, and shall re-enable the fade timer at the end of the PUF probe. If the timer 29

expires, the mobile station shall disable its transmitter and declare a loss of the Forward 30

Traffic Channel. 31

The mobile station also enables, disables, and resets the fade timer when it performs a hard 32

handoff or a periodic search, as described in Sections 2.6.6.2.8 and 2.6.6.2.10 of [6]. 33

The mobile station shall not disable its transmitter in the case that it is not receiving data 34

but is receiving continuous periods of sufficient signal quality power control bits on the 35

Forward Dedicated Control Channel. 36

Test 1 verifies that the mobile station monitoring the Forward Traffic Channel disables its 37

transmitter after receiving N2m frames with insufficient signal quality. 38


3-102

Test 2 verifies that the mobile station monitoring the Forward Traffic Channel disables its 1

transmitter and declares a loss of the Forward Traffic Channel after not receiving N3m 2

frames with sufficient signal quality for a period of T5m seconds. 3

Test 3 verifies that the mobile station does not disable its transmitter while receiving a 4

period of 2 seconds with sufficient signal quality with power control bits only, but no data. 5










4. If the mobile station supports the Fundamental Channel and demodulation of 15

Radio Configuration 3, 4, or 5, set up a call using Fundamental Channel Test Mode 16

1 or 3 (see 1.3) with 9600 bps data rate only and perform steps 8 through 19. 17

5. If the mobile station supports the Dedicated Control Channel and demodulation of 18

Radio Configuration 3, 4, or 5, set up a call using Dedicated Control Channel Test 19


6. If the mobile station supports the Fundamental Channel and demodulation of 21

Radio Configuration 6, 7, 8, or 9, set up a call using Fundamental Channel Test 22


7. If the mobile station supports the Dedicated Control Channel and demodulation of 24

Radio Configuration 6, 7, 8, or 9, set up a call using Dedicated Control Channel 25


8. Set the base station so as to not drop a call. 27


10. Send the Forward Fundamental Channel with 9600 bps data rate only or the 29

Forward Dedicated Control Channel with power control bits but no data (i.e. DCCH 30

frame activity = 0%). 31

11. Disable the transmission on the Forward Fundamental Channel or the Forward 32

Dedicated Control Channel starting at a frame boundary for exactly N2m × 0.02 33

seconds. 34

12. Monitor the mobile station output power (Test 1). 35


14. Disable and enable, on an alternating frame-by-frame basis, the transmission of 37

the Forward Fundamental Channel or the Forward Dedicated Control Channel 38


3-103

frames for at least T5m seconds starting at the beginning of the first disabled 1

Forward Traffic Channel frame. 2


16. Set up a call using the same Dedicated Control Channel test mode used in Test 1 4

and 2. 5


18. Send 100 frames with power control bits only, but no data on the Forward 7

Dedicated Control Channel (i.e. frame activity = 0%), starting at a Forward Traffic 8

Channel frame boundary. 9


11

Table 3.7.2.2-1. Test Parameters for Supervision of Forward Traffic Channel 12



orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -16

13


Test 1: 15

The mobile station shall disable its transmitter N2m × 0.02 + 0.02 seconds after the 16

Forward Traffic Channel is disabled. The mobile station shall re-enable its transmitter N3m 17

× 0.02 + 0.02 seconds after the start of the first re-enabled Forward Traffic Channel frame. 18

Test 2: 19

The mobile station shall disable its transmitter T5m + 0.02 seconds after the first Forward 20

Traffic Channel frame has been disabled. The mobile station shall not re-enable its 21

transmitter. 22

Test 3: 23

The mobile station shall not disable its transmitter during the 2 seconds. 24

25


3-104

1

No text. 2


4-1

4 CDMA TRANSMITTER MINIMUM STANDARDS 1

4.1 Frequency Accuracy 2

4.1.1 Definition 3

Frequency accuracy is the ability of a mobile station transmitter to transmit at an assigned 4

carrier frequency. 5

4.1.2 Method of Measurement 6

The method of measurement specified in 4.3.4.2 may be used to perform this test. 7

4.1.3 Minimum Standard 8

The mobile station output carrier frequency while transmitting in Band Class 0 shall be 9

within ±300 Hz of 45 MHz below the carrier frequency of the Forward CDMA Channel. 10






within ±300 Hz of 55 MHz above the carrier frequency of the Forward CDMA Channel. 16













4.2 Handoff 29

4.2.1 CDMA to CDMA Hard Handoff 30


The base station directs the mobile station to perform a CDMA to CDMA hard handoff by 32

sending a Universal Handoff Direction Message in which the mobile station is transitioned 33


4-2

between disjoint sets of base stations, different frequency assignments, or different frame 1

offsets. Hard handoff is characterized by a temporary disconnection of the Traffic Channel. 2

This test measures the time to execute a CDMA to CDMA hard handoff between Traffic 3

Channels belonging to different base stations (different pilot PN offset indices) with different 4

CDMA frequency assignments in the same band class. This test also verifies that the mobile 5

station disables its transmitter before changing frequency. 6




Channel from base station 1 has an arbitrary pilot PN offset index P1, a CDMA 10

frequency assignment f1(any valid value), and is called Channel 1. The Forward 11


frequency assignment f2 (any valid value other than f1in the same band class), and 13

is called Channel 2. Channel 2 shall be available at the action time specified in the 14

Universal Handoff Direction Message sent in step 7. 15













7. Send a Universal Handoff Direction Message to the mobile station to set an explicit 28

action time and the following parameters: 29

30



PILOT_PN P2


CDMA_FREQ f2

31

8. Measure T1, the time elapsed from the action time to the instant the mobile station 32

transmit power, as measured at the mobile station antenna connector, on the old 33


4-3

CDMA frequency assignment drops below -61 dBm/MHz. Measure T2, the time 1

elapsed from the action time to the instant the mobile station transmitter is 2

enabled on the new CDMA frequency assignment. 3

4

Table 4.2.1.2-1. Test Parameters for CDMA to CDMA Hard Handoff 5


Îor dBm/1.23 MHz -75 -75

orc

IEPilot

dB -7 -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7.4 -7.4

6


The mobile station transmit power shall remain under open loop and closed loop power 8

control until the action time. T1 shall be less than 2 ms. 9

T2 shall be less than T61m + (N11m + 2) × 20 ms = 140 ms. 10

4.2.2 Transmit Power after Hard Handoff 11


Mobile Station output power is given by the following equation: 13

Pout = offset power Pin + NOM_PWR 16 × NOM_PWR_EXT + INIT_PWR 14

+ step number × PWR_STEP + Σpcb + interference correction, 15

where 16

Pout is the mobile transmit power in dBm, 17

Pin is the mobile receiver power in dBm, 18

offset power is specified according to the following parameters 19

20


4-4

Band Class Spreading Rate Offset Power

3 1 (Access Channel) -73

1 (Enhanced Access Channel) -81.5

1 (Access Channel) -73


0, 2, 5, 7 and 9

3 -76.5

1 (Access Channel) -76


1, 4, 6, and 8

3 -79.5

1

step number is the number of power steps needed in the access probe, and 2

Σpcb is the summation of all Power Control Bits since starting transmission on the 3

traffic channel, and 4

interference correction is the noise floor correction (see 2.1.2.3.1 of [4]). 5

When changing channels from a serving frequency (f1) to a target frequency (f2), the 6

nominal transmit power should be the following: 7

Pout(target) = Offset power(target) Pin(target) + NOM_PWR(target) 16 × 8

NOM_PWR_EXT(target) + INIT_PWR(serving) + step number × 9

PWR_STEP(serving) + Σpcb(serving) + interference correction (serving) 10


Test 1 12




frequency assignment f1 (any valid value), and is called Channel 1. The Forward 16


frequency assignment f2 (any valid value other than f1), and is called Channel 2. 18

Channel 2 shall be available at the action time specified in the Universal Handoff 19

Direction Message sent in step 7. 20







4-5










10



PILOT_PN P2


CDMA_FREQ f2

11

8. Measure the power, P, when the phone enables its transmitter on the new channel. 12

13



Îor dBm/1.23 MHz -95 -65

orc

IEPilot

dB -7 -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7.4 -7.4

INIT_PWR dB 0 0

NOM_PWR dB 0 0

NOM_PWR_EXT dB 0 0

PWR_STEP dB 0 0

15

Test 2 16




frequency assignment f1(any valid value), and is called Channel 1. The Forward 20



4-6

frequency assignment f2 (any valid value other than f1), and is called Channel 2. 1

Channel 2 shall be available at the action time specified in the Universal Handoff 2

Direction Message sent in step 7. 3















18



PILOT_PN P2


CDMA_FREQ f2

19

8. Measure the power, P, when the phone enables its transmitter on the new channel. 20

21


4-7



Îor dBm/1.23 MHz -75 -75

orc

IEPilot

dB -7 -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7.4 -7.4

INIT_PWR dB 0 0

NOM_PWR dB +7 -8

NOM_PWR_EXT dB 0 0

PWR_STEP dB 0 0

2


Test 1 4

For new frequencies in band classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9, the mobile transmit power, P, shall 5

be -8 dBm ± 10 dB. 6

For new frequencies in band classes 1, 4, 6 and 8, the mobile transmit power, P, shall be -7

11dBm ± 10 dB. 8

Test 2 9

For new frequencies in band classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7 and 9, the mobile transmit power, P, shall 10

be -6 dBm ± 10 dB. 11

For new frequencies in band classes 1, 4, 6, and 8, the mobile transmit power, P, shall be 12

9 dBm ± 10 dB. 13

4.3 Modulation Requirements 14

4.3.1 Time Reference 15


The mobile station time reference is derived from the earliest arriving multipath component 17

being used for demodulation. When receiving the Forward Traffic Channel, the mobile 18

station time reference shall be used as the transmit time of the Reverse Traffic Channel. 19

This test checks the accuracy of the mobile station time reference in static conditions as 20

well as the mobile station time reference slew rate in dynamic conditions. 21


4-8









and perform steps 6 and 7. 9








7. Determine the mobile station transmit time error at the mobile station antenna 17

connector using the ρ-meter described in 6.4.2. 18


Figure 6.5.1-1. The AWGN generator is not applicable in this test. The channel 20

simulator periodically generates two alternating paths which are 10 chips apart for 21

Spreading Rate 1 or 30 chips apart for Spreading Rate 3. Each of the two paths 22

lasts for 20 seconds and the alternating period is 40 seconds. 23



and perform step 12. 26



Test Mode 3 (see 1.3) with 9600 bps data rate only and perform step 12. 29




12. Determine the mobile station transmit time at the mobile station antenna 33

connector for a period of at least two minutes, and calculate the time reference slew 34

rate. 35

36


4-9

Table 4.3.1.2-1. Test Parameters for Time Reference 1



orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -14

2


The mobile station time reference in steady state conditions shall be within ±1 µs of the 4

time of occurrence, as measured at the mobile station antenna connector, of the earliest 5

arriving multipath component being used for demodulation. 6

If a mobile station time reference correction is needed, it shall be corrected no faster than 7

203 ns in any 200 ms period and no slower than 305 ns per second when using Radio 8

Configuration 1 or 2. 9

If a mobile station time reference correction is needed, it shall be corrected no faster than 10

203 ns in any 200 ms period and no slower than 460 ns per second when using Radio 11

Configuration 3 through 9. 12

4.3.2 Reverse Pilot Channel to Code Channel Time Tolerance 13


When operating with Radio Configurations 3 through 6, the Reverse Pilot Channel to code 15

channel time tolerance is the permissible error in timing between the radiated Reverse Pilot 16

Channel and the other code channels. 17














4-10

5. Monitor the transmitter output with the code domain power test equipment as 1

described in 6.4.2.2 and measure the relative timing of the active channels. 2


When operating with Radio Configurations 3 through 6, the time error between the Reverse 4

Pilot Channel and all other code channels sharing the same Reverse CDMA Channel shall 5

be less than ±10 ns. 6

4.3.3 Reverse Pilot Channel to Code Channel Phase Tolerance 7


Reverse Pilot Channel to code channel phase tolerance is the permissible error in RF phase 9

between the radiated Reverse Pilot Channel and the other channels. 10













5. Monitor the transmitter output with the code domain power test equipment as 23

described in 6.4.2.2 and measure the relative phase of the active channels. 24


The phase differences between the Reverse Pilot Channel and all other code channels 26

sharing the same Reverse CDMA Channel should not exceed 0.05 radians and shall not 27

exceed 0.15 radians. 28

4.3.4 Waveform Quality and Frequency Accuracy 29


The waveform quality factor, ρ (see 6.4.2), is measured in this test. The measurement also 31

returns values for ∆ˆ f and τ , which are used to provide estimates of carrier frequency offset 32

and transmit time offset, respectively. 33


4-11



Figure 6.5.1-4. The AWGN generator and the interferencegenerator are not 3






and perform steps 4 and 5. 9

4. Set the test parameters as specified below: 10

11



orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7.4

12

5. Measure the waveform quality factor, ρ, frequency error, ∆ˆ f , and transmit time 13

error, ˆ τ , at the mobile station antenna connector using the ρ-meter described in 14

6.4.2. 15








23



orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7.4

24


4-12

9. Send a Universal Handoff Direction Message with a change to either the frame offset 1

or the PN offset, using the rest of the following parameters, to the mobile station to 2

force a hard handoff: 3

4



EXTRA_PARMS 1

FRAME_OFFSET may change

PILOT_PN may change

NOM_PWR_EXT 0 (0 dB correction)

NOM_PWR 0 (0 dB correction)

NUM_PREAMBLE 7 (20 ms preamble)

BAND_CLASS same as current

CDMA_FREQ same as current

5

10. Begin sending a periodic pattern of one 0 power control bit followed by one 1 6

power control bit. 7

11. Measure the waveform quality factor, ρ, frequency error, ∆ˆ f , and transmit time 8

error, ˆ τ , at the mobile station antenna connector using the ρ-meter described in 9

6.4.2 on the preamble following the explicit action time of the Universal Handoff 10

Direction Message. 11


The waveform quality factor, ρ, shall be greater than 0.944 (excess power is less than 0.25 13

dB). The frequency error, ∆ˆ f , shall be within ±300 Hz while transmitting in band classes 0, 14

2, 3, 5, 7 and 9. The frequency error, ∆ˆ f , shall be within ±150 Hz while transmitting in 15

band classes 1, 4, 6, and 8. The transmit time error, τ , shall be within ±1 µs. 16

4.3.5 Code Domain Power 17


Code domain power is the power in each code channel of a CDMA Channel. The CDMA time 19

reference used in the code domain power test is derived from the Pilot Channel and is used 20

as the reference for demodulation of all other code channels. 21






4-13










10



orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7.4

11

6. Measure the mobile station transmitter output at the antenna connector with a 12

Code Domain Power Analyzer described in 6.4.2.2. 13


The code domain power in each inactive code channel shall be 23 dB or more below the 15

total output power measured on both the I and Q data channel combined. 16

4.4 RF Output Power Requirements 17

4.4.1 Range of Open Loop Output Power 18


The mobile station estimates its open loop mean output power from its mean input power, 20

which is referenced to the nominal CDMA Channel bandwidth of 1.23 MHz for Spreading 21

Rate 1 or 3.69 MHz for Spreading Rate 3. 22

When transmitting on the Access Channel, the estimate is defined as 23

mean output power (dBm) = - mean input power (dBm) 24

+ offset power 25

+ interference correction 26

+ NOM_PWR - 16 × NOM_PWR_EXT 27

+ INIT_PWR. 28

where the offset power is summarized below: 29

30


4-14

Band Class Offset Power

0, 2, 3, 5, 7 and 9

-73

1, 4, 6 and 8 -76

1

When transmitting on the Enhanced Access Channel, the estimate is defined as 2

mean pilot channel output power (dBm) = - mean input power (dBm) 3

+ offset power 4

+ interference correction 5

+ NOM_PWR_EACH 6

+ INIT_PWR_EACH. 7

where the offset power is summarized below: 8

9

Band Class Spreading Rate Offset Power

3 1 -81.5

1 -81.5 0, 2, 5, 7 and 9

3 -76.5

1 -84.5 1, 4, 6 and 8

3 -79.5

10

This test measures the range of the estimated open loop output power. 11


The following tests shall be performed for each type of Access Channel or Enhanced Access 13

Channel that the mobile station supports. The tests shall be performed for each band class 14

that the mobile station supports. 15

4.4.1.2.1 Access Channel 16

1. Configure the base station so that the mobile station uses the Access Channel. 17






4. Set the parameter values in the Access Parameters Message to the values specified 23

below. 24

25


4-15


PAM_SZ 15 (16 frames)

MAX_RSP_SEQ 1 (1 sequence)

1

5. Set the test parameter for Test 1 as specified in Table 4.4.1.2.1-1 and perform steps 2

8 through 10. 3


8 through 10. 5


8 through 10. 7



10. Measure the output power of the mobile station at the antenna connector during 10

transmission of a probe. 11

12


4-16

Table 4.4.1.2.1-1. Test Parameter of Îor for Range of Open Loop Output Power 1

for the Access Channel 2

Band Class

Mobile Station Class

Unit Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

Class I dBm -25 -65 -103.0

0, 3, 7, and 9

Class II dBm -25 -65 -98.3

Class III dBm -25 -65 -93.5

Class I dBm -25 -65 -103.0

Class II dBm -25 -65 -97.0

1, 4, 6, and 8


Class IV dBm -25 -65 -86.1

Class V dBm -25 -65 -81.0

Class II dBm -25 -65 -103.0


2

Class IV dBm -25 -65 -93.5

Class I dBm -25 -65 -99.7

Class II dBm -25 -65 -98.3


5

Class IV dBm -25 -65 -88.1

3

4.4.1.2.2 Spreading Rate 1 Enhanced Access Channel 4

1. Configure the base station so that the mobile station uses the Spreading Rate 1 5

Enhanced Access Channel. 6






4. Set the parameter values in the Enhanced Access Parameters Message to the values 12

specified below. 13

14


4-17


REACH_RATE_MODE 0 (9600 bps, 20 ms frame size)

REACH_MODE 0 (Basic Access Mode - no CACH or CPCCH)

EACH_PREAMBLE_NUM_FRAC 0 (no preamble)

EACH _PREAMBLE_ADD_DURATION 0 (no additional preamble)

EACH_MAX_RSP_SEQ 1 (1 sequence)

1


8 and 9. 3


8 and 9. 5


8 and 9. 7




11


4-18

Table 4.4.1.2.2-1. Test Parameter of Îor for Range of Open Loop Output Power for the 1

Spreading Rate 1 Enhanced Access Channel 2

Band Class



Class I dBm -25 -65 -103.0

0, 3, 7, and 9

Class II dBm -25 -65 -98.3


Class I dBm -25 -65 -103.0

Class II dBm -25 -65 -97.0

1, 4, 6, and 8


Class IV dBm -25 -65 -86.1

Class V dBm -25 -65 -81.0

Class II dBm -25 -65 -103.0


2

Class IV dBm -25 -65 -93.5

Class I dBm -25 -65 -99.7

Class II dBm -25 -65 -98.3


5

Class IV dBm -25 -65 -88.1

3

4.4.1.2.3 Spreading Rate 3 Enhanced Access Channel 4

1. Configure the base station so that the mobile station uses the Spreading Rate 3 5

Enhanced Access Channel. 6







specified below. 13

14


4-19







1


8 and 9. 3


8 and 9. 5


8 and 9. 7




11


4-20

Table 4.4.1.2.3-1. Test Parameter of Îor for Range of Open Loop Output Power for the 1


Band Class



Class I dBm -20 -60 -98.0

0, 7, and 9

Class II dBm -20 -60 -93.3


Class I dBm -20 -60 -98.0

Class II dBm -20 -60 -92.0

1, 4, 6, and 8


Class IV dBm -20 -60 -81.1

Class V dBm -20 -60 -76.0

Class II dBm -20 -60 -98.0

2 Class III dBm -20 -60 -93.3

Class IV dBm -20 -60 -88.5

Class I dBm -20 -60 -94.7

5 Class II dBm -20 -60 -93.3


Class IV dBm -20 -60 -83.1

3


If the mobile station supports the Access Channel, the mobile station output power shall 5

satisfy the range specified in Table 4.4.1.3-1. 6

If the mobile station supports the Spreading Rate 1 Enhanced Access Channel, the mobile 7

station output power shall satisfy the range specified in Table 4.4.1.3-2. 8

If the mobile station supports the Spreading Rate 3 Enhanced Access Channel, the mobile 9

station output power shall satisfy the range specified in Table 4.4.1.3-3. 10

11


4-21


Access Channel 2

Band Class


Units Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

Class I dBm -48 ± 9.5 -8 ± 9.5 27 ± 9.5

0, 3, 7, and 9

Class II dBm -48 ± 9.5 -8 ± 9.5 24 ± 9.5

Class III dBm -48 ± 9.5 -8 ± 9.5 20 ± 9.5

Class I dBm -51 ± 9.5 -11 ± 9.5 24 + 9/- 9.5

Class II dBm -51 ± 9.5 -11 ± 9.5 20 ± 9.5

1, 4, 6, and 8

Class III dBm -51 ± 9.5 -11 ± 9.5 15 ± 9.5

Class IV dBm -51 ± 9.5 -11 ± 9.5 10 ± 9.5

Class V dBm -51 ± 9.5 -11 ± 9.5 5 ± 9.5

Class II dBm -48 ± 9.5 -8 ± 9.5 27 ± 9.5

Class III dBm -48 ± 9.5 -8 ± 9.5 24 ± 9.5

2

Class IV dBm -48 ± 9.5 -8 ± 9.5 20 ± 9.5

Class I dBm -48 ± 9.5 -8 ± 9.5 25 ± 9.5

Class II dBm -48 ± 9.5 -8 ± 9.5 24 ± 9.5

Class III dBm -48 ± 9.5 -8 ± 9.5 20 ± 9.5

5

Class IV dBm -48 ± 9.5 -8 ± 9.5 15 ± 9.5

3


4-22



Band Class



Class I dBm -51.2 ± 9.5 -11.2 ± 9.5 23.8 ± 9.5

0, 3, 7, and 9

Class II dBm -51.2 ± 9.5 -11.2 ± 9.5 20.8 ± 9.5

Class III dBm -51.2 ± 9.5 -11.2 ± 9.5 16.8 ± 9.5

Class I dBm -54.2 ± 9.5 -14.2 ± 9.5 20.8 ± 9.5

Class II dBm -54.2 ± 9.5 -14.2 ± 9.5 16.8 ± 9.5

1, 4, 6, and 8

Class III dBm -54.2 ± 9.5 -14.2 ± 9.5 11.8 ± 9.5

Class IV dBm -54.2 ± 9.5 -14.2 ± 9.5 6.8 ± 9.5

Class V dBm -54.2 ± 9.5 -14.2 ± 9.5 1.8 ± 9.5

Class II dBm -51.2 ± 9.5 -11.2 ± 9.5 23.8 ± 9.5

Class III dBm -51.2 ± 9.5 -11.2 ± 9.5 20.8 ± 9.5

2

Class IV dBm -51.2 ± 9.5 -11.2 ± 9.5 16.8 ± 9.5

Class I dBm -51.2 ± 9.5 -11.2 ± 9.5 21.8 ± 9.5

Class II dBm -51.2 ± 9.5 -11.2 ± 9.5 20.8 ± 9.5

Class III dBm -51.2 ± 9.5 -11.2 ± 9.5 16.8 ± 9.5

5

Class IV dBm -51.2 ± 9.5 -11.2 ± 9.5 11.8 ± 9.5

3


4-23



Band Class



Class I dBm -51.2 ± 9.5 -11.2 ± 9.5 23.8 ± 9.5

0, 7, and 9

Class II dBm -51.2 ± 9.5 -11.2 ± 9.5 20.8 ± 9.5

Class III dBm -51.2 ± 9.5 -11.2 ± 9.5 16.8 ± 9.5

Class I dBm -54.2 ± 9.5 -14.2 ± 9.5 20.8 ± 9.5

Class II dBm -54.2 ± 9.5 -14.2 ± 9.5 16.8 ± 9.5

1, 4, 6, and 8

Class III dBm -54.2 ± 9.5 -14.2 ± 9.5 11.8 ± 9.5

Class IV dBm -54.2 ± 9.5 -14.2 ± 9.5 6.8 ± 9.5

Class V dBm -54.2 ± 9.5 -14.2 ± 9.5 1.8 ± 9.5

Class II dBm -51.2 ± 9.5 -11.2 ± 9.5 23.8 ± 9.5

Class III dBm -51.2 ± 9.5 -11.2 ± 9.5 20.8 ± 9.5

2

Class IV dBm -51.2 ± 9.5 -11.2 ± 9.5 16.8 ± 9.5

Class I dBm -51.2 ± 9.5 -11.2 ± 9.5 21.8 ± 9.5

Class II dBm -51.2 ± 9.5 -11.2 ± 9.5 20.8 ± 9.5

Class III dBm -51.2 ± 9.5 -11.2 ± 9.5 16.8 ± 9.5

5

Class IV dBm -51.2 ± 9.5 -11.2 ± 9.5 11.8 ± 9.5

3

4.4.2 Time Response of Open Loop Power Control 4


Following a step change in the mean input power, the mean output power of the mobile 6

station changes as a result of the open loop power control. This test measures the open loop 7

power control time response to a step change in the mean input power. 8











4-24








7. Send alternating 0 and 1 power control bits on the Forward Power Control 8

Subchannel. 9

8. Change the input power by a step of +20 dB and measure the transmitted output 10

power as a function of time after the step change for 100 ms. 11

9. Change the input power by a step of -20 dB and measure the transmitted output 12


10. Change the input power by a step of -20 dB and measure the transmitted output 14


11. Change the input power by a step of +20 dB and measure the transmitted output 16


18

Table 4.4.2.2-1. Test Parameters for Time Response of Open Loop Power Control 19



orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7.4

20


Following a step change in mean input power, ∆Pin, the mean output power of the mobile 22

station shall transition to its final value in a direction opposite in sign to ∆Pin, with 23

magnitude contained between mask limits5 defined by: 24

(a) upper limit: 25

for 0 < t < 24 ms: max [1.2 × |∆Pin| × (t/24), |∆Pin| × (t/24) + 2.0 dB] + 1.5 dB, 26

5 The mask limits can be approximated by a piece-wise linear approximation. The mask limits allow for the effect of alternating closed loop power control bits.


4-25

for t ≥ 24 ms: max [1.2 × |∆Pin|, |∆Pin| + 0.5 dB] + 1.5 dB; 1

(b) lower limit: 2

for t > 0: max [0.8 × |∆Pin| × [1 - e(1.25 - t)/36] - 2.0 dB, 0] - 1 dB; 3

where t is expressed in units of milliseconds, ∆Pin is expressed in units of dB, and max [x,y] 4

is the maximum of x and y. Figure 4.4.2.3-1 shows the limits for ∆Pin = 20 dB. The absolute 5

value of the change in mean output power due to open loop power control shall be a 6

monotonically increasing function of time. If the change in mean output power consists of 7

discrete increments, no single increment due to open loop power control shall exceed 1.2 8

dB. 9

10

-

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

t (ms)

OutputPowerChange[dB]

11

12

Figure 4.4.2.3-1. Upper and Lower Limits for Open Loop Power Control Step Response 13

for ∆∆∆∆Pin = 20 dB 14

15

4.4.3 Access Probe Output Power 16

These tests shall be performed for each of the Access Channel, Spreading Rate 1 Enhanced 17

Access Channel and Spreading Rate 3 Enhanced Access Channel that the mobile station 18

supports. These tests shall be performed for each band class supported by the mobile 19

station. 20


This test verifies the following Access Channel and Enhanced Access Channel parameters: 22

nominal power offset, initial power offset, power increment between consecutive probes, 23

number of access probes in one probe sequence, and the number of probe sequences in one 24

mobile station page response access attempt. 25


4-26


4.4.3.2.1 Access Channel Probe Acquisition 2






3. Set Îor to -75 dBm /1.23 MHz. 8

4. Set the parameter MAX_RSP_SEQ in the Access Parameters Message to one. 9


6. Send a page to the mobile station on the Paging Channel. 11

7. Measure the mobile station output power for each probe at the antenna connector. 12

8. Change the parameter values in the Access Parameters Message to the values 13

specified below. Repeat steps 6 and 7. 14

15


NOM_PWR 3 (3 dB)

INIT_PWR 3 (3 dB)

PWR_STEP 1 (1 dB/step)



16

4.4.3.2.2 Enhanced Access Channel Probe Acquisition 17




2. For each Enhanced Access Channel spreading rate supported by the mobile station, 21




4. Set Îor to -75 dBm /1.23 MHz. 25

5. Set the parameter MAX_RSP_SEQ in the Enhanced Access Parameters Message to 26

one. 27


7. Send a page to the mobile station on the Forward Common Control Channel. 29


4-27

8. Measure the mobile station output power for each Enhanced Access Channel 1

access probe at the antenna connector. 2

9. Change the parameter values in the Enhanced Access Parameters Message to the 3

values specified below. Repeat steps 6 through 8. 4

5


EACH_NOM_PWR 3 (3 dB)

EACH_INIT_PWR 3 (3 dB)

EACH_PWR_STEP 1 (1 dB/step)

EACH_NUM_STEP 4 (5 probes/sequence)


6


For each Access Channel, Spreading Rate 1 Enhanced Access Channel and Spreading Rate 8

3 Enhanced Access Channel supported by the mobile station, the mobile station shall meet 9

the following requirements: 10

In the first access attempt: 11

(a) The power of all access probes shall be within a range of ±1 dB of each other. 12

(b) The number of access probes in an access probe sequence shall be five. 13

(c) There shall be one access probe sequence in the page response access attempt. 14

In the second access attempt: 15

(a) The power of the first access probe of each access probe sequence shall be 6 ± 1.2 dB 16

above the power of the access probes in the first access scenario. 17

(b) The power increment between consecutive access probes in each access probe 18

sequence shall be 1 ± 0.5 dB. 19

(c) The number of access probes in each access probe sequence shall be five. 20

(d) The number of access probe sequences in the page response access attempt shall be 21

three. 22

(e) The Access Channel probes shall be randomized as specified in Section 2.1.1.2.2 of 23

[5] and Section 2.2.4.4.2.1.4 of [6]. 24

4.4.4 Range of Closed Loop Power Control 25


The mobile station provides a closed loop adjustment to its open loop estimate. Adjustments 27

are made in response to valid received power control bits. The range of the adjustment is 28

defined by the difference between the maximum mobile station output power and the open 29


4-28

loop estimate, and the difference between the minimum mobile station output power and 1

the open loop estimate. 2





2. Set the power control step size to 1 dB. 7



4. If the mobile station supports demodulation of Radio Configuration 1 or 2, perform 10

steps 7 through 21 using Fundamental Channel Test Mode 1 (see 1.3). 11

5. If the mobile station supports the demodulation of Radio Configuration 3, 4, or 5, 12

perform steps 7 through 21 using Fundamental Channel Test Mode 3 or if the 13

Forward Fundamental Channel is not supported, perform steps 7 through 11 using 14

the Dedicated Control Channel Test Mode 3 (see 1.3). 15

6. If the mobile station supports demodulation of Radio Configuration 6, 7, 8, or 9, 16

perform steps 7 through 21 using Fundamental Channel Test Mode 7 or if the 17

Forward Fundamental Channel is not supported, perform steps 7 through 11 using 18

the Dedicated Control Channel Test Mode 7 (see 1.3). 19

7. Set up a call using the Fundamental Channel test mode or Dedicated Control 20

Channel test mode (see 1.3) with 9600 bps data rate only. 21

8. Set the attenuation in the Forward CDMA Channel to yield an open loop output 22

power, measured at the mobile station antenna connector, of -15 dBm (Test 1) and 23

perform steps 10 and 11. 24


power, measured at the mobile station antenna connector, of 19 dBm (Test 2) and 26

perform steps 10 and 11. 27

10. Transmit alternating 0 and 1 power control bits (the last bit is a 1 bit), followed 28

by 100 consecutive 0 power control bits, followed by 100 consecutive 1 power 29

control bits, and followed by 100 consecutive 0 power control bits. 30

11. Measure the mobile station output power. 31

12. Set up a call using the Fundamental Channel test mode (see 1.3) with 4800 bps 32

data rate only. 33


power, measured at the mobile station antenna connector, of -15 dBm when the 35

mobile station transmitter is gated on (Test 3) and perform steps 18 and 19. 36


data rate only. 38


4-29





data rate only. 5




18. Transmit alternating 0 and 1 valid power control bits (the last bit is a 1 bit), 9

followed by 100 consecutive 0 valid power control bits, followed by 100 consecutive 10

1 valid power control bits, and followed by 100 consecutive 0 valid power control 11

bits. Set all invalid power control bits to 0. 12

19. Measure the mobile station output power. 13

20. If the mobile station supports 0.5 dB power control step size, set the power control 14

step size to 0.5 dB and perform steps 7 through 17, with the exception of step 9. 15

Tests 6, 7, 8, and 9 are equivalent to Tests 1, 3, 4, and 5, with the exception of step 16

size. 17

21. If the mobile station supports 0.25 dB power control step size, set the power control 18

step size to 0.25 dB and perform steps 7 through 17, with the exception of step 9. 19

Tests 10, 11, 12, and 13 are equivalent to Tests 1, 3, 4, and 5, with the exception of 20

step size. 21


The average rate of change in mean output power requirement specified below applies to 23

mobile station output power up to 3 dB below the lower limit of the maximum output power 24

specified in Table 4.4.5.3-1. 25

Test 1: 26

(a) The closed loop power control range shall be at least ±24 dB around the open loop 27

estimate. 28

(b) The interval from the end of the first valid 1 power control bit after the 100 29

consecutive 0 valid power control bits to the time the mobile station output power 30

starts to decrease shall be no longer than 2.5 ms. 31

(c) The average rate of change in mean output power for 9600 bps data rate shall be 32

greater than 12.8 dB per 20 ms and less than 19.2 dB per 20 ms. 33

(d) Following the reception of any valid power control bit that occurs 2.5 ms after the 34

100 consecutive '0' valid power control bits, the mean output power of the mobile 35

station shall be within 0.3 dB of its final value in less than 500 µs. 36

Test 2: 37


4-30

(a) The interval from the end of the first valid 1 power control bit after the 100 1

consecutive 0 valid power control bits until the time the mobile station output 2

power starts to decrease shall be no longer than 2.5 ms. 3

Test 3: 4


estimate. 6



power starts to decrease shall be no longer than 5 ms. 9



Test 4: 12


estimate. 14






Test 5: 20


estimate. 22






Test 6: 28

(a) The average rate of change in mean output power for 9600 bps data rate shall be 29

greater than 12 dB per 40 ms and less than 20 dB per 40 ms. 30

(b) Following the reception of any valid power control bit that occurs 2.5 ms after the 31



Test 7: 34


greater than 6.0 dB per 40 ms and less than 10 dB per 40 ms. 36

Test 8: 37


4-31



Test 9: 3



Test 10: 6



(b) Following the reception of any valid power control bit bit that occurs 2.5 ms after the 9



Test 11: 12



Test 12: 15



Test 13: 18



4.4.5 Maximum RF Output Power 21


For each Reverse Traffic Channel Radio Configuration that the mobile station supports, the 23

maximum RF output power is defined as the maximum power that the mobile station 24

transmits as measured at the mobile station antenna connector. 25


1. Configure all of the open loop parameters to their maximum settings. 27

If the Access Channel is used, set the following parameters of the Access 28

Parameters Message as specified below: 29

30


4-32


NOM_PWR 7 (7 dB)

INIT_PWR 15 (15 dB)




1

If the Enhanced Access Channel is used, set the following parameters of the 2

Enhanced Access Parameters Message as specified below: 3

4


NOM_PWR_EACH 15 (15 dB)

INIT_PWR_EACH 15 (15 dB)

PWR_STEP_EACH 7 (7 dB/step)

NUM_STEP_EACH 15 (16 probes/sequence)

EACH_MAX_RSP_SEQ 15 (15 sequences)

5






4. If the mobile station supports Reverse Traffic Channel Radio Configuration 1 and 11

Forward Traffic Channel Radio Configuration 1, set up a call using Fundamental 12


through 12. 14

5. If the mobile station supports the Radio Configuration 3 Reverse Fundamental 15

Channel and demodulation of Radio Configuration 3, 4, or 5, set up a call using 16

Fundamental Channel Test Mode 3 (see 1.3) with 9600 bps data rate only and 17


6. If the mobile station supports the Radio Configuration 3 Reverse Dedicated Control 19


Dedicated Control Channel Test Mode 3 (see 1.3) with 9600 bps data rate only and 21

100% frame activity and perform steps 10 through 12. 22


Channel, Radio Configuration 3 Reverse Dedicated Control Channel and 24

demodulation of Radio Configuration 3, 4, or 5, set up a call using Fundamental 25


4-33

Channel Test Mode 3 (see 1.3) with 1500 bps Fundamental Channel data rate only 1

and 9600 bps Dedicated Control Channel with 100 % frame activity, and perform 2



Channel, Radio Configuration 3 Reverse Supplemental Channel 0 and 5

demodulation of Radio Configuration 3, 4, or 5, set up a call using Supplemental 6

Channel Test Mode 3 (see 1.3) with 9600 bps Fundamental Channel and 9600 bps 7

Supplemental Channel 0 data rate, and perform steps 10 through 12. 8




Channel Test Mode 3 (see 1.3) with 9600 bps Dedicated Control Channel with 100% 12

frame activity and 9600 bps Supplemental Channel 0 data rate, and perform steps 13

10 through 12. 14


11. Send continuously 0 power control bits to the mobile station. 16

12. Measure the mobile station output power at the mobile station antenna connector. 17


Channel and demodulation of Radio Configuration 6, 7, 8, or 9, set up a call using 19









demodulation of Radio Configuration 6, 7, 8, or 9, set up a call using Fundamental 28






demodulation of Radio Configuration 6, 7, 8, or 9, set up a call using Supplemental 34








18 through 20. 42


4-34




4

Table 4.4.5.2-1. Test Parameters for Maximum RF Output Power for Spreading Rate 1 5



orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7.4

6

Table 4.4.5.2-2. Test Parameters for Maximum RF Output Power for Spreading Rate 3 7



orc

IEPilot

dB -10

orc

IE Traffic

dB -12.4

8


For each radio configuration that the mobile station supports, the maximum output power 10

of each mobile station class shall be such that the maximum radiated power for the mobile 11

station class using the antenna gain recommended by the mobile station manufacturer is 12

within the limits specified in Table 4.4.5.3-1. When the mobile station is transmitting only 13

on the Reverse Dedicated Control Channel, the maximum output power requirements of the 14

mobile station specified in Table 4.4.5.3-1 may be reduced by 2.5 dB. When the mobile 15

station is transmitting only with the combination of Reverse Dedicated Control Channel and 16

1500 bps Reverse Fundamental Channel, the maximum output power requirements of the 17

mobile station specified in Table 4.4.5.3-1 may be reduced by 2 dB. 18

19


4-35

Table 4.4.5.3-1. Effective Radiated Power at Maximum Output Power 1

Band Class Mobile Station Class

Radiating Measurement

Lower Limit Upper Limit

Class I ERP 1 dBW (1.25 W) 8 dBW (6.3 W)

0, 3, and 9 Class II ERP -3 dBW (0.5 W) 4 dBW (2.5 W)

Class III ERP -7 dBW (0.2 W) 0 dBW (1.0 W)

Class I EIRP -2 dBW (0.63 W) 3 dBW (2.0 W)

Class II EIRP -7 dBW (0.2 W) 0 dBW (1.0 W)

Class III EIRP -12 dBW (63 mW) -3 dBW (0.5 W)

Class IV EIRP -17 dBW (20 mW) -6 dBW (0.25 W)

1, 4 and 8

Class V EIRP -22 dBW (6.3 mW) -9 dBW (0.13 W)

Class I EIRP -2 dBW (0.63 W) 3 dBW (2.0 W)

Class II EIRP -7 dBW (0.2 W) 0 dBW (1.0 W)



6 (outside Japan)


Class I and II EIRP -10 dBW (0.1 W) -6 dBW (0.25 W)



6 (in Japan)


Class II ERP 1 dBW (1.25 W) 8 dBW (6.3 W)

2 Class III ERP -3 dBW (0.5 W) 4 dBW (2.5 W)

Class IV ERP -7 dBW (0.2 W) 0 dBW (1.0 W)

Class I ERP 3 dBW (2.0 W) 10 dBW (10 W)

Class II ERP -2 dBW (0.63 W) 5 dBW (3.2 W)

Class III ERP -7 dBW (0.2 W) 0 dBW (1.0 W)

5

Class IV ERP -12 dBW (63 mW) -5 dBW (320 mW)

7 Class I ERP -3 dBW (0.5 W) 4 dBW (2.5 W)

Class II ERP -7 dBW (0.2 W) 0 dBW (1.0 W)

For Band Class 6 operation, the mobile station should use country code information in the overhead messages to determine the correct maximum radiated power allowed.

2


4-36

4.4.6 Minimum Controlled Output Power 1


The minimum controlled output power of the mobile station is the output power, measured 3

at the mobile station antenna connector, when both closed loop and open loop power 4

control indicate minimum output. 5





2. For each band class that the mobile station supports, configure the base station 10

and mobile station to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 7. 11




through 7. 15


up a call using Fundamental Channel Test Mode 7 or Control Channel Test Mode 7 17

(see 1.3) with 9600 bps data rate only and perform steps 5 through 7. 18




22

Table 4.4.6.2-1. Test Parameters for Minimum Controlled Output Power 23



orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7.4

24


With both closed loop and open loop power control set to minimum, the mean output power 26

of the mobile station shall be less than -50 dBm/1.23 MHz for Spreading Rate 1 or -50 27

dBm/3.69 MHz for Spreading Rate 3 centered at the CDMA Channel frequency. 28


4-37

4.4.7 Standby Output Power and Gated Output Power 1


The standby output power is the mobile station output power when its transmit functions 3

are disabled (e.g., during the Mobile Station Initialization State, Mobile Station Idle State and 4

during the System Access State when the mobile station does not transmit access probes). 5

When operating in the variable data rate transmission mode in Radio Configurations 1 and 6

2, or when operating with the Reverse Pilot Channel gating or Reverse Fundamental 7

Channel gating enabled, the mobile station transmits at nominal controlled power level only 8

during gated-on periods, each defined as a power control group. The transmitted power 9

level is suppressed during gated-off periods. This test measures the time response of the 10

mean output power for a gated-on power control group (1.25 ms). 11






3. Measure the output power, at the mobile station antenna connector, during the 17

Mobile Station Initialization State or during the Mobile Station Idle State. 18

4. Send a page to the mobile station and measure the output power, at the mobile 19

station antenna connector, during the time periods between transmission of access 20

probes. 21

5. If the mobile station supports Radio Configuration 1 or 2, set up a call using 22







PILOT_GATING_USE_RATE = 1 and PILOT_GATING_RATE = 01 (1/2 rate) or 10 29

(1/4 rate). The base station shall not transmit on the Forward Dedicated Control 30

Channel to the mobile station under test during the test. Perform steps 10 through 31

14. 32





PILOT_GATING_USE_RATE = 1 and PILOT_GATING_RATE = 01 (1/2 rate) or 10 37

(1/4 rate). The base station shall not transmit on the Forward Dedicated Control 38

Channel to the mobile station under test during the test. Perform steps 10 through 39

14. 40


4-38


station supports Reverse Fundamental Channel gating, set up a call using 2

Fundamental Channel Test Mode 3 (see 1.3). Send an Extended Channel 3

Assignment Message with REV_FCH_GATING_MODE equal to 1 (50% Reverse 4

Fundamental Channel transmission duty cycle). Send continuous 20 ms frames at 5

1500 bps data rate to the mobile station. Perform steps 10 through 14. 6


station supports Reverse Fundamental Channel gating, set up a call using 8

Fundamental Channel Test Mode 7 (see 1.3). Send an Extended Channel 9

Assignment Message with REV_FCH_GATING_MODE equal to 1 (50% Reverse 10

Fundamental Channel transmission duty cycle). Send continuous 20 ms frames at 11

1500 bps data rate to the mobile station. Perform steps 10 through 14. 12

10. Send alternating 0 and 1 valid power control bits on the Forward Traffic Channel 13

or the Forward Power Control Subchannel. 14

11. Measure the time response of the mobile station output power, averaged over at 15

least 100 transitions to and 100 transitions from gated-on power control groups. 16

The power is measured at the mobile station antenna connector. 17

12. If gating is enabled, perform steps 13 and 14. 18

13. Send alternating 0 and 1 valid power control bits on the Forward Power Control 19

Subchannel. 20

14. Measure the ratio of the Reverse Fundamental Channel and the Reverse Pilot 21

Channel, averaged over at least 100 gated-on power control groups. The power is 22

measured at the mobile station antenna connector. 23

24

Table 4.4.7.2-1. Test Parameters for Standby Output Power and Gated Output Power 25



orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7.4

26


Standby Output Power: 28

When the transmitter is disabled, the output noise power spectral density of the mobile 29

station shall be less than -61 dBm, measured in a 1 MHz resolution bandwidth at the 30

mobile station antenna connector, for frequencies within the mobile station transmit band. 31

Gated Output Power: 32


4-39

Given an ensemble of power control groups, all with the same mean output power, the time 1

response of the ensemble average shall be within the limits shown in Figure 4.4.7.3-1. The 2

mean output power of the ensemble average is the mean value of gated-on output power 3

measured within a 1.25 ms time window. The measured width of response between points 3 4

dB below the mean output power shall be at least 1.25 × K − 0.003 ms and within the range 5

shown in Figure 4.4.7.3-1, where K is 1 for Radio Configurations 1, 2, or Reverse Pilot 6

Channel gating and 2 for Reverse Fundamental Channel gating. The output power level 7

outside of a 1.25 × K + 0.014 ms time window shall be at least 20 dB below the mean 8

output power of the ensemble average as shown in Figure 4.4.7.3-1. 9

The ratio of the Reverse Fundamental Channel and the Reverse Pilot Channel shall be 10

within 0.25 dB of 1.25 dB. 11

12

(1.25 × K - 0.003) ms

20 dB or tonoise floor

Time response of theensemble average

(average power control group)

Mean output power ofthe ensemble average

(reference line)

µs 7 µs 7

3 dB

13

Figure 4.4.7.3-1. Transmission Envelope Mask (Average Gated-on Power Control 14

Group) 15

16

4.4.8 Power Up Function Output Power 17

The tests in this section shall be performed if the mobile station supports the power up 18

function using Radio Configuration 1 or 2. 19


This test verifies the following power up function parameters: probe duration, initial power 21

offset, power increment between consecutive probes, time interval between consecutive 22

probes, the total number of PUF probes in one PUF attempt, and the maximum number of 23

full power PUF probes. 24


4-40





2. Set up a call using Fundamental Channel Test Mode 1 (see 1.3). 5

3. Send alternating 0 and 1 power control bits on the Forward Power Control 6

Subchannel. 7

4. Set the base station to ignore all PUF attempts. 8

5. Send a Power Up Function Message to the mobile station with the values specified 9

below: 10

11


PUF_SETUP_SIZE 0 (1 power control group)

PUF_PULSE_SIZE 15 (16 power control groups)

PUF_INTERVAL 2 (2 frames between start of subsequent PUF probes)

PUF_INIT_PWR 8 (8 dB)

PUF_PWR_STEP 1 (1 dB/step)

TOTAL_PUF_PROBES 3 (4 probes)

MAX_PWR_PUF 0 (1 pulse at max power)

PUF_FREQ_INCL 0 (same as current)

12

6. Measure the mobile station output power for each PUF probe at the antenna 13

connector. 14

7. Send a Power Up Function Message with the values specified below. Repeat step 6. 15

16


4-41


PUF_SETUP_SIZE 0 (1 power control group)

PUF_PULSE_SIZE 15 (16 power control groups)

PUF_INTERVAL 2 (2 frames between start of subsequent PUF probes)

PUF_INIT_PWR 16 (16 dB)

PUF_PWR_STEP 4 (4 dB/step)

TOTAL_PUF_PROBES 7 (8 probes)

MAX_PWR_PUF 2 (3 pulses at max power)

PUF_FREQ_INCL 0 (same as current)

1


In the first PUF probe attempt: 3

(a) The power increment between consecutive access probes in each PUF probe 4

attempt shall be 1 ± 0.33 dB. 5

(b) The duration of each PUF probe shall be between 20 ms and 22.5 ms, including the 6

setup time. 7

(c) There shall be two frames between the start of subsequent PUF probes. 8

(d) The number of PUF probes in the PUF probe attempt shall be four. 9

In the second PUF probe attempt: 10

(a) The power of the first PUF probe of each PUF probe attempt shall be 8 ± 2.67 dB 11

above the power of the PUF probes in the first PUF probe attempt. 12

(b) The power increment between consecutive PUF probes in each PUF probe attempt 13

shall be 4 ± 1.33 dB. 14

(c) The duration of each PUF probe shall be between 20 ms and 22.5 ms, including the 15

setup time. 16

(d) There shall be two frames between the start of subsequent PUF probes. 17

(e) The number of PUF probes in each PUF probe attempt shall be less than eight. 18

(f) The mobile station shall not transmit more than three PUF probes at full power. 19

4.4.9 Code Channel to Reverse Pilot Channel Output Power Accuracy 20


Code channel to Reverse Pilot Channel output power accuracy is the permissible error in 22

mobile station mean output power between each of the radiated code channels and the 23

Reverse Pilot Channel during steady state operation. 24


4-42

The tests shall be performed for mobile stations that support the Reverse Pilot Channel. 1

These tests shall be performed for each band class supported by the mobile station. 2


4.4.9.2.1 Code Channel Output Power for the Enhanced Access Channel Header, 4

Enhanced Access Channel Data, and Reverse Common Control Channel Data 5






3. Set the Reverse Link Attribute Adjustment Gain Table and Reverse Channel 11

Adjustment Gain Table maintained by the mobile station to 0. 12


14



orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7.4 (SR 1)

-12.4 (SR 3)

15

5. Configure the base station so that the mobile station uses the Spreading Rate 1 or 16

Spreading Rate 3 Enhanced Access Channel. 17


specified below. 19

20







21



4-43

8. Monitor the mobile station transmitter output at the antenna connector with a 1

Code Domain Power Analyzer described in 6.4.2.2 during transmission of a probe 2

and measure the relative mean output power of the Enhanced Access Channel Data 3

to the Reverse Pilot Channel. 4

9. Configure the base station so that the mobile station monitors the Forward 5

Common Control Channel for Spreading Rate 1 (or Spreading Rate 3) and the 6

Common Assignment Channel. 7

10. Set the following values in the Enhanced Access Parameters Message: 8

9


RCCCH_RATE_MODE 0 (9600 bps, 20 ms frame size)

ACCESS_MODE 2 (Reservation Access Mode)

APPLICABLE_MODES 1 (Parameters are for Reservation Access Mode)

RA_PC_DELAY 4 (MS to ignore 4 PC bits after start of R-CCCH transmission)

RA_CPCCH_STEP_UP 1 (up step size is 0.5 dB)

RA_CPCCH_STEP_DN 1 (down step size is 0.5 dB)

CPCCH_RATE 2 (800 Hz power control rate)

NUM_PCSCH_RA 24 (24 Power Control Subchannels)

10

11. Send a Status Request Order on the Forward Common Control Channel. 11

12. Once the end of the header on the Enhanced Access Channel is detected at the 12

base station, send an Early Acknowledgement Channel Assignment Message on the 13

Common Assignment Channel addressed to the mobile station. 14

13. Send alternating 0 and 1 power control bits on the Common Power Control 15

Subchannel assigned to the mobile station. 16


Code Domain Power Analyzer described in 6.4.2.2 and measure the relative mean 18

output power of the Enhanced Access Channel Header and Reverse Common 19

Control Channel to the Reverse Pilot Channel. 20

4.4.9.2.2 Code Channel Output Power for the Reverse Traffic Channel 21







4-44



4. If the mobile station supports operation on the Reverse Fundamental Channel, set 3

up a call using Fundamental Channel Test Mode 3 (or 7) (see 1.3) with 9600 bps 4

data rate only, 20 ms frame length Radio Configuration 3 (or 7) Reverse 5

Fundamental Channel and perform steps 13 through 15. 6













8. If the mobile station supports operation on the Reverse Dedicated Control Channel, 19

set up a call using Dedicated Control Channel Test Mode 3 (or 7) (see 1.3) with 20

9600 bps data rate only, 20 ms frame length Radio Configuration 3 (or 7) Reverse 21

Dedicated Control Channel and perform steps 13 through 15. 22

9. If the mobile station supports convolutional coding on the Reverse Supplemental 23

Channel, set up a call using Supplemental Channel Test Mode 3 (or 7) (see 1.3) 24

with 9600 bps data rate only, 20 ms frame length with convolutional coding of the 25

Radio Configuration 3 (or 7) Reverse Supplemental Channel and perform steps 13 26

through 15. 27

10. If the mobile station supports convolutional coding on the Reverse Supplemental 28

Channel, set up a call using Supplemental Channel Test Mode 3 (or 7) (see 1.3) 29

with both the highest data rate supported by the mobile station using a 20 ms 30

frame length with convolutional coding of the Radio Configuration 3 (or 7) Reverse 31

Supplemental Channel, and either a Radio Configuration 3 (or 7) 9600 bps, 20 ms 32

frame length Reverse Fundamental Channel or 9600 bps, 20 ms frame length 33

Reverse Dedicated Control Channel with 100% duty cycle and perform steps 13 34

through 15. 35

11. If the mobile station supports turbo coding on the Reverse Supplemental Channel, 36

set up a call using Supplemental Channel Test Mode 3 (or 7) (see 1.3) with 19200 37

bps data rate only, 20 ms frame length with turbo coding of the Radio 38

Configuration 3 (or 7) Reverse Supplemental Channel and perform steps 13 39

through 15. 40

12. If the mobile station supports operation on the Reverse Supplemental Channel 41

using turbo coding, set up a call using Supplemental Channel Test Mode 3 (or 7) 42


4-45

(see 1.3) with both the highest data rate supported by the mobile station using a 20 1

ms frame length with turbo coding of the Radio Configuration 3 (or 7) Reverse 2

Supplemental Channel, and either a Radio Configuration 3 (or 7) 9600 bps, 20 ms 3

frame length Reverse Fundamental Channel or 9600 bps, 20 ms frame length 4

Reverse Dedicated Control Channel with 100% duty cycle and perform steps 13 5

through 15. 6


8



orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7.4 (SR 1)

-12.4 (SR 3)

9

14. Send alternating 0 and 1 power control bits on the Forward Traffic Channel. 10


Code Domain Power Analyzer described in 6.4.2.2 and measure the relative mean 12

output power of each active code channel to the Reverse Pilot Channel. 13


The mean output power difference between the Enhanced Access Channel Header and 15

Reverse Pilot Channel shall be 6.75 ± 0.25 dB. 16

The mean output power difference between either the Enhanced Access Channel Data or 17

Reverse Common Control Channel and the Reverse Pilot Channel shall be 3.75 ± 0.25 dB. 18

For tests not involving the Reverse Supplemental Channel, the mean output power 19

difference between each Reverse Traffic Channel code channel and the Reverse Pilot 20

Channel shall be the code channel accuracy specified in Table 4.4.9.3-1. 21

For tests involving the Reverse Supplemental Channel, the mean output power difference 22

between the Reverse Supplemental Channel code channel and the Reverse Pilot Channel 23

shall be the code accuracy specified in Table 4.4.9.3-1 and 4.4.9.3-2. For the Reverse 24

Fundamental Channel (or Reverse Dedicated Control Channel, whichever is the 25

configuration) being transmitted in addition to the Supplemental Channel, the mean output 26

power difference between the Reverse Fundamental Channel (or Reverse Dedicated Control 27

Channel) code channel and the Reverse Pilot Channel shall be the code accuracy specified 28

in Table 4.4.9.3-3 and 4.4.9.3-4. 29

30


4-46

Table 4.4.9.3-1. Code Channel Accuracy Requirements for the Reverse Fundamental 1

Channel, Reverse Dedicated Control Channel and (Convolutional Coded) Reverse 2

Supplemental Channel 3

Data Rate (bps)

Code Channel Accuracy (dB)

1500 -5.88 ± 0.25

2700 -2.75 ± 0.25

4800 -0.25 ± 0.25

9600 3.75 ± 0.25

19200 6.25 ± 0.25

38400 7.5 ± 0.25

76800 9 ± 0.25

153600 10.5 ± 0.25

307200 12 ± 0.25

614400 14 ± 0.25

4

Table 4.4.9.3-2. Code Channel Accuracy Requirements for the (Turbo Coded) Reverse 5

Supplemental Channel 6

Data Rate (bps)

Code Channel Accuracy (dB)

19200 5.5 ± 0.25

38400 7 ± 0.25

76800 8.5 ± 0.25

153600 9.5 ± 0.25

307200 11 ± 0.25

614400 14 ± 0.25

1036800 15.63 ± 0.25

7


4-47



Transmitted in Addition to the (Convolutional Coded) Reverse Supplemental Channel 3

R-SCH Data Rate (bps)

R-FCH (or R-DCCH) Code Channel Accuracy (dB)

9600 3.75 ± 0.25

19200 3.63 ± 0.25

38400 2.38 ± 0.25

76800 1.13 ± 0.25

153600 -0.75 ± 0.25

307200 -3 ± 0.35

614400 -4.75 ± 0.6

4



Transmitted in Addition to the (Turbo Coded) Reverse Supplemental Channel 7

R-SCH Data Rate (bps)

R-FCH (or R-DCCH) Code Channel Accuracy (dB)

19200 3.5 ± 0.25

38400 2.5 ± 0.25

76800 1.375 ± 0.25

153600 -0.375 ± 0.25

307200 -2.5 ± 0.25

614400 -3.5 ± 0.35

1036800 -6 ± 0.6

8

4.4.10 Reverse Pilot Channel Transmit Phase Discontinuity 9


This test measures the mobile station Reverse Pilot Channel phase over the total range of 11

mobile station output power levels. 12

The tests shall be performed for mobile stations that support the Reverse Pilot Channel. 13

These tests shall be performed for each spreading rate and band class supported by the 14

mobile station. 15


4-48


1. Connect the base station to the mobile station antenna connector as shown in Figure 2

6.5.1-4. The AWGN generator and the interferencegenerator are not applicable in this 3

test. 4

2. Set the power control step size to 1 dB. 5

3. For each band class that the mobile station supports, configure the base station and 6

mobile station to operate in that band class and perform steps 4 through 13. 7

4. If the mobile station supports operation on the Reverse Fundamental Channel, set up a 8


Radio Configuration 3 Reverse Fundamental Channel. Otherwise, set up a call using 10

Dedicated Control Channel Test Mode 3 (see 1.3) with 9600 bps data rate only Radio 11

Configuration 3 Reverse Dedicated Control Channel with 100% duty cycle. Perform 12


5. If the mobile station supports operation on the Reverse Fundamental Channel, set up a 14


Radio Configuration 5 Reverse Fundamental Channel. Otherwise, set up a call using 16

Dedicated Control Channel Test Mode 7 (see 1.3) with 9600 bps data rate only Radio 17

Configuration 5 Reverse Dedicated Control Channel with 100% duty cycle. Perform 18


6. Set the attenuation in the Forward CDMA Channel to yield a Reverse CDMA Channel 20

output power level, measured at the mobile station antenna connector, of -50 dBm and 21












output power level, measured at the mobile station antenna connector, of + 10 dBm and 33


11. Measure the Reverse Pilot Channel phase at the mobile station antenna connector while 35

transmitting an arbitrary number of alternating 0 and 1 valid power control bits (the 36

last bit is a 1 bit), followed by ten contiguous 00011000110001110101010101010101 37


4-49

valid power control bit sequences6, and followed by ten contiguous 1

11100111001110000101010101010101 valid power control bit sequences. Ensure that 2

the mobile station output power level changes within the requirements of this document 3

for each closed loop power control command sent to the mobile station. 4



last bit is a 1 bit), followed by ten contiguous 00000000011111110101010101010101 7

valid power control bit sequences, and followed by ten contiguous 8

11111111100000000101010101010101 valid power control bit sequences. Ensure that 9

the mobile station output power level changes within the requirements of this document 10

for each closed loop power control command sent to the mobile station. 11



last bit is a 1 bit), followed by sixteen consecutive 0 valid power control bits, and 14

followed by sixteen consecutive 1 valid power control bits. Ensure that the mobile 15

station output power level changes within the requirements of this document for each 16

closed loop power control command sent to the mobile station. 17


For all tests, the mobile station shall meet the following requirements on transmitted 19

Reverse Pilot Channel phase: 20

a) not to exceed more than one type one phase discontinuity in any 5 ms period over the 21

full range of mobile station output power, and 22

b) not to exceed more than one type two phase discontinuity in any 20 ms period over the 23

full range of mobile station output power, 24

where a type one phase discontinuity is defined as a phase change of greater than 56 25

degrees in less than 0.5 ms, and a type two phase discontinuity is a phase change of 26

greater than 90 degrees in less than 1 ms. 27

4.4.11 Reverse Traffic Channel Output Power During Changes in Data Rate 28


This test verifies the time response of the Reverse Traffic Channel output power at data rate 30

transition boundaries. 31

This test shall be performed for mobile stations that support the Reverse Supplemental 32

Channel. This test shall be performed for each band class supported by the mobile station. 33

6 The last sixteen power control bits of each sequence, i.e. 0101010101010101, are included to assist with phase transient test equipment pilot tracking loop reacquisition.


4-50



Figure 6.5.1-4. The AWGN generator and interference generator are not applicable 3

in this test. 4





4. If the mobile station supports the Radio Configuration 3 Reverse Supplemental 9

Channel, set up a call using either Fundamental Channel Test Mode 3 or Dedicated 10

Control Channel Test Mode 3 with 9600 bps data rate only (see 1.3) and perform 11


5. If the mobile station supports the Radio Configuration 5 Reverse Supplemental 13

Channel, set up a call using either Fundamental Channel Test Mode 7 or Dedicated 14

Control Channel Test Mode 7 with 9600 bps data rate only (see 1.3) and perform 15



18



orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7.4 (SR 1)

-12.4 (SR 3)

19

7. Configure the base station to direct the mobile station to periodically start and stop 20

transmission using the lowest supported data rate on the Reverse Supplemental 21

Channel and perform steps 9 and 10. 22

8. Configure the base station to direct the mobile station to periodically start and stop 23

transmission using the highest supported data rate on the Reverse Supplemental 24

Channel and perform steps 9 and 10. 25

9. Send alternating 0 and 1 power control bits on the Forward Traffic Channel. 26

10. Measure the mobile station output power at the data rate transition frame 27

boundary for at least 100 transitions in data rate. 28


The mean output power of the mobile station shall be within ±0.5 dB of its final value 30

within 200 µs of the data rate transition frame boundary. 31


4-51

4.5 Limitations on Emissions 1

4.5.1 Conducted Spurious Emissions 2


Conducted spurious emissions are emissions at frequencies that are outside the assigned 4

CDMA Channel, measured at the mobile station antenna connector. This test measures the 5

spurious emissions during continuous transmission. 6



Figure 6.5.1-4. The AWGN generator and the interferencegenerator are not 9

applicable in this test. Connect a spectrum analyzer (or other suitable test 10

equipment) to the mobile station antenna connector. 11

2. For each band class and radio configuration that the mobile station supports, 12

configure the base station and mobile station to operate in that band class and 13


3. Set the following parameters of the Access Parameters Message as specified below: 15

16


NOM_PWR 7 (7 dB)

INIT_PWR 15 (15 dB)




17

If the Enhanced Access Channel is used, set the following parameters of the 18

Enhanced Access Parameters Message as specified below: 19

20




PWR_STEP_EACH 7 (7 dB/step)

NUM_STEP_EACH 15 (16 probes/sequence)

EACH_MAX_RSP_SEQ 15 (15 sequences)

21

4. If the mobile station supports Reverse Traffic Channel Radio Configuration 1 and 22

Forward Traffic Channel Radio Configuration 1, set up a call using Fundamental 23


4-52


through 17. 2











demodulation of Radio Configuration 3, 4, or 5, set up a call using Fundamental 13














15 through 17. 27











demodulation of Radio Configuration 6, 7, 8, or 9, set up a call using Fundamental 38





4-53











15 through 17. 11



17. Measure the spurious emission levels. 14

15

Table 4.5.1.2-1. Test Parameters for Testing Spurious Emissions at Maximum RF 16

Output Power 17



orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7.4

18


Depending on local radio regulations, the mobile station shall meet ITU Category A or B 20

emissions rules as appropriate. For Band Class 5, 6, 8, and 9, a mobile station shall meet 21

ITU Category B emission rules. 22

4.5.1.3.1 Spreading Rate 1 23

When transmitting in Band Class 0, 2, 3, 5, 7 or 9 with Spreading Rate 1, the spurious 24

emissions shall be less than all limits specified in Table 4.5.1.3.1-1. 25

26


4-54

Table 4.5.1.3.1-1. Band Class 0, 2, 3, 5, 7 and 9 Transmitter Spurious Emission Limits 1

for Spreading Rate 1 2

For |∆∆∆∆f| Within the Range Emission Limit

885 kHz to 1.98 MHz Less stringent of -42 dBc/30 kHz or -54 dBm/1.23 MHz

1.98 MHz to 4.00 MHz Less stringent of -54 dBc/30 kHz or -54 dBm/1.23 MHz

> 1.98 MHz (Band Class 3 only)

-54 dBc/30 kHz

2.25 MHz to 4.00 MHz (Band Class 7 only)

-35 dBm/6.25 kHz

> 4.00 MHz (ITU Category A only)

-13 dBm / 1 kHz; -13 dBm / 10 kHz; -13 dBm/100 kHz; -13 dBm / 1 MHz;

9 kHz < f < 150 kHz 150 kHz < f < 30 MHz 30 MHz < f < 1 GHz 1 GHz < f < 5 GHz

> 4.00 MHz (ITU Category B only)

(required for Band Class 5 and 9)


9 kHz < f < 150 kHz 150 kHz < f < 30 MHz 30 MHz < f < 1 GHz 1 GHz < f < 12.75 GHz

Note: All frequencies in the measurement bandwidth shall satisfy the 3

restrictions on |∆f| where ∆f = center frequency - closer measurement edge 4

frequency (f). Compliance with the -35 dBm / 6.25 kHz limit is based on the 5

use of measurement instrumentation such that the reading taken with any 6

resolution bandwidth setting should be adjusted to indicate spectral power in a 7

6.25 kHz segment. For Band Class 3, the lower and upper limits of the 8

frequency measurement are currently 10 MHz and 3 GHz in Japan radio 9

measurement documents. 10

11

When transmitting in Band Class 1, 4, 6 or 8 with Spreading Rate 1, the spurious 12

emissions shall be less than all limits specified in Table 4.5.1.3.1-2. 13

14


4-55

Table 4.5.1.3.1-2. Band Class 1, 4, 6 and 8 Transmitter Spurious Emission Limits 1



1.25 MHz to 1.98 MHz less stringent of -42 dBc/30 kHz or -54 dBm/1.23 MHz

1.98 MHz to 4.00 MHz less stringent of -50 dBc/30 kHz or -54 dBm/1.23 MHz

2.25 MHz to 4.00 MHz (Band Class 6 only)

-[13 + 1 × (∆f 2.25 MHz)] dBm / 1 MHz

> 2.25 MHz (Band Class 6 in Japan only)

-13 dBm/ 1 MHz

> 4.00 MHz (ITU Category A)



> 4.00 MHz (ITU Category B)

(required for Band Class 6 and 8)





frequency (f). The lower and upper limits of the frequency measurement for 5

Band Class 6 greater than 2.25 MHz offset are currently unspecified in 6

Japan radio measurement documents. 7

8

When transmitting in Band Class 3, spurious emissions shall also be less than the limits 9

specified in Table 4.5.1.3.1-3. 10

11


4-56



Emission Limit

885-958 MHz, except 887-889 MHz 893-901 MHz 915-925 MHz

More stringent of -60 dBc / 30 kHz and 2.5µW (-26 dBm) / 30 kHz;

25µW (-16 dBm) / 30 kHz; Pout ≤ 30 dBm

< 885 MHz and

> 925 MHz

-16 dBm / 1 MHz; Pout ≤ 44 dBm

More stringent of -60 dBc / 1 MHz and 13 dBm / 1 MHz; Pout > 44 dBm

The lower and upper limits of the frequency measurement are currently 10 MHz and 3 GHz in Japan radio measurement documents.

2

When transmitting in Band Class 6 with Spreading Rate 1, the spurious emissions shall 3

also be less than the requirements in Table 4.5.1.3.1-4. 4

5




Emission Limit Victim Band

1893.5 to 1919.6 MHz -41 dBm / 300 kHz PHS

925 to 935 MHz -67 dBm / 100 kHz GSM 900

935 to 960 MHz -79 dBm / 100 kHz GSM 900

1805 to 1880 MHz -71 dBm / 100 kHz DCS 1800

Note: Measurements apply only when the measurement frequency is 8

at least 11.25 MHz from the CDMA center frequency. The non-PHS 9

band measurements are made on frequencies which are integer 10

multiples of 200 kHz. As exceptions, up to five measurements with a 11

level up to the spurious emission limits in Table 4.5.1.3.1-2 are 12

allowed. 13

14


4.5.1.3.2 Spreading Rate 3 16

When transmitting with Spreading Rate 3, the spurious emissions shall be less than the 17

limits specified in Table 4.5.1.3.2-1. 18

19


4-57

Table 4.5.1.3.2-1. Transmitter Spurious Emission Limits for Spreading Rate 3 1


2.5 MHz to 2.7 MHz -14 dBm / 30 kHz

2.7 MHz to 3.5 MHz -[14 + 15 × (∆f 2.7 MHz)] dBm / 30 kHz

3.08 MHz (Band Class 6 only) -33 dBc / 3.84 MHz

3.5 MHz to 7.5 MHz -[13 + 1 × (∆f 3.5 MHz)] dBm / 1 MHz

7.5 MHz to 8.5 MHz -[17 + 10 × (∆f 7.5 MHz)] dBm / 1 MHz

8.08 MHz (Band Class 6 only) -43 dBc / 3.84 MHz

8.5 MHz to 12.5 MHz -27 dBm / 1 MHz

3.5 MHz to 7.5 MHz

(Band Class 6 in Japan only)

-13 dBm / 1 MHz

7.5 MHz to 10 MHz (Band Class 6 in Japan only)

-23 dBm / 1 MHz

>10MHz (Band Class 6 in Japan only)

-27 dBm / 1 MHz

> 12.5 MHz (ITU Category A) -13 dBm / 1 kHz; -13 dBm / 10 kHz; -13 dBm/100 kHz; -13 dBm / 1 MHz;


> 12.5 MHz (ITU Category B) (required for Band Class 5, 6,

8 and 9)





frequency (f). The requirements at offsets of 3.08 and 8.08 MHz are equivalent 4

to ACLR requirements of 33 and 43 dB from a Spreading Rate 3 mobile station 5

transmitter into a Spreading Rate 3 or IMT-DS mobile station receiver offset by 6

5 and 10 MHz respectively. 7

8

A Band Class 6 mobile station with Spreading Rate 3 shall also meet the requirements in 9

Table 4.5.1.3.2-2. 10

11


4-58




Emission Limit Victim Band

1893.5 to 1919.6 MHz -41 dBm / 300 kHz PHS

925 to 935 MHz -67 dBm / 100 kHz GSM 900

935 to 960 MHz -79 dBm / 100 kHz GSM 900

1805 to 1880 MHz -71 dBm / 100 kHz DCS 1800

Note: Measurements apply only when the measurement frequency is 3

at least 12.5 MHz from the CDMA center frequency. The non-PHS 4

band measurements are made on frequencies which are integer 5

multiples of 200 kHz. As exceptions, up to five measurements with a 6

level up to the spurious emission limits in Table 4.5.1.3.2-1 are 7

allowed. 8

9


4.5.2 Radiated Spurious Emissions 11

Current region-specific radio regulation rules shall apply. 12

For example, a Band Class 7 base station operating under US regional requirements shall 13

limit radiated spurious to less than 70 dBW/MHz EIRP in the GPS band from 1559 to 14

1610 MHz. 15

4.5.3 Occupied Bandwidth 16

This test is applicable to Band Class 3 and 6 mobile stations only. 17


The occupied bandwidth is defined as the frequency range, whereby the power of emissions 19

averaged over the frequency above and under the edge frequency are 0.5 % each of the total 20

radiation power of a modulated carrier. 21




applicable in this test. Connect a spectrum analyzer to the mobile station antenna 25

connector. 26




and 5. 30


4-59

3. If the mobile station supports Band Class 6 and demodulation of Radio 1

Configuration 6, 7, 8, or 9, set up a call using Fundamental Channel Test Mode 7 2

or Control Channel Test Mode 7 (see 1.3) with 9600 bps data rate only and perform 3

steps 4 and 5. 4



6. Set the resolution bandwidth of the spectrum analyzer to 30 kHz. The value of the 7

occupied bandwidth is calculated by an external or internal computer by summing 8

all samples stored as total power. 9

10

Table 4.5.3.2-1. Test Parameters for Testing Occupied Bandwidth at Maximum RF 11

Output Power 12



orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7.4

13


The occupied bandwidth shall not exceed 1.48MHz for Spreading Rate 1 and 4.6MHz for 15

Spreading Rate 3 (Band Class 6 only). 16


5-1

5 CDMA ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1

5.1 Temperature and Power Supply Voltage 2

5.1.1 Definition 3

The temperature and voltage ranges denote the ranges of ambient temperature and power 4

supply input voltages over which the mobile station will operate and meet the requirements 5

of these standards. The ambient temperature is the average temperature of the air 6

surrounding the mobile station. The power supply voltage is the voltage applied at the input 7

terminals of the mobile station. The manufacturer shall specify the temperature range and 8

the power supply voltage over which the equipment is to operate. In order to provide a 9

convenient means for the manufacturer to express the temperature range under which the 10

mobile station conforms to these recommended minimum standards, temperature ranges 11

designated by letters are defined in Table 5.1.1-1. 12

13

Table 5.1.1-1. Temperature Ranges 14

Designator Range

A -40°C to +70°C

B -30°C to +60°C

C -20°C to +50°C

D 0°C to +45°C

15


The mobile station shall be installed in its normal configuration (i.e., in its normal 17

mounting arrangement fully assembled) and placed in a temperature chamber. The 18

temperature chamber shall be stabilized at the manufacturer's highest specified operating 19

temperature, and the mobile station shall be operated over the power supply input voltage 20

range specified by the manufacturer or ±10%, whichever is greater. With the mobile station 21

operating, the temperature shall be maintained at the specified test temperature without 22

forced circulation of air from the temperature chamber being directly applied to the mobile 23

station. The measurements specified in 5.1.3 shall then be performed. 24

Turn the mobile station off, stabilize the mobile station in the chamber at room 25

temperature, and repeat the measurements specified in 5.1.3. 26

Turn the mobile station off, stabilize the mobile station in the chamber at the coldest 27

operating temperature specified by the manufacturer, and repeat the measurements 28

specified in 5.1.3. 29

The overall temperature range may be reduced to a lesser range than -30°C to +60°C if the 30

manufacturer uses circuitry that automatically inhibits RF transmission when the 31

temperature falls outside the lesser range specified. Measurements shall be made at the 32


5-2

specified extremes of the manufacturers temperature range. The manufacturer shall verify 1

that RF transmission is inhibited outside of the specified temperature range. 2


The mobile station equipment shall meet all of the minimum standards specified in Sections 4

3 and 4 under the standard environmental test conditions specified in 6.2 for all supported 5

band classes. Over the ambient temperature and power supply ranges specified by the 6

manufacturer, the operation of the mobile station equipment shall meet the following 7

minimum standards for all supported band classes unless noted otherwise: 8

1. Receiver sensitivity and dynamic range as specified in 3.5.1.3. The received CDMA 9

power, Îor, used to measure receiver sensitivity may be increased 2 dB at 60°C and 10

higher. 11

2. Frequency accuracy as specified in 4.1.1.3. 12

3. Waveform quality as specified in 4.3.2.3. 13

4. Range of estimated open loop output power as specified in 4.4.1.3. For 14

temperatures outside of the range +15°C to +35°C, the test tolerance lower limit 15

may be relaxed to -12.5 dB. 16

5. Range of closed loop correction as specified in 4.4.4.3. 17

6. Maximum RF output power as specified in 4.4.5.3. For Temperature Range 18

Designators A and B, the ERP for a band classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9 mobile station 19

may drop by 2 dB7 at 60°C and higher. For Temperature Range Designators A and 20

B, the EIRP for a band classes 1, 4, 6 and 8 Class II through V mobile station may 21

drop by 2 dB7 at 60°C and higher. These requirements do not apply other than for 22

coldest, room and highest operating temperature test points. 23

7. Minimum controlled output power as specified in 4.4.6.3. 24

8. Conducted spurious emissions as specified in 4.5.1.3. 25

5.2 High Humidity 26

5.2.1 Definition 27

The term high humidity denotes the relative humidity at which the mobile station will 28

operate with the specified performance. 29

7 For the test configuration in 4.4.5.2 where the mobile station is transmitting only on the Reverse Dedicated Control Channel, or only on the Reverse Dedicated Control Channel and 1500 bps Reverse Fundamental Channel, this 2 dB maximum RF output power drop allowance above 60°C is in addition to the allowances in 4.4.5.3 due to the tested channel configurations.


5-3


The mobile station, after having operated normally under standard test conditions, shall be 2

placed, inoperative, in a humidity chamber with the humidity maintained at 0.024/gm 3

H2O/gm Dry Air at 50°C (40% Relative Humidity) for a period of not less than eight hours. 4

The measurements specified in 3.5.1 (receiver sensitivity and dynamic range) and 4.3.2 5

(waveform quality) shall then be performed. No readjustment of the mobile station shall be 6

allowed during this test. 7

Turn the mobile station off, stabilize the mobile station in the chamber at standard 8

conditions within six hours, and perform the measurements specified in Sections 3 and 4 of 9

this standard. 10


The mobile station equipment shall meet the minimum standards specified in 3.5.1.3 and 12

4.3.2.3 under the high humidity conditions. Once stabilized in standard conditions, the 13

mobile station shall meet all the minimum standards specified in Sections 3 and 4 of this 14

standard. 15

5.3 Vibration Stability 16

5.3.1 Definition 17

Vibration stability is the ability of the mobile station to maintain specified mechanical and 18

electrical performance after being vibrated. 19


Sinusoidal vibration at 1.5 g acceleration swept through the range of 5 to 500 Hz at the rate 21

of 0.1 octave/second shall be applied to the mobile station in three mutually perpendicular 22

directions (sequentially) for a single sweep rising in frequency followed by a single sweep 23

falling in frequency. 24


The mobile station equipment shall meet all the minimum standards specified in Sections 3 26

and 4 after being subjected to the above vibration tests. 27

5.4 Shock Stability 28

5.4.1 Definition 29

Shock stability is the ability of the mobile station to maintain specified mechanical and 30

electrical performance after being shocked. 31


The mobile station shall be subjected to three test table impacts, in three mutually 33

perpendicular directions and their negatives, for a total of 18 impacts. In all cases, the 34

mobile station shall be secured to the test table by its normal mounting hardware. Each 35


5-4

impact shall be a half sine wave, lasting from 7 to 11 ms, with at least 20 g peak 1

acceleration. 2


The mobile station equipment shall meet all the minimum standards specified in Sections 3 4

and 4 of this standard and shall not suffer any mechanical damage after being subjected to 5

the above shock tests. 6

7


6-1

6 CDMA STANDARD TEST CONDITIONS 1

6.1 Standard Equipment 2

6.1.1 Basic Equipment 3

The equipment shall be assembled, and any necessary adjustments shall be made in 4

accordance with the manufacturer's instructions for the mode of operation required. When 5

alternative modes are available, the equipment shall be assembled and adjusted in 6

accordance with the relevant instructions. A complete series of measurements shall be 7

made for each mode of operation. 8

6.1.2 Associated Equipment 9

The mobile station equipment may include associated equipment during tests, provided 10

that the associated equipment is normally used in the operation of the equipment under 11

test. For mobile station equipment, this may include power supplies, handsets, cradles, 12

charging stands, control cables, and battery cables. 13

6.2 Standard Environmental Test Conditions 14

Measurements under standard atmospheric conditions shall be carried out under any 15

combination of the following conditions: 16

Temperature: +15°C to +35°C 17

Relative humidity: 45% to 75% 18

Air pressure: 86,000 Pa to 106,000 Pa (860 mbar to 1060 mbar) 19

If desired, the results of the measurements can be corrected by calculation to the standard 20

reference temperature of 25°C and the standard reference air pressure of 101,300 Pa 21

(1013 mbar). 22

6.3 Standard Conditions for the Primary Power Supply 23

6.3.1 General 24

The standard test voltages shall be those specified by the manufacturer, or an equivalent 25

type that duplicates the voltage, impedance, and ampere hours (if relevant for the 26

measurement) of the recommended supply. 27

6.3.2 Standard DC Test Voltage from Accumulator Batteries 28

The standard (or nominal) DC test voltage specified by the manufacturer shall be equal to 29

the standard test voltage of the type of accumulator to be used, multiplied by the number of 30

cells minus an average DC power cable loss value that the manufacturer determines as 31

being typical (or applicable) for a given installation. Since accumulator batteries may or may 32

not be under charge or may be in a state of discharge when the equipment is being 33

operated, the manufacturer shall also test the equipment at anticipated voltage extremes 34

above and below the standard voltage. The test voltages shall not deviate from the stated 35


6-2

values by more than ±2% during a series of measurements carried out as part of a single 1

test on the same equipment. 2

6.3.3 Standard AC Voltage and Frequency 3

For equipment that operates from the AC mains, the standard AC test voltage shall be equal 4

to the nominal voltage specified by the manufacturer. If the equipment is provided with 5

different input taps, the one designated nominal shall be used. The standard test 6

frequency and the test voltage shall not deviate from their nominal values by more than 7

±2%. 8

The equipment shall operate without degradation with input voltage variations of up to 9

±10%, and shall maintain its specified transmitter frequency stability for input voltage 10

variations of up to ±15%. The frequency range over which the equipment is to operate shall 11

be specified by the manufacturer. 12

6.4 Standard Test Equipment 13

6.4.1 Standard Channel Simulator 14

6.4.1.1 Channel Model Parameters 15

The channel simulator shall support the following channel model parameters: 16

All paths are independently faded. 17

The fading is Rayleigh. The probability distribution function of power, F(P), of the 18

signal power level P is: 19

≤>−=

−

0 P 0, 0P,e1)P(F

aveP/P, 20

where Pave is the mean power level. 21

The level crossing rate, L(P) is: 22

≤

>⋅⋅π=−

0P 0, 0P,efP/P2)P(L

aveP/Pdave , 23

where fd is the Doppler frequency offset associated with the simulated vehicle speed 24

given by 25

cd fcvf

= , 26

where fc is the carrier frequency, v is the vehicle speed, and c is the speed of light in 27

a vacuum. 28


6-3

The power spectral density, S(f), is: 1

+≤≤−

−−=

otherwise 0,

,

1

1

)(2

dcdc

dc

fffff

ffffS 2

The autocorrelation coefficient of the unwrapped phase8, ρ(t), is: 3

( )[ ] ( )[ ] ( )[ ]∑∞

=

−− π

π−

π

π+π

π=ρ

1n2

n2d0

2

2

d01

d01

n

tf2J

43tf2Jsin

216tf2Jsin

23)t( , 4

where J0( ) is a zero-order Bessel function of the first kind. 5

This autocorrelation coefficient is shown in Figure 6.4.1-1. 6

-0.2

0.0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3

Lag t in units of 1 / Doppler Frequency

ρρ ρρ(t)

7

Figure 6.4.1-1. Autocorrelation Coefficient of the Phase 8

9

8 The term unwrapped refers to the continuous nature of the phase, that is, with no discontinuities of 2π.


6-4

6.4.1.2 Channel Model Parameter Conditions and Tolerances 1

The following standard conditions and tolerances on the channel model parameters shall be 2

supported by the channel simulator: 3

Vehicle speed, v: 3 km/h for band classes 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, and 9. 4

Vehicle speed, v: 6 km/h for Band Class 5. 5


Vehicle speed, v: 14 km/h for band classes 1, 4, 6 and 8. 7






Power distribution function, F(P): 13

1. The tolerance9 shall be within ±1 dB of calculated, for power levels from 10 dB 14

above to 20 dB below the mean power level. 15

2. The tolerance shall be within ±5 dB of calculated, for power levels from 20 dB 16

below to 30 dB below the mean power level. 17

Level crossing rate, L(P): 18

The tolerance10 shall be within ±10% of calculated, for power levels from 3 dB 19

above to 30 dB below the mean power level. 20

Measured power spectral density, S(f), around the carrier, fc: 21

1. At frequency offsets |f - fc| = fd, the maximum power spectral density S(f) shall 22

exceed S(fc) by at least 6 dB. 23

2. For frequency offsets |f - fc| > 2fd, the maximum power spectral density S(f) 24

shall be less than S(fc) by at least 30 dB. 25

Simulated Doppler frequency, fd, shall be computed from the measured S(f) as 26

( )2/12

cd

df)f(S

dffS)ff(2f

−=

∫∫ 27

9 The tolerance is defined as the error in power expressed in dB, i.e. 10log10(actual/calculated).

10 The tolerance is defined as the error in level crossing rate expressed as the ratio between actual and calculated values.


6-5

Measured autocorrelation function of the unwrapped phase, ρ(t): 1

1. At a lag of 0.05/fd, ρ(t) shall be 0.8 ± 0.1. 2

2. At a lag of 0.15/fd, ρ(t) shall be 0.5 ± 0.1. 3

6.4.1.3 Channel Simulator Configurations 4

The standard channel simulator shall support all the configurations specified in Table 5

6.4.1.3-1. 6

7

Table 6.4.1.3-1. Standard Channel Simulator Configurations 8

9

6.4.2 Waveform Quality Measurement Equipment 10

6.4.2.1 Rho Meter for Radio Configuration 1 and 2 11

When operating in Radio Configuration 1 and 2, the mobile station transmitter generates O-12

QPSK signals as described in Section 2.1.3.1 of [4]. 13

The ideal, complex, transmitter signal is given as 14

tj 0e)t(R)t(s ω= , 15

where R(t) is the complex envelope of the transmitter signal and ω0 is the radian carrier 16

frequency. 17

The samples of R(t) at t = kTs are given as 18

Channel Simulator Configuration

Parameters 1 2 3 4 5 6

Vehicle Speed [km/h]

Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 7, and 9

8 30 30 100 0 3

Band Classes 1, 4, 6 and 8

8 14 30 100 0 3

Band Class 5 15 58 58 192 0 6

Number of Paths 2 2 1 3 2 1

Path 2 Power (Relative to Path 1) [dB] 0 0 N/A 0 0 N/A

Path 3 Power (Relative to Path 1) [dB] N/A N/A N/A -3 N/A N/A

Delay from Path 1 to Input [µs] 0 0 0 0 0 0

Delay from Path 2 to Input [µs] 2 2 N/A 2 2 N/A

Delay from Path 3 to Input [µs] N/A N/A N/A 14.5 N/A N/A


6-6

( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )∑ ∑ φ−−+φ−=n n

nccsncss sin2/TnTkTgjcosnTkTgkTR , 1

where g(kTs) is the unit impulse response of the baseband filter described in Section 2

2.1.3.1.13 of [4]. Tc is the duration of a PN chip, and φn is the phase corresponding to the 3

nth chip, occurring at time tn = nTc , as specified in [4]. The chip rate, 1/Tc , is 1.2288 4

Mcps. The sample rate 1/Ts equals 4/Tc . 5

Modulation accuracy is the ability of the transmitter to generate the ideal signal, s(t). 6

The actual, complex, transmitter waveform is given as 7

( ) ( )[ ] ( )( )τ+ω∆+ω+τ+= tj0 0etE)t(RCtx , 8

where τ is the time offset of the actual transmit signal referenced to the time coordinate of 9

R(t); 0j00 eAC θ= is a complex constant representing the magnitude of the transmitter 10

signal, A0, and arbitrary phase, θ0; ∆ω is the radian frequency offset of the actual carrier 11

relative to the frequency of the ideal carrier; and E(t) is the complex envelope of the error of 12

the actual transmitter signal with respect to the ideal transmitted signal. 13

The time and frequency offset of the actual transmitter signal is corrected by multiplying by 14

a complex factor to produce 15

( ) ( ) ( )[ ]t j 0e txty ω∆+ωτ−= , 16

in which τ and ω∆ are estimates, to the accuracy specified below, of the transmit time 17

offset and the frequency offset of the actual transmitter signal. The radian frequency offset, 18

ω∆ , is converted to frequency offset in Hertz by πω∆=∆ 2/f . 19

The parameters τ , ∆ ˆ ω and θ 0 shall be determined such that the sum-square-error between 20

the reference signal and the signal-under-test is minimized. 21

The ρ-meter shall contain a band-limiting filter. This filter should have less than ±0.1 dB 22

ripple in the passband, and a minimum corner frequency (0.1 dB) of 700 kHz. At 23

frequencies greater than 1.2 MHz, the filter shall have at least 40 dB rejection. The 24

implementation of this filter shall be determined by the ρ-meter manufacturer, consistent 25

with the accuracy requirements specified below. 26

Z(t) denotes the actual output of the filter. 27

Modulation accuracy is measured by determining the fraction of power at the filter output, 28

Z(t), that correlates with the ideal waveform, R(t), sampled at the ideal decision points tk = 29

2(k-1)Ts = (k-1)Tc/2. Modulation accuracy is given in terms of the transmitter waveform 30

quality factor, ρ, defined as 31


6-7

∑ ∑

∑

= =

==ρM

1k

M

1k

2k

2k

2M

1k

*kk

ZR

ZR

, 1

where Zk = Z(tk) is the kth sample of the compensated transmit signal in the measurement 2

interval; Rk = R(tk) is the kth sample of the ideal signal in the measurement interval; and M 3

is the measurement interval in half-chips comprising at least 500 µs for Spreading Rate 1 4

and 167 µs for Spreading Rate 3. 5

The value of ∆ ˆ ω found in minimizing the mean-squared-error for E(t) is the carrier 6

frequency error in radians-Hz. 7

The value of ˆ τ found in minimizing the mean-squared-error for E(t) is the transmit time 8

error in µs. 9

The accuracy of the waveform quality measurement equipment shall be as follows: 10

Waveform quality factor (ρ): ± 0.003 over the range of 0.90 to 1.00. 11

Frequency offset: ± 30 Hz. 12

Transmit time offset: ± 135 ns. 13

The equipment shall be tunable over the applicable bands and be operational over the 14

amplitude range of -50 to +40 dBm. External attenuators and/or amplifiers may be used to 15

meet these power requirements and may be considered as part of the equipment. 16

6.4.2.2 Rho Meter for Radio Configuration 3 through 9 17

When operating in Radio Configuration 3 through 9, the mobile station transmitter 18

generates HPSK signals as described in Section 2.1.3.1 of [4]. 19

6.4.2.2.1 The Ideal Composite Reference Signal 20

A code-channel is established by the Walsh function for that channel, denoted as [ ]kWNm . 21

This represents a Walsh function of length N that is serially constructed from the mth row 22

of a N × N Hadamard matrix. For additional details of the recursive procedure for 23

constructing Walsh functions from Hadamard matrices, see 2.1.3.1.8.1 of [4]. 24

The reference signal for the ( )thN,m code-channel is written as11 25

11 The convention is to use round brackets, ( ), for continuous time and square brackets, [ ], for discrete time. The function x is equal to the largest integer less than or equal to x, and the function

k mod N is equal to the remainder when k is divided by N. xRe denotes the real part of x, and

xIm denotes the imaginary part of x.


6-8

[ ] [ ]NmodkWN/kd]k[R Nm

Nm

Nm = 1

where the integer k corresponds to time; t = kTc, where Tc is the chip interval. [ ]ndNm is the 2

complex data symbol, where [ ] ndRe Nm and [ ] ndIm N

m take on values ± 1, or null (when 3

[ ]ndNm is either purely real or purely imaginary). 4

The ideal, composite, reference signal is given as 5

[ ] [ ] [ ] [ ]∑ β+α=N,m

Nm

Nm

Nm

Nm kRImjkRRekR 6

where the summation is over the values of m,N corresponding to the active code-channels. 7

Nmα and N

mβ correspond to the relative magnitudes of the signals sent to the I and Q-8

channels of the modulator, respectively, for the (m,N)th code-channel. Either Nmα or N

mβ 9

may equal zero, when only the I or Q component of the (m,N)th code-channel is used, and 10

Nmα = N

mβ , when a balanced QPSK signal is transmitted on the code-channel. The range of 11

the time variable, k, extends over a multiple of Nmax, where Nmax is the maximum length of 12

the Walsh functions, and starts and stops at the beginning and end of maximal length 13

Walsh intervals. 14

6.4.2.2.2 The Transmitter Signal-Under-Test 15

The complex envelope, R[k], is scrambled by a complex, pseudo-noise, sequence, P[k], to 16

produce the complex envelope of the ideal, spread-spectrum, signal given as 17

W[k] = P[k] R[k] 18

The ideal transmitter signal is obtained by passing W[k] through a transmitter filter 19

followed by a digital-to-analog converter, reconstruction filter, and upconverter. The filtered 20

and reconstructed baseband signal is written as 21

( ) [ ] ( )ck

kTthkWtS −=∑ 22

where h(t) is the unit-impulse response of a filter for which h[k], specified in Table 23

2.1.3.1.13.1-1 of [4] for Spreading Rate 1 and Table 2.1.3.1.13.2-1 of [4] for Spreading Rate 24

3, is impulse-invariant with values h(k Tc/4) = h(k). 25

The complex transmitter signal-under-test is given as12 26

( ) ( )[ ] ( )( )[ ]0c tff2j0 e)t(EtStx θ+τ+∆+πτ++τ+= 27

12 The actual transmitter signal is the real-part of x(t).


6-9

where cf is the nominal carrier frequency, f∆ is the carrier frequency error, 0θ is the 1

arbitrary carrier phase, τ is the time-offset of the signal-under-test relative to the ideal 2

signal, and ( )tEo is the complex envelope of the error (deviation from ideal) of the 3

transmitter signal-under-test. x(t) is time aligned with the reference signal, and 4

compensated in frequency and phase, by introducing a time correction and a complex 5

multiplicative factor to produce 6

( ) ( ) ( )[ ]θ+∆+π−τ−=tff2j cetxty 7

The parameters θ∆τ and,f, shall be determined such that the sum-square-error between 8

the reference signal and the signal-under-test is minimized. 9

y(t) shall be passed through a complementary filter to remove the interchip interference 10

(ICI) introduced by the transmitter filter. The impulse response of the filter resulting from 11

cascading the complementary filter with the ideal transmitter filter shall satisfy Nyquists 12

criterion for zero ICI approximated by filter null levels at least 50 dB below the on-time 13

response at the appropriate sample times.. The complementary filter will determine the 14

bandwidth of the measurement equipment, and shall have a noise bandwidth not greater 15

than cT2

1 . 16

6.4.2.2.3 Active Code-Channel Identification, Symbol Detection and Parameter Estimation 17

In the identification of active channels, symbol detection, and in the measurement of 18

modulation accuracy described below, it is implied that synchronization is performed so 19

that the time record of the baseband signal-under-test is coincident with the ideal reference 20

signal. 21

The identification of active code-channels provides the set of m,N necessary for generating 22

the composite reference signal. Active code-channels can be identified by employing a test 23

signal or by measuring the code-domain power (CDP), to be defined below, of the signal-24

under-test and identifying channels as active if their CDP is above a predetermined 25

threshold. It is suggested that a test signal be specified to reduce the degree of uncertainty 26

in the measurement. 27

Detection of the symbols, [ ]ndNm , is necessary for generating a reference signal. The 28

symbols can be detected using a conventional detection procedure. The probability of 29

symbol detection error shall be negligibly small. 30

For the measurement of modulation quality (ρ and CDP defined below), the parameters 0Λ , 31

Nmα , N

mβ , τ , f∆ , and θ shall be determined such as to minimize the sum-square-difference 32

between the signal at the output of the complementary filter, [ ]kV , and the spread-33

spectrum signal, [ ]kW , given as 34

[ ] [ ]∑ −Λ−=εk

20

2 kWkV 35


6-10

where the range of k is over a multiple of maxN as defined above. 0Λ is a complex number 1

representing the I/Q origin-offset of [ ]kV given as 2

[ ] [ ][ ]∑ −=ΛkN

0 kWkVNL

1 3

where maxNN NLNL max= , in which maxNL is the number of maximal length Walsh intervals 4

of length maxN in the measurement interval (range of k). 5

0Λ shall be estimated jointly with the other parameters, Nmα , N

mβ , τ , f∆ and 0θ to improve 6

the accuracy in the estimates of these other parameters; however, 0Λ shall not be removed 7

from [ ]kV when calculating modulation accuracy. 0Λ will be an output of the measuring 8

equipment, reported in dB relative to the RMS value of the reference signal. 9

6.4.2.2.4 Rho (ρ) 10

Modulation accuracy is measured by determining the fraction of power at the filter output, 11

Z(t), that correlates with the ideal waveform, R(t), sampled at the ideal decision points tk = 12

(k-1)Tc, when the transmitter is modulated only by the Pilot Channel (the 0th code channel). 13

Modulation accuracy is given in terms of the transmitter waveform quality factor, ρ, defined 14

as 15

∑ ∑

∑

= =

==ρM

1k

M

1k

2k

2k,0

2M

1k

*kk,0

ZR

ZR

16

where Zk = Z(tk) is the kth sample of the compensated transmit signal in the measurement 17

interval; R0,k = R0(tk) is the kth sample of the ideal pilot-only signal in the measurement 18

interval; and M is the measurement interval in chips comprising at least 500 µs for 19

Spreading Rate 1 and 167 µs for Spreading Rate 3. 20

The value of f∆ found in minimizing the mean-squared-error for ( )tEo is the carrier 21

frequency error in Hertz. 22

The value of τ found in minimizing the mean-squared-error for ( )tEo is the transmit time 23

error in microseconds. The accuracy of the waveform quality measurement equipment shall 24

be as follows: 25

Waveform quality factor (ρ): ± 0.003 over the range of 0.90 to 1.00. 26

Frequency offset: ± 30 Hz. 27

Transmit time offset: ± 135 ns. 28


6-11

The equipment shall be tunable over the applicable bands and be operational over the 1

amplitude range of -50 to +40 dBm. External attenuators and/or amplifiers may be used to 2

meet these power requirements and may be considered as part of the equipment. 3

6.4.2.2.5 Code-domain Power (CDP) 4

CDP can be computed for any of the signals, such as [ ]kR or [ ]kZ considered above, or for 5

the error signal E[k] = Z[k] R[k]. 6

CDP gives the distribution of signal energy among the code-channels, normalized by the 7

total signal energy. Since CDP is a measure of relative energy levels, it is also a measure of 8

relative average power levels over the measurement interval. The energy of the projection of 9

the real and imaginary parts of [ ]kZ on Walsh function [ ]kWNm are13 10

[ ] [ ]∑ ∑−

=

−

=

+

1L

0n

21N

0k

Nm

NkWnNkZRe

N1 11

and 12

[ ] [ ]∑ ∑−

=

−

=

+

1L

0n

21N

0k

Nm

NkWnNkZIm

N1 , 13

respectively, and the total energy of [ ]kZ is 14

[ ]∑−

=

1NL

0k

2N

kZ 15

where NL is the number of Walsh intervals of length N in the measurement interval. 16

The ratio of these energy terms are the components of the CDP of [ ]kZ on the ( )thN,m 17

channel given as 18

[ ] [ ]

[ ]∑

∑ ∑−

=

−

=

−

=

+

=ρ 1NL

0k

2

1L

0n

21N

0k

Nm

NRm

N

N

kZN

kWnNkZRe

; m=0, 1, , N-1 19

20

13 At this point, the time axis is labeled so that k = 0 corresponds to the first chip sample in the measurement interval.


6-12

and 1

[ ] [ ]

[ ]∑

∑ ∑−

=

−

=

−

=

+

=ρ 1NL

0k

2

1L

0n

21N

0k

Nm

NIm N

N

kZN

kWnNkZIm

; m=0, 1, , N-1 2

The total CDP of Z[k] on the (m,N)th channel is 3

NIm

NRm

Nm ρ+ρ=ρ 4

6.4.2.2.6 Power in Undesired Channels 5

Rho is a global, quantitative, measure of modulation quality; however, it does not provide a 6

measure of how error power is distributed among code-channels. A measure of the code-7

domain distribution of error power is provided by the CDP of the error signal. Ideally, the 8

power level of the error should be both low and uniformly distributed over the code-domain. 9

It is undesirable, for example, for code-domain error to be concentrated on a small number 10

of channels, thus producing an unacceptable degradation of the performance of those 11

channels. This gives rise to the concept of a peak code-domain error limit, where the 12

relative power in the error must not exceed a certain value in any of the codes. 13

As an example, suppose that the modulation quality (Rho) is 0.97. Then the power ratio, 14

implicit in this value, is 15.23 dB. If it is further assumed that the error and reference 15

signals are uncorrelated, then the total relative power in the error is 16

03.0|1N

0mError

Nm =ρ∑

−

= 17

If this error power were distributed uniformly across the code-domain (at N = 16, with real 18

and imaginary parts), then the fractional error power projected on each code would be 19

0.0009375, corresponding to an error floor of 30.3 dB relative to the total signal power 20

level. 21

6.4.2.2.7 Code Domain Time Offsets and Phase Offsets Relative to Reverse Pilot Channel 22

The reference signal, [ ]kRNm , for the (m, N)th code channel given in 6.4.2.2.1, is resampled 23

in time and shifted in phase to produce 24

[ ] ( )Nmc

Nm

jNm kTRekR

~~ Nm τ+= θ 25

[ ]kRNm is replaced by [ ]kR

~~Nm in the expression for the composite reference signal in 26

6.4.2.2.1. [ ]kR~~N

m is used in place of [ ]kRNm only for measuring time and phase offsets. 27


6-13

The parameters Nmτ and N

mθ are determined by finding the values of N

mτ and Nmθ that 1

minimize the sum-square difference between the signal-under-test and the composite 2

reference signal as described in 6.4.2.2.3. The time and phase offset parameters are 3

estimated jointly with the other parameters as described in 6.4.2.2.3. 4

The time and phase offsets are given as 5

N0

Nm

Nm τ−τ=τ∆ 6

and 7

N0

Nm

Nm

θ−θ=θ∆ 8

where N0τ and N

0θ are the time and phase offset parameters , respectively, of the reverse 9

pilot channel. 10

6.4.2.3 Code Domain Measurement Equipment Accuracy 11

The accuracy of the code domain measurement equipment shall be as shown in Table 12

6.4.2.3-1 for the nominal Mobile Station Test Model (see 6.5.3). 13

14

Table 6.4.2.3-1. Accuracy of Code Domain Measurement Equipment 15

Parameter Symbol Accuracy Requirement

Code domain power coefficients ρi ±5×10-4 from 5×10-4 to 1.0

Frequency Error (exclusive of test equipment time base errors)

∆f ±10 Hz

Code domain time offset relative to Reverse Pilot Channel

∆τi ±2 ns

Code domain phase offset relative to Reverse Pilot Channel

∆θi ±0.01 radians

Code domain power offset relative to Reverse Pilot Channel

∆Pi ±0.05 dB

16

6.4.3 Base Station Equipment 17

6.4.3.1 Transmitter Equipment 18

The base station transmitter shall be capable of generating the following channels at the 19

specified output power (relative to the total power): 20

Pilot Channel: -5 to -10 dB or off. 21

Transmit Diversity Pilot Channel: -5 to -19 dB or off. 22


6-14

Sync Channel: -7 to -20 dB or off. 1

Quick Paging Channel: -3 to -15 dB or off. 2

Paging Channel: -7 to -20 dB or off. 3

Broadcast Control Channel: -7 to -20 dB or off. 4

Common Control Channel: -7 to -20 dB or off. 5

Common Power Control Channel: -7 to -20 dB or off. 6

Common Assignment Channel: -7 to -20 dB or off. 7

Traffic Channel: -7 to -20 dB or off for full rate power output. Lower rates will 8

reduce the Traffic Channel power so as to maintain a constant energy per bit. 9

Power Control Subchannel: This is always transmitted at the same power as the full 10

rate speech bits. 11

Supplemental Channel: -7 to -20 dB or off. 12

OCNS: 0 to -6 dB or off. The OCNS may, as an option, be composed of Paging, Sync, 13

or Traffic Channels operating on different Walsh channels than the channel(s) being 14

used for test. 15

In addition, the base station transmitter shall meet the following requirements: 16

Frequency range: base station frequencies as specified in [4]. 17

Frequency accuracy: ±0.2 ppm 18

Frequency resolution: 10 Hz 19

Output range: 0 to -110 dBm/1.23 MHz 20

Amplitude resolution: 0.1 dB for all channels 21

Output accuracy (relative levels between any two channels): ±0.1 dB 22

External calibration may be required for this. 23

Absolute output accuracy: ±2.0 dB 24

Minimum waveform quality factor (ρ): greater than 0.966 (excess power is less than 25

0.15 dB) 26

Source VSWR: 2.0:1 27

ACLR (Band Class 6): 74 dB for Spreading Rate 1 and 66 dB for Spreading Rate 3 28

Forward Power Control 29

• The base station shall have means to enable or disable Forward Power Control. 30

• The base station shall have means to select the power control format, with Forward 31

Power Control mode (FPC_MODE) choices equal to: 32

000 (800 bps primary) 33

001 (400 bps primary, 400 bps secondary) 34


6-15

010 (200 bps primary, 600 bps secondary) 1

• When enabled, Forward Power Control shall adjust the power of the Forward 2

Fundamental Channel, the Forward Supplemental Channel, and the Forward Dedicated 3

Control Channel if they are enabled. 4

• The reverse link delay shall be 1/2 power control group or less between the end of the 5

power control group with an active power control bit and the corresponding change in 6

the base station power for the Forward Traffic Channel under test. 7

• When Forward Power Control is enabled, the OCNS power shall be adjusted to maintain 8

nearly constant base station power. The OCNS power adjustments should be made such 9

that the base station power varies by no more than ±0.5 dB and shall be made such 10

that the base station power varies by no more than ±1.0 dB. 11

The OCNS adjustments should be made in the same power control group as the 12

response to Power Control Bits and shall occur no more than two power control groups 13

later than the response to Power Control Bits. 14

• The base station shall be capable of supplying a Traffic Ec/Ior of 3 dB for the Forward 15

Traffic Channel under test. 16

6.4.3.2 Receiver Equipment 17

Input Range -50 to +40 dBm. External attenuators and/or amplifiers may be used to meet 18

these power requirements and may be considered as part of the equipment. 19

Reporting capability of time of arrival with a resolution of 1/8 chip or shorter in duration. 20

6.4.3.3 Protocol Support 21

The base station shall be capable of supplying the protocols required by this document. 22

6.4.3.4 Timing Signals 23

The base station shall provide the following system timing signals referenced to the base 24

station antenna port for use as triggers by other measurement equipment: 25

20 ms frame clock. 26

26.67 ms clock: Short sequence rollover. 27

80 ms clock: Alignment of frame clock and zero PN offset 26.67 ms clock. 28

Even second time mark. 29

1.25 ms power control group clock. 30

Signals synchronized to the following events: 31

Insertion of bad frames (or frames deleted). 32

Start of power control bit sequences. 33

6.4.4 AWGN Generator 34

The AWGN generator shall meet the following minimum performance requirements: 35


6-16

Minimum bandwidth: 1.8 MHz for Spreading Rate 1 or 5.4 MHz for Spreading Rate 3 1

Frequency ranges14: 2

3

Band Class Frequency Range (MHz)

0 864 to 899

1 1925 to 1985

2 912 to 965

3 827 to 875

4 1835 to 1875

5 416 to 499

6 2105 to 2175

7 741 to 769

8 1800 to 1885

9 920 to 965

4

Frequency resolution: 1 kHz. 5

Output accuracy: ±2 dB for outputs greater than or equal to -80 dBm/1.23 MHz. 6

Amplitude resolution: 0.1 dB. 7

Output range: -20 to -95 dBm/1.23 MHz. 8

The AWGN generator shall be uncorrelated to the ideal transmitter signal. See 9

6.4.3.1. 10

6.4.5 CW Generator 11

The CW generator shall meet the following minimum performance requirements: 12

Output frequency range: Tunable over applicable range of radio frequencies. 13

Frequency accuracy: ±1 ppm. 14

Frequency resolution: 100 Hz. 15

Output range: -50 dBm to -10 dBm, and off. 16

Output accuracy: ±1.0 dB for above output range and frequencies. 17

Amplitude resolution: 0.1 dB. 18

14 The frequency ranges are based on covering the receive band and frequencies as great as 5 MHz outside the band.


6-17

Output phase noise: As required. 1

Output Phase Noise at 20 dBm Power: 2

-144 dBc/Hz at a frequency of 1 GHz as measured at a 285 kHz offset (band 3

classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7 and 9). 4

-144 dBc/Hz at a frequency of 2 GHz as measured at a 635 kHz offset (band 5

classes 1, 4, 6 and 8). 6

6.4.6 Spectrum Analyzer 7

The spectrum analyzer shall provide the following functionality: 8

General purpose frequency domain measurements. 9

Integrated channel power measurements (power spectral density in 1.23 MHz). 10

The spectrum analyzer shall meet the following minimum performance requirements: 11

Frequency range: Tunable over the applicable radio frequency range. 12

Frequency resolution: 1 kHz. 13

Frequency accuracy: ±0.2 ppm. 14

Displayed dynamic range: 70 dB. 15

Display log scale fidelity: ±1 dB over the above displayed dynamic range. 16

Amplitude measurement range for signals from 10 MHz to either 2.6 GHz for band 17

classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7 and 9, 6 GHz for band classes 1, 4 and 8, or 12.75 GHz for Band 18

Class 6: 19

1. Power measured in 30 kHz resolution bandwidth: -90 to +20 dBm. 20

2. Integrated 1.23 MHz channel power: -70 to +40 dBm. 21

3. Noise floor: -140 dBm/Hz. 22

4. External attenuation may be used to meet the high power end of the range and 23

may be considered as part of the equipment. 24

Absolute amplitude accuracy in the CDMA transmit and receive bands (for integrated 25

channel power measurements): 26

1. ±1 dB over the range of -40 dBm to +20 dBm. 27

2. ±1.3 dB over the range of -70 dBm to +20 dBm. 28

Relative flatness: ±1.5 dB over frequency range 10 MHz to either 2.6 GHz for band 29

classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7 and 9, 6 GHz for band classes 1, 4 and 8, or 12.75 GHz for Band 30

Class 6. 31

Resolution bandwidth filter: Synchronously tuned or Gaussian (at least 3 poles) with 32

3 dB bandwidth selections of 1 MHz, 300 kHz, 100 kHz, and 30 kHz. 33

Post detection video filters: Selectable in decade steps from 100 Hz to at least 1 MHz. 34

Detection modes: Selectable to be either peak or sample. 35


6-18

RF input impedance: Nominal 50 ohms. 1

The spectrum analyzer may also provide the functionality of time domain (zero span) 2

measurements with true average power determination. If this functionality is provided, the 3

spectrum analyzer shall meet the following additional minimum performance requirements: 4

Time domain sweep time: Selectable from 50 µs to 100 ms. 5

Delayed sweep trigger: Selectable from 5 µs to 40 ms. 6

External sweep trigger. 7

Sufficient bandwidths to make the time domain measurements. 8

6.4.7 Average Power Meter 9

The power meter shall provide the following functionality: 10

Average power measurements. 11

True RMS detection for both sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal signals. 12

Absolute power in linear (watt) and logarithmic (dBm) units. 13

Relative (offset) power in dB and percentage units. 14

Automatic calibration and zeroing. 15

Averaging of multiple readings. 16

The power meter shall meet the following minimum performance requirements: 17

Frequency range: 10 MHz to either 1 GHz for band classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7 and 9, 2 GHz 18

for band classes 1, 4 and 8, or 12.75 GHz for Band Class 6. 19

Power range: -70 dBm (100 pW) to + 40 dBm (10 W). 20

Different sensors may be required to optimally provide this power range. External 21

attenuation may be used to meet the high power end of the range and may be 22

considered as part of the equipment. 23

Absolute and relative power accuracy: ±0.2 dB (5%, in Watts). 24

Excludes sensor and source mismatch (VSWR) errors, zeroing errors (significant at 25

bottom end of sensor range), and power linearity errors (significant at top end of 26

sensor range). 27

Power measurement resolution: Selectable between 0.1 or 0.01 dB. 28

Sensor VSWR: 1.15:1. 29

6.4.8 Phase Transient Measuring Equipment 30

The phase tracking equipment shall be capable of measuring the phase of the mobile 31

station transmission under the follow conditions: 32

• The power may be between 50 dBm and +30 dBm. 33

• The power transient for this measurement may be as large as 24 dB. 34


6-19

• The accuracy of the phase transient measuring equipment shall be better than 0.1 1

radians for a transient of 20 ms. 2

6.5 Functional System Set-ups 3

6.5.1 Functional Block Diagrams 4

Figures 6.5.1-1 through 6.5.1-4 show the functional block diagrams of the set-up for 5

different tests: 6

7

Base Station Mobile StationUnder Test

Tx

Rx

AWGNGenerator

Rx/Tx

ChannelSimulator

Ioc

Ior IoIor^ΣΣΣΣ

8

Figure 6.5.1-1. Functional Set-up for Traffic Channel Tests in Fading Channel 9

10

Mobile StationUnder Test

AWGNGenerator

Rx/Tx

Ioc

Io

Base Station1

Tx

Rx

Base Station2

Tx

Rx

ChannelSimulator 1

Ior1

ChannelSimulator 2

Ior2 Ior2^

Ior1^ΣΣΣΣ

11

Figure 6.5.1-2. Functional Set-up for Traffic Channel Tests in Soft Handoff 12


6-20

1

Mobile StationUnder Test

AWGNGenerator

Rx/Tx

Ioc

Io

Base Station1

Tx

Rx

Base Station2

Tx

Rx

Ior1

Ior2 Ior2^

Ior1^ΣΣΣΣ

2

Figure 6.5.1-3. Functional Set-up for Searcher Tests in Soft Handoff 3

4

5

Base Station Mobile StationUnder Test

Tx

Rx

Rx/Tx

Ior IoIor^

AWGNGenerator

Ioc

Interference Generator:(1 or 2 CW tones,

or 1 modulated signal )

Power

ΣΣΣΣ

6

Figure 6.5.1-4. Functional Set-up for Tests Without Fading 7

8


6-21

6.5.2 General Comments 1

The following comments apply to all CDMA tests: 2

1. The Forward CDMA Channel may be comprised of a Pilot Channel, a Sync Channel, 3

a Paging Channel, a Traffic Channel, and other orthogonal channels (OCNS). 4

2. Whenever Sync and Paging Channels are needed to perform a test, and their power 5

ratios are not specified in the test parameters table, use Sync Ec/Ior equal to -16 6

dB and Paging Ec/Ior equal to -12 dB with Paging Channel data rate at 4800 bps. 7

3. Adjust the OCNS gain such that the power ratios (Ec/Ior) of all specified forward 8

channels add up to one. 9

4. During handoff tests, Channel 2 from base station 2 always has a relative delay of 10

12 µs from Channel 1 from base station 1 at the mobile station antenna connector. 11

5. Pilot PN sequence offset indices are denoted by Pi (i = 1, 2, 3, ...). The following 12

assumptions hold unless otherwise specified: 13

0 ≤ Pi ≤ 511 14

Pi ≠ Pj if i ≠ j 15

Pi mod PILOT_INC = 0 16

6. Base stations should be configured for normal operation as specified in [4] unless 17

specifically stated differently in a specific test. 18

7. Unless otherwise specified, the Reverse Traffic Channel should be operated at a 19

sufficiently high Eb/N0 to ensure insignificant (for example, less than 10-5) frame 20

error rate. 21

8. For a mobile station with an integral antenna, the manufacturer shall provide a 22

calibrated RF coupling fixture to provide connection to the standard test 23

equipment. 24

9. Overhead message fields should be those needed for normal operation of the base 25

station unless stated differently below or in a specific test. 26

10. Unless otherwise specified, the Nominal Reverse Common Channel Attribute Gain 27

Table and Reverse Link Nominal Attribute Gain Table values specified in Section 28

2.1.2.3.3.1 and 2.1.2.3.3.2 of [4], respectively, shall apply. 29

11. Unless specified otherwise in test procedures, if the mobile station supports turbo 30

coding on the Reverse Supplemental Channel, the test shall be performed with 31

turbo coding of the Reverse Supplemental Channel; otherwise, the mobile station 32

shall use convolutional coding of the Reverse Supplemental Channel. 33

34

Special field values of System Parameters Message: 35

36


6-22


REG_PRD 0 (timer-based registration off)

SRCH_WIN_A 8 (60 chips)

SRCH_WIN_N 8 (60 chips)

SRCH_WIN_R 8 (60 chips)

NGHBR_MAX_AGE 0 (minimum amount of Neighbor Set aging)

PWR_THRESH_ENABLE 0 (threshold reporting off)

PWR_PERIOD_ENABLE 0 (periodic reporting off)

T_ADD 28 (-14 dB Ec/I0)

T_DROP 32 (-16 dB Ec/I0)

T_COMP 5 (2.5 dB)

T_TDROP 3 (4 sec)

QPCH_SUPPORTED 0 (QPCH disabled)

1

Special field values of Extended System Parameters Message: 2

3


SOFT_SLOPE 0 (0)

RLGAIN_TRAFFIC_PILOT 0 (0 dB)

RLGAIN_SCH_PILOT 0 (0 dB)

RLGAIN_COMMON_PILOT 0 (0 dB)

4

Special field values of Access Parameters Message: 5

6


NOM_PWR 0 (0 dB)

NOM_PWR_EXT 0 (0 dB)

INIT_PWR 0 (0 dB)

PWR_STEP 0 (0 dB)

NUM_STEP 4 (5 probes per sequence)

7


6-23

Special field values of Enhanced Access Parameters Message: 1

2




PWR_STEP_EACH 0 (0 dB)

NUM_STEP_EACH 4 (5 probes per sequence)

3

Special field values of Enhanced Access Parameters Message: 4

5


NUM_MODE_SELECTION_ENTRIES 0 (only one access mode specified)

ACCESS_MODE 0 (Basic Access Mode)

NUM_MODE_PARAM_REC 0 (only Basic Access Mode specific parameter records)

APPLICABLE_MODES 1 (Parameters are for Basic Access Mode)

EACH_NOM_PWR 0 (0 dB)

EACH_INIT_PWR 0 (0 dB)

EACH_PWR_STEP 0 (0 dB)

EACH_NUM_STEP 4 (5 probes per sequence)

EACH_ACCESS_THRESH 63 (effectively disable pilot threshold detection)

NUM_EACH_BA 1 (one Enhanced Access Channel)

EACH_BA_RATES_SUPPORTED 0 (9600 bps, 20 ms frame size)

6

Special field values of Universal Neighbor List Message for Base Station 1: 7

8


6-24



NGHBR_SRCH_MODE 0 (no priorities or windows)

NUM_NGHBR 8 (8 neighbors)

NGHBR_CONFIG 0

NGHBR_PN P2

NGHBR_CONFIG 0

NGHBR_PN P3

NGHBR_CONFIG 0

NGHBR_PN P4

NGHBR_CONFIG 0

NGHBR_PN P5

NGHBR_CONFIG 0

NGHBR_PN P6

NGHBR_CONFIG 0

NGHBR_PN P7

NGHBR_CONFIG 0

NGHBR_PN P8

NGHBR_CONFIG 0

NGHBR_PN P9

1


6-25

Special field values of Universal Neighbor List Message for Base Station 2: 1

2



NGHBR_SRCH_MODE 0 (no priorities or windows)

NUM_NGHBR 8 (8 neighbors)

NGHBR_CONFIG 0

NGHBR_PN P1

NGHBR_CONFIG 0

NGHBR_PN P3

NGHBR_CONFIG 0

NGHBR_PN P4

NGHBR_CONFIG 0

NGHBR_PN P5

NGHBR_CONFIG 0

NGHBR_PN P6

NGHBR_CONFIG 0

NGHBR_PN P7

NGHBR_CONFIG 0

NGHBR_PN P8

NGHBR_CONFIG 0

NGHBR_PN P9

3

12. Values of time limits and other constants should be as specified in [6]. Values of 4

some time limits and constants are listed below for reference. 5

6


6-26

Constant Value Unit N1m 9 frames

N2m 12 frames

N3m 2 frames

N11m 1 frame

T1b 1.28 seconds

T5m 5 seconds

T40m 3 seconds

T61m 0.08 seconds

T72m 1 seconds

1

13. On each Broadcast Control Channel which the base station transmits, the base 2

station shall send each of the following system overhead messages every broadcast 3

slot: 4

1. Extended CDMA Channel List Message 5

2. ANSI-41 System Parameters Message 6

3. MC-RR Parameters Message 7

4. Enhanced Access Parameters Message 8

5. Universal Neighbor List Message 9

10

6.6 Confidence Limits 11

6.6.1 Confidence Level of Error Rate 12

When it is required that an error rate (e.g. FER or MER) of a given test be less than a 13

specified value with confidence level C, the procedure for a one-sided confidence limit is 14

applied. This procedure assumes that all errors occur independently, resulting in a Poisson 15

distribution of errors during the test. Since test procedures do not specify either the test 16

duration or the number of errors that are allowed, the error rate at the specified confidence 17

level is computed after the test is completed. Alternatively, if sufficiently few errors occur 18

during the test, the test may be halted when the desired confidence level on the error rate is 19

achieved. 20

In order to have a confidence level C that the true error rate is less than the specified error 21

rate, the measured error rate shall be less than 22

p = 2pk/χ2(1−C,2k), 23

where p is the measured error rate, p is the specified error rate, and k is the number of 24

errors that occur during the test. In this expression, χ2(α, n) is the value x such that P(X > 25


6-27

x) = α, where X is a chi-squared distributed random variable with n degrees of freedom. 1

Values for χ2(α, n) can be found in various tables. Equivalently stated, satisfying this 2

expression means that the true error rate has probability C of being less than the specified 3

error rate. 4

Figures 6.6.1-1 and 6.6.1-2 provide curves of the demonstrated performance as a fraction of 5

the targeted specification versus the number of errors measured in the tests for confidence 6

levels of 95% and 90%, respectively. The test duration can be determined by dividing the 7

number of errors by the demonstrated error rate. From the figure, as the number of errors 8

becomes large, the measured error rate becomes very close to the specified error rate. This 9

means that if the true error rate is close to the specified error rate, the test time can 10

become increasingly long. 11

Figure 6.6.1-3 through 6.6.1-5 provide curves of maximum FER as a function of the 12

number of frames tested for specified frame error rates of 0.01, 0.05 and 0.1 with 95% 13

confidence level, respectively. Figure 6.6.1-6 provides a curve of maximum FER as a 14

function of the number of frames tested for the specified frame error rate of 0.1 with 90% 15

confidence level. 16

If no errors occur during a test, the test may be terminated when the test time is sufficient 17

to ensure that the confidence level has been demonstrated for the specified error rate. This 18

is done by assuming one error could have occurred at the end of the test, and by applying 19

the criteria stated above with k = 1 20

21

0.0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

1 10 100 1000

Number of Errors, k

Mea

sure

d/Sp

ecif

ied

FER

Rat

io

22


(k) for 95% Confidence 24

25


6-28

0.0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

1 10 100 1000

Number of Errors, k

Mea

sure

d/Sp

ecif

ied

FER

Rat

io

1


(k) for 90% Confidence 3

4

0.0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

100 1000 10000 100000

Test duration (Frames)

Max

imu

m A

llow

able

Tes

t FE

R (%

)

5

Figure 6.6.1-3. Test Requirement for 95% Confidence of FER = 0.01 6

7


6-29

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

10 100 1000 10000 100000


Max

imu

m A

llow

able

Tes

t FE

R (%

)

1


3

0.0

1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

5.0

6.0

7.0

8.0

9.0

10.0

10 100 1000 10000 100000


Max

imu

m A

llow

able

Tes

t FE

R (%

)

4


6


6-30

0.0

1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

5.0

6.0

7.0

8.0

9.0

10.0

10 100 1000 10000


Max

imu

m A

llow

able

Tes

t FE

R (%

)

1


3

6.6.2 Confidence on Power Measurement During Fading 4

During fading tests, the average power over the test can be estimated based on the 5

assumption that fade samples spaced about 0.15 meters (one half wavelength) apart are 6

independent. Under this assumption, the standard deviation of power decreases as the 7

square root of the number of independent samples in the test. Then at a given speed the 8

time between independent samples is computed as (3600/1000) × (0.15/v), where v is the 9

vehicle speed in kilometers per hour. 10

Figure 6.6.2-1 shows the standard deviation of average power as a function of test time (in 11

frames) for three fading cases (Channel Simulator Configuration 1, 3, and 4 from top to 12

bottom) specified in Table 6.4.1.3-1. In these cases the standard deviation of the individual 13

samples depends on the number and amplitudes of the paths specified for each test, and 14

the time between independent samples was determined from the speed specified for the 15

test. 16


6-31

Te s t Durat ion (Fram e s )

Mea

sure

d M

ean

Po

wer

Std

Dev

(d

B)

0

0 .1

0 .2

0 .3

0 .4

0 .5

0 .6

0 .7

0 .8

0 .9

1

100 1000 10000

1

Figure 6.6.2-1. Uncertainty in Power Measurement in Rayleigh Fading 2

6.6.3 Confidence Level of Detection Time 3

Several tests involve the successful detection of a strong pilot, or the successful loss 4

detection of a weak pilot. Tests of this type require that the time to have a successful 5

outcome be less than a specified value, T, with probability, p, and confidence level, C. One 6

method to establish a confidence level from the measurements is to declare an error if the 7

time to success exceeds the specified time, T. Assume that k errors occur during N repeated 8

tests. The method used in 6.6.1 can be used to determine the confidence level of the test by 9

replacing p' with k/N. The resulting requirement on k, in order to have a confidence level C 10

that the true error rate is less than the specified error rate, is that k satisfy the 11

relationship: 12

χ2(1−C,2k) = 2Np. 13

14


6-32

1

No text.2


A-1

ANNEX A: SELECTED PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS TABLES 1

This annex is normative. 2

A.1 Forward Common Channel Performance Tables 3

A.1.1 Non-Slotted Mode Paging Channel Performance Requirements 4

These requirements are referenced by 3.3.1. 5

A.1.1.1 Method of Measurement Test Parameters 6

Table A.1.1.1-1. Test Parameters for Non-Slotted Mode Paging Channel Performance in 7

AWGN 8

Parameter Unit Value

Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Sync

dB -16

orc

IEPaging

dB -16.2


Paging Eb/Nt dB 3.9

Note: The Paging Eb/Nt value is calculated from the parameters 9

in the table. It is not a directly settable parameter. 10

A.1.1.2 Minimum Standards Requirements 11

Table A.1.1.2-1. Minimum Standards for Non-Slotted Mode Paging Channel 12

Performance in AWGN 13

PCH Eb/Nt [dB]

MER

3.5 0.055

3.9 0.035

4.1 0.03

14


A-2

A.1.2 Slotted Mode Paging Channel Performance Requirements 1



Table A.1.2.1-1. Test Parameters for Slotted Mode Paging Channel for Spreading Rate 4

1 (Test 1) 5

Parameter Unit Value Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Sync

dB -16

or

cI

EPaging Quick dB -10

or

cI

EPaging dB -16.2


Quick Paging Data Rate bps 4800

Paging Data Rate bps 9600

Quick Paging Eb/Nt dB 13.1

Paging Eb/Nt dB 3.9

Note: The Quick Paging Eb/Nt and Paging Eb/Nt values 6

are calculated from the parameters in the table. They are 7

not directly settable parameters. 8

9


A-3


1 (Test 2) 2


Îor/Ioc dB -6.5

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Sync

dB -16

or

cI

EPaging Quick dB -10

orc

IEPaging

dB -10.7

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz -48.5

Quick Paging Data Rate bps 4800

Paging Data Rate bps 9600

Quick Paging Eb/Nt dB 7.6

Paging Eb/Nt dB 3.9




6


A-4


3 (Test 3) 2

Parameter Unit Value Îor/Ioc dB Not specified

orc

IEPilot

dB Not specified

orc

IE Sync

dB Not specified

or

cI

EPaging Quick dB Not specified

orc

IEPaging

dB Not specified

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz Not specified

Quick Paging Data Rate bps Not specified

Paging Data Rate bps Not specified

Quick Paging Eb/Nt dB Not specified

Paging Eb/Nt dB Not specified




6


A-5


3 (Test 4) 2


Îor/Ioc dB Not specified

orc

IEPilot

dB Not specified

orc

IE Sync

dB Not specified

or

cI

EPaging Quick dB Not specified

orc

IEPaging

dB Not specified

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz Not specified

Quick Paging Data Rate bps Not specified

Paging Data Rate bps Not specified

Quick Paging Eb/Nt dB Not specified

Paging Eb/Nt dB Not specified




6


Table A.1.2.2-1. Minimum Standards for Slotted Mode Paging Channel Performance for 8

Spreading Rate 1 in AWGN (Test 1) 9

PCH Eb/Nt [dB]

MER

3.5 0.055

3.9 0.035

4.1 0.03

10


A-6



PCH Eb/Nt [dB]

MER

3.5 Not specified

3.9 Not specified

4.1 Not specified

3



PCH Eb/Nt [dB]

MER

Not specified Not specified



6



PCH Eb/Nt [dB]

MER




9

A.1.3 Forward Broadcast Control Channel Performance Requirements in AWGN Channel 10



A-7



Spreading Rate 1 with Rate = 1/4 Code, No Transmit Diversity 3


Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI

E BCCH dB -18.7 -15.7 -12.7


Data Rate bps 4800 (160 ms) 9600 (80 ms) 19200 (40 ms)

BCCH Eb/Nt dB 4.4 4.3 4.3

Note: The BCCH Eb/Nt values are calculated from the parameters in the table. They are 4


6


Spreading Rate 1 with Rate = 1/2 Code, No Transmit Diversity 8


Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI

E BCCH dB -18.3 -15.2 -12.3



BCCH Eb/Nt dB 4.8 4.8 4.8



11


A-8


Spreading Rate 3 2


Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI

E BCCH dB Not specified Not specified Not specified



BCCH Eb/Nt dB Not specified Not specified Not specified



5


A-9



AWGN for Spreading Rate 1 with R = 1/4 Code, No Transmit Diversity 3

Test Data Rate BCCH Eb/Nt [dB] FER

3.8 0.05

4.0 0.03

1 4800 (160 ms) 4.4 0.01

4.7 0.005

4.8 0.003

3.8 0.05

4.0 0.03

2 9600 (80 ms) 4.3 0.01

4.6 0.005

4.7 0.003

3.7 0.05

3.9 0.03

3 19200 (40 ms) 4.3 0.01

4.6 0.005

4.8 0.003

4


A-10


AWGN for Spreading Rate 1 with R = 1/2 Code, No Transmit Diversity 2

Test Data Rate [bps] BCCH Eb/Nt [dB] FER

4.3 0.05

4.4 0.03

4 4800 (160 ms) 4.8 0.01

5.0 0.005

5.2 0.003

4.2 0.05

4.4 0.03

5 9600 (80 ms) 4.8 0.01

5.1 0.005

5.3 0.003

4.2 0.05

4.4 0.03

6 19200 (40 ms) 4.8 0.01

5.0 0.005

5.2 0.003

3


A-11


AWGN for Spreading Rate 3 2

Test Data Rate [bps] BCCH Eb/Nt [dB] FER

Not specified 0.05

Not specified 0.03

7 4800 (160 ms) Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.005

Not specified 0.003

Not specified 0.05

Not specified 0.03


Not specified 0.005

Not specified 0.003

Not specified 0.05

Not specified 0.03


Not specified 0.005

Not specified 0.003

3

A.1.4 Forward Broadcast Control Channel Performance Requirements in Multipath 4

Fading Channel 5



A-12


Table A.1.4.1-1. Test Parameters for Broadcast Control Channel for Spreading Rate 1 2

with R = 1/4 Code, No Transmit Diversity 3

Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

Îor/Ioc dB 8

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI



Data Rate bps 19200 9600 4800



1

Note: The BCCH Eb/Nt values are calculated from the parameters in the 4

table. They are not directly settable parameters. 5

6




Îor/Ioc dB 4

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI



Data Rate bps 19200 9600 4800



3

Note: The BCCH Eb/Nt values are calculated from the parameters in the table. 9

They are not directly settable parameters. 10

11


A-13




Îor/Ioc dB 2

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI



Data Rate bps 19200 9600 4800



4



5




Îor/Ioc dB 6

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI



Data Rate bps 19200 9600 4800



6



10


A-14




Îor/Ioc dB 8

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI



Data Rate bps 19200 9600 4800



1



5




Îor/Ioc dB 4

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI



Data Rate bps 19200 9600 4800



3



10


A-15




Îor/Ioc dB 2

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI



Data Rate bps 19200 9600 4800



4



5




Îor/Ioc dB 6

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI



Data Rate bps 19200 9600 4800



6



10


A-16



Îor/Ioc dB 8

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI



Data Rate bps 19200 9600 4800



1



4



Îor/Ioc dB 4

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI



Data Rate bps 19200 9600 4800



3



8


A-17



Îor/Ioc dB 2

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI



Data Rate bps 19200 9600 4800



4



4



Îor/Ioc dB 6

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI



Data Rate bps 19200 9600 4800



6



8


A-18


Table A.1.4.2-1. Minimum Standards for Broadcast Control Channel Performance for 2

Spreading Rate 1 with R = 1/4 Code, No Transmit Diversity 3

BCCH Eb/Nt [dB]

Test Data Rate [bps]

Band Classes

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9

Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER

Not specified Not specified 0.03

1 19200 Not specified Not specified 0.01

















4


A-19



BCCH Eb/Nt [dB]


Band Classes

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9

Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER



















3


A-20



BCCH Eb/Nt [dB]


Band Classes

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9

Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER



















3


A-21



BCCH Eb/Nt [dB]


Band Classes

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9

Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER



















3


A-22


Spreading Rate 3 2

BCCH Eb/Nt [dB]


Band Classes

0, 2, 5, 7, 9

Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER



















3


A-23


Spreading Rate 3 2

BCCH Eb/Nt [dB]


Band Classes

0, 2, 5, 7, 9

Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER



















3

A.1.5 Forward Common Control Channel Performance Requirements 4



A-24



Spreading Rate 1 with Rate = 1/4 Mode, No Power Control, No Transmit Diversity 3


Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI

E FCCCH dB -13.3 -10.2 -10.0



FCCCH Eb/Nt dB 3.8 3.9 4.1

Note: The FCCCH Eb/Nt value is calculated from the parameters in the table. It is not a 4

directly settable parameter. 5

6




Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI

E FCCCH dB -12.8 -9.8 -9.5



FCCCH Eb/Nt dB 4.3 4.3 4.6



11


A-25


Spreading Rate 3 with Rate = 1/4 Mode, No Power Control 2


Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI

E FCCCH dB Not specified Not specified Not specified



FCCCH Eb/Nt dB Not specified Not specified Not specified



5




Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI

E FCCCH dB Not specified Not specified Not specified



FCCCH Eb/Nt dB Not specified Not specified Not specified



10


A-26




Test Data Rate [bps] FCCCH Eb/Nt [dB] FER

3.1 0.05

3.3 0.03

1 19200 (10 ms) 3.8 0.01

4.1 0.005

4.3 0.003

3.2 0.05

3.4 0.03

2 38400 (5 ms) 3.9 0.01

4.1 0.005

4.3 0.003

3.5 0.05

3.7 0.03

3 38400 (10 ms) 4.1 0.01

4.4 0.005

4.6 0.003

4


A-27




3.7 0.05

3.9 0.03

4 19200 (10 ms) 4.3 0.01

4.5 0.005

4.7 0.003

3.8 0.05

4.0 0.03

5 38400 (5 ms) 4.3 0.01

4.5 0.005

4.6 0.003

4.0 0.05

4.2 0.03

6 38400 (10 ms) 4.6 0.01

4.8 0.005

5.0 0.003

3


A-28




Not specified 0.05

Not specified 0.03


Not specified 0.005

Not specified 0.003

Not specified 0.05

Not specified 0.03


Not specified 0.005

Not specified 0.003

Not specified 0.05

Not specified 0.03


Not specified 0.005

Not specified 0.003

3


A-29




Not specified 0.05

Not specified 0.03


Not specified 0.005

Not specified 0.003

Not specified 0.05

Not specified 0.03


Not specified 0.005

Not specified 0.003

Not specified 0.05

Not specified 0.03


Not specified 0.005

Not specified 0.003

3

A.1.6 Common Assignment Channel and Common Power Control Channel Performance 4

Requirements 5



A-30


Table A.1.6.1-1. Test Parameters for the Common Assignment Channel for Spreading 2

Rate 1 with Rate = 1/4 mode in AWGN, No Transmit Diversity 3


Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI

E CACH dB -17

or

cI

E CPCCH dB -17.8


CACH Data Rate bps 9600

CACH Eb/Nt dB 3.1

Note: The CACH Eb/Nt value is calculated from the 4

parameters in the table. It is not a directly settable 5

parameter. 6

7


Rate 1 with Rate = 1/2 mode in AWGN, No Transmit Diversity 9


Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI

E CACH dB -16.5

or

cI

E CPCCH dB -17.8



CACH Eb/Nt dB 3.6



parameter. 12

13


A-31


Rate 3 in AWGN 2


Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI

E CACH dB Not specified

or

cI

E CPCCH dB Not specified



CACH Eb/Nt dB Not specified



parameter. 5

6


Table A.1.6.2-1. Minimum Standards for Common Assignment Channel for Spreading 8

Rate 1 with Rate = 1/4 Mode in AWGN 9

CACH Eb/Nt [dB]

FER

2.3 0.05

2.6 0.03

3.1 0.01

3.5 0.005

3.7 0.003

10


A-32

Table A.1.6.2-2 Minimum Standards for Common Assignment Channel for Spreading 1

Rate 1 with Rate = 1/2 Mode in AWGN 2

CACH Eb/Nt [dB]

FER

2.8 0.05

3.1 0.03

3.6 0.01

3.9 0.005

4.1 0.003

3

Table A.1.6.2-3. Minimum Standards for Common Assignment Channel for Spreading 4

Rate 3 in AWGN 5

CACH Eb/Nt [dB]

FER

Not Specified 0.05

Not Specified 0.03

Not Specified 0.01

Not Specified 0.005

Not Specified 0.003

6

7


A-33

A.2 Forward Traffic Channel Demodulation Performance Tables 1

A.2.1 Forward Traffic Channel Performance Requirements in AWGN 2




Channel in AWGN 6


Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -16.3 -15.8 -15.6


Data Rate bps 9600 9600 9600

Traffic Eb/Nt dB 3.8 4.3 4.5

Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt value is calculated from the parameters in the table. It is not a 7


9


Channel in AWGN 11


Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -19.1 -21.6 -24.5


Data Rate bps 4800 2400 1200




14


A-34


Channel in AWGN 2


Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -13.0 (Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9) -12.9 (Band Classes

1, 4, 6, and 8)

-12.7 (Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9) -12.5 (Band Classes

1, 4, 6, and 8)

-12.4 (Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9)-12.3 (Band Classes

1, 4, 6, and 8)

Ioc dBm/ 1.23 MHz

-54

Data Rate bps 14400 14400 14400

Traffic Eb/Nt dB 5.3 (Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9) 5.5 (Band Classes

1, 4, 6, and 8)

5.6 (Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9) 5.8 (Band Classes

1, 4, 6, and 8)

5.9 (Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9)6.0 (Band Classes

1, 4, 6, and 8)



5


A-35


Channel in AWGN 2


Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic


1, 4, 6, and 8)


1, 4, 6, and 8)


1, 4, 6, and 8)

Ioc dBm/ 1.23 MHz

-54

Data Rate bps 7200 3600 1800

Traffic Eb/Nt dB 4.0 (Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9)

4.1 (Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8)

3.5 (Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9)


2.9 (Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9)




5


Channel or Forward Dedicated Control Channel with 100% Frame Activity in AWGN 7

Parameter Units Test 13 Test 14 Test 15 Test 16 Test 17 Test 18

Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

-16.6 -16.2 -15.9

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz

-54

Data Rate bps 9600 (5 ms) 9600

Traffic Eb/Nt

dB Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

3.5 3.9 4.2



10


A-36




Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -19.3 -21.9 -24.9


Data Rate bps 4800 2700 1500




5




Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

-15.9 -15.4 -15.1

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz

-54


Traffic Eb/Nt

dB Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

4.2 4.7 5.0



10


A-37




Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -18.8 -21.5 -24.6


Data Rate bps 4800 2700 1500




5




Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

-14.2 -13.8 -13.6

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz

-54


Traffic Eb/Nt

dB Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

4.1 4.5 4.7



10


A-38




Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -17.2 -20.6 -24.1


Data Rate bps 7200 3600 1800




5




Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz

-54


Traffic Eb/Nt

dB Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified



10


A-39




Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB Not specified Not specified Not specified


Data Rate bps 4800 2700 1500

Traffic Eb/Nt dB Not specified Not specified Not specified



5




Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz

-54


Traffic Eb/Nt

dB Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified



10


A-40




Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic



Data Rate bps 4800 2700 1500




5




Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz

-54


Traffic Eb/Nt

dB Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified



10


A-41




Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic



Data Rate bps 7200 3600 1800




5




Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz

-54


Traffic Eb/Nt

dB Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified



10


A-42




Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic



Data Rate bps 7200 3600 1800




5


Code Channel in AWGN 7


Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI

E SCCH dB -17.0 -16.7 -16.1

orc

IE Traffic

dB -12


Data Rate bps 9600 9600 9600

SCCH Eb/Nt dB 3.1 3.4 4.0

Note: The Supplemental Code Channel Eb/Nt value is calculated from the parameters in 8

the table. It is not a directly settable parameter. 9

10


A-43


Code Channel in AWGN 2


Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI

E SCCH dB -13.7 -13.5 -13.0

orc

IE Traffic

dB -12


Data Rate bps 14400 14400 14400

SCCH Eb/Nt dB 4.6 4.8 5.3

Note: The Supplemental Code Channel Eb/Nt value is calculated from the parameters in the 3

table. It is not a directly settable parameter. 4

5


Channel with 100% Frame Activity in AWGN with Convolutional Coding 7


Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI

E SCH dB -13.6 -10.3 -7.0 -3.7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7


Data Rate bps 19200 38400 76800 153600

SCH Eb/Nt dB 3.5 3.8 4.0 4.3

Note: The Supplemental Channel Eb/Nt value is calculated from the parameters in the 8


10


A-44


Channel with 100% Frame Activity in AWGN with Turbo Coding 2


Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI

E SCH dB -14.8 -12.1 -9.1 -6.1

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7


Data Rate bps 19200 38400 76800 153600

SCH Eb/Nt dB 2.2 2.0 1.9 1.9

Note: The Supplemental Eb/Nt value is calculated from the parameters in the table. It is not 3

a directly settable parameter. 4

5



Parameter Units Test 90 Test 91 Test 92 Test 93 Test 94

Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI

E SCH dB -13.1 -9.8 -6.5 -3.3 Not

specified

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz

-54

Data Rate bps 19200 38400 76800 153600 307200

SCH Eb/Nt dB 4.0 4.3 4.5 4.7 Not specified



10


A-45




Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI

E SCH dB -14.0 -11.2 -8.2 -5.3 Not

specified

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz

-54

Data Rate bps 19200 38400 76800 153600 307200

SCH Eb/Nt dB 3.1 2.9 2.8 2.7 Not specified



5




Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI

E SCH dB -11.4 -8.1 -4.9 -1.6

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7


Data Rate bps 28800 57600 115200 230400

SCH Eb/Nt dB 3.9 4.2 4.4 4.7



10


A-46




Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI

E SCH dB -12.8 -9.9 -7.0 -4.0

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7


Data Rate bps 28800 57600 115200 230400

SCH Eb/Nt dB 2.6 2.4 2.3 2.2



5




Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI

E SCH dB Not

specified Not

specified Not

specified Not

specified Not

specified

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz

-54

Data Rate bps 19200 38400 76800 153600 307200

SCH Eb/Nt dB Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified



10


A-47




Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI

E SCH dB Not

specified Not

specified Not

specified Not

specified Not

specified

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz

-54

Data Rate bps 19200 38400 76800 153600 307200


Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified



5




Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI

E SCH dB Not

specifiedNot

specified Not

specifiedNot

specified Not

specifiedNot

specified

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz

-54

Data Rate bps 19200 38400 76800 153600 307200 614400


Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified



10


A-48




Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI

E SCH dB Not

specifiedNot

specifiedNot

specified Not

specifiedNot

specified Not

specified

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz

-54

Data Rate bps 19200 38400 76800 153600 307200 614400


Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified



5




Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI

E SCH dB Not

specified Not

specified Not

specified Not

specified Not

specified

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz

-54

Data Rate bps 28800 57600 115200 230400 460800


Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified



10


A-49




Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI

E SCH dB Not

specified Not

specified Not

specified Not

specified Not

specified

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz

-54

Data Rate bps 28800 57600 115200 230400 460800


Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified



5




Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI

E SCH dB Not

specifiedNot

specified Not

specifiedNot

specified Not

specifiedNot

specified

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz

-54

Data Rate bps 28800 57600 115200 230400 460800 1036800


Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified



10


A-50




Îor/Ioc dB -1

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

or

cI

E SCH dB Not

specifiedNot

specifiedNot

specified Not

specifiedNot

specified Not

specified

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz

-54

Data Rate bps 28800 57600 115200 230400 460800 1036800


Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified



5


A-51


Table A.2.1.2-1. Minimum Standards for Radio Configuration 1 Forward Fundamental 2

Channel Performance in AWGN 3

Test(s) Data Rate [bps]

Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

FER

3.6 0.05

3.8 0.03

1, 2, 3 9600 4.3 0.01

4.5 0.005

4.7 0.003

3.6 0.03

4 4800 4.0 0.01

4.2 0.005

4.0 0.03

5 2400 4.5 0.01

4.8 0.005

3.9 0.03

6 1200 4.6 0.01

4.9 0.005

4


A-52


Channel Performance in AWGN 2


Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

FER

5.2 0.05

5.5 0.03

7, 8, 9 14400 5.8 0.01

6.0 0.005

6.2 0.003

3.7 0.03

10 7200 4.1 0.01

4.4 0.005

3.1 0.03

11 3600 3.6 0.01

3.9 0.005

2.5 0.03

12 1800 3.0 0.01

3.4 0.005

3


A-53


Channel or Forward Dedicated Control Channel with 100% Frame Activity 2



Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

FER

Not specified 0.05

Not specified 0.03

13, 14, 15 9600 (5 ms) Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.005

Not specified 0.003

3.3 0.05

3.5 0.03

16, 17, 18 9600 3.9 0.01

4.2 0.005

4.4 0.003

3.2 0.03

19 4800 3.8 0.01

4.2 0.005

3.1 0.03

20 2700 3.7 0.01

4.0 0.005

2.5 0.03

21 1500 3.2 0.01

3.5 0.005

4


A-54





Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

FER

Not specified 0.05

Not specified 0.03

22, 23, 24 9600 (5 ms) Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.005

Not specified 0.003

4.0 0.05

4.2 0.03

25, 26, 27 9600 4.7 0.01

5.0 0.005

5.1 0.003

3.8 0.03

28 4800 4.3 0.01

4.5 0.005

3.6 0.03

29 2700 4.1 0.01

4.4 0.005

2.9 0.03

30 1500 3.5 0.01

3.9 0.005

4


A-55





Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

FER

Not specified 0.05

Not specified 0.03

31, 32, 33 9600 (5 ms) Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.005

Not specified 0.003

3.9 0.05

4.1 0.03

34, 35, 36 14400 4.5 0.01

4.7 0.005

4.8 0.003

3.5 0.03

37 7200 4.1 0.01

4.4 0.005

3.2 0.03

38 3600 3.7 0.01

4.0 0.005

2.6 0.03

39 1800 3.2 0.01

3.6 0.005

4


A-56





Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

FER

Not specified 0.05

Not specified 0.03

40, 41, 42 9600 (5 ms) Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.005

Not specified 0.003

Not specified 0.05

Not specified 0.03

43, 44, 45 9600 Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.005

Not specified 0.003

Not specified 0.03

46 4800 Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.005

Not specified 0.03


Not specified 0.005

Not specified 0.03


Not specified 0.005

4


A-57





Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

FER

Not specified 0.05

Not specified 0.03

49, 50, 51 9600 (5 ms) Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.005

Not specified 0.003

Not specified 0.05

Not specified 0.03

52, 53, 54 9600 Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.005

Not specified 0.003

Not specified 0.03


Not specified 0.005

Not specified 0.03


Not specified 0.005

Not specified 0.03


Not specified 0.005

4


A-58





Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

FER

Not specified 0.05

Not specified 0.03

58, 59, 60 9600 Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.005

Not specified 0.003

Not specified 0.05

Not specified 0.03

61, 62, 63 14400 Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.005

Not specified 0.003

Not specified 0.03


Not specified 0.005

Not specified 0.03


Not specified 0.005

Not specified 0.03


Not specified 0.005

4


A-59





Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

FER

Not specified 0.05

Not specified 0.03

67, 68, 69 9600 Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.005

Not specified 0.003

Not specified 0.05

Not specified 0.03

70, 71, 72 14400 Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.005

Not specified 0.003

Not specified 0.03


Not specified 0.005

Not specified 0.03


Not specified 0.005

Not specified 0.03


Not specified 0.005

4


Supplemental Code Channel Performance in AWGN 6

Tests Data Rate [bps]

SCCH Eb/Nt [dB]

FER

3.1 0.1

76, 77, 78 9600 3.4 0.05

4.0 0.01

7


A-60


Supplemental Code Channel Performance in AWGN 2

Tests Data Rate [bps]

SCCH Eb/Nt [dB]

FER

4.6 0.1

79, 80, 81 14400 4.8 0.05

5.3 0.01

3



Convolutional Coding 6


SCH Eb/Nt [dB] FER

3.1 0.1

82 19200 3.5 0.05

4.1 0.01

3.5 0.1

83 38400 3.8 0.05

4.4 0.01

3.7 0.1

84 76800 4.0 0.05

4.6 0.01

4.0 0.1

85 153600 4.3 0.05

4.8 0.01

7


A-61


Supplemental Channel Performance with 100% Frame Activity in AWGN with Turbo 2

Coding 3


SCH Eb/Nt [dB] FER

2.1 0.1

86 19200 2.2 0.05

2.5 0.01

1.9 0.1

87 38400 2.0 0.05

2.3 0.01

1.8 0.1

88 76800 1.9 0.05

2.1 0.01

1.8 0.1

89 153600 1.9 0.05

1.9 0.01

4


A-62





SCH Eb/Nt [dB] FER

3.7 0.1

90 19200 4.0 0.05

4.5 0.01

4.0 0.1

91 38400 4.3 0.05

4.8 0.01

4.3 0.1

92 76800 4.5 0.05

5.0 0.01

4.5 0.1

93 153600 4.7 0.05

5.2 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

4


A-63



Coding 3


SCH Eb/Nt [dB] FER

2.9 0.1

95 19200 3.1 0.05

3.4 0.01

2.8 0.1

96 38400 2.9 0.05

3.2 0.01

2.7 0.1

97 76800 2.8 0.05

3.0 0.01

2.7 0.1

98 153600 2.7 0.05

2.8 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

4


A-64





SCH Eb/Nt [dB] FER

3.7 0.1

100 28800 3.9 0.05

4.5 0.01

3.9 0.1

101 57600 4.2 0.05

4.7 0.01

4.2 0.1

102 115200 4.4 0.05

5.0 0.01

4.4 0.1

103 230400 4.7 0.05

5.2 0.01

4


A-65



Coding 3


SCH Eb/Nt [dB] FER

2.4 0.1

104 28800 2.6 0.05

2.8 0.01

2.3 0.1

105 57600 2.4 0.05

2.6 0.01

2.2 0.1

106 115200 2.3 0.05

2.4 0.01

2.2 0.1

107 230400 2.2 0.05

2.3 0.01

4


A-66





SCH Eb/Nt [dB] FER

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

4


A-67



Coding 3


SCH Eb/Nt [dB] FER

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

4


A-68





SCH Eb/Nt [dB] FER

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

4


A-69



Coding 3


SCH Eb/Nt [dB] FER

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

4


A-70





SCH Eb/Nt [dB] FER

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

4


A-71



Coding 3


SCH Eb/Nt [dB] FER

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

4


A-72


Supplemental Channel Performance in with 100% Frame Activity AWGN with 2



SCH Eb/Nt [dB] FER

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

4


A-73



Coding 3


SCH Eb/Nt [dB] FER

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

Not specified 0.1


Not specified 0.01

4

A.2.2 Forward Traffic Channel Performance Requirements in Multipath Fading Channel 5



A-74


Table A.2.2.1-1. Test Parameters for Forward Traffic Channel Radio Configuration 1 in 2

Fading Channel (Case 1) 3


Îor/Ioc dB 8

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -16.1 (Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9)-17.2 (Band Classes

1, 4, 6, and 8)


1, 4, 6, and 8)


1, 4, 6, and 8)

Îoc dBm/ 1.23 MHz

-63

Data Rate bps 9600



9.4 (Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9)


11.4 (Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9) 7.7 (Band Classes 1,

4, 6, and 8)

Channel Simulator

Configuration

1


directly settable parameter. The channel simulator configurations are found in Table 5

6.4.1.3-1. 6

7


A-75

Table A.2.2.1-2. Test Parameters for Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9 Forward Traffic 1

Channel Radio Configuration 1 in Fading Channel (Case 1) 2


Îor/Ioc dB 0 -4

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -6.2 -7.6

Îoc dBm/1.23 MHz -55 -51

Data Rate bps 9600

Traffic Eb/Nt dB 13.1 8.7


1



6.4.1.3-1. 5

6


A-76




Îor/Ioc dB 4

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -12.3 (Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9)-14.4 (Band Classes

1, 4, 6, and 8)


1, 4, 6, and 8)


1, 4, 6, and 8)

Îoc dBm/ 1.23 MHz

-59

Data Rate bps 9600

Traffic Eb/Nt dB 12.8 (Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9)10.7 (Band Classes

1, 4, 6, and 8)

15.6 (Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9)12.7 (Band Classes

1, 4, 6, and 8)


1, 4, 6, and 8)

Channel Simulator

Configuration

3



6.4.1.3-1. 5

6


A-77




Îor/Ioc dB 4

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic


1, 4, 6, and 8)


1, 4, 6, and 8)


1, 4, 6, and 8)

Îoc dBm/ 1.23 MHz

-59

Data Rate bps 4800 2400 1200

Traffic Eb/Nt dB 13.7 (Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9) 11.1 (Band Classes

1, 4, 6, and 8)


1, 4, 6, and 8)


1, 4, 6, and 8)

Channel Simulator

Configuration

3



6.4.1.3-1. 5

6


A-78



Parameter Units Test 12

Îor/Ioc dB 2

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

(for 9600 bps)


1, 4, 6, and 8)

Îoc dBm/ 1.23 MHz

-57

Data Rate bps Variable




4



6.4.1.3-1. 5

6


A-79




Îor/Ioc dB 8

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -13.1 (Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9)

-13.3 (Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8)

-9.4 (Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9)

-10.6 (Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8)

Îoc dBm/ 1.23 MHz

-63

Data Rate bps 14400



11.7 (Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9)


Channel Simulator

Configuration

1



6.4.1.3-1. 5

6


A-80




Îor/Ioc dB 12

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

(Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9)

dB -14.3 -9.3

Îoc dBm/1.23 MHz -67

Data Rate bps 14400

Traffic Eb/Nt


dB 17.0 22.0


3



6.4.1.3-1. 5

6


A-81




Îor/Ioc dB 12

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic


dB -19.4 -24.1 -28.3

Îoc dBm/1.23 MHz -67

Data Rate bps 7200 3600 1800

Traffic Eb/Nt


dB 14.9 13.2 12.0


3



6.4.1.3-1. 5

6


A-82




Îor/Ioc dB 2

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

(Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7,

and 9)

dB -10.3

-15.7

-19.6

-23.4

orc

IE Traffic

(Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8)

dB -10.6

-16.0

-19.8

-23.5

Îoc dBm/1.23 MHz

-57

Data Rate bps 14400 7200 3600 1800

Traffic Eb/Nt (Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7,

and 9)

dB 8.0 5.6 4.7 3.9

Traffic Eb/Nt (Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8)

dB 7.7 5.3 4.5 3.8

Channel Simulator

Configuration

4



6.4.1.3-1. 5

6


A-83



Channel (Case 1, Tests 1, 2, and 3) 3

Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Band Classes

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9

Band Classes

1, 4, 6, and 8

FER

6.0 5.4 0.04

6.8 5.7 0.03

9.4 6.9 0.01

11.4 7.7 0.005

11.9 7.9 0.004

4


Channel Performance in Fading Channel (Case 1, Test 4) 6

Band Classes Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

FER

10.2 0.03

13.1 0.01

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9

15.1 0.005

7



Band Classes Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

FER

5.3 0.3

8.7 0.1

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9

11.1 0.05

10


A-84


Channel (Case 2) 2

Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]


Band Classes

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9

Band Classes

1, 4, 6, and 8

FER

12.1 10.1 0.04

12.8 10.7 0.03

6, 7, 8 9600 15.6 12.7 0.01

17.6 13.8 0.005

18.2 14.1 0.004

11.3 9.4 0.03

9 4800 13.7 11.1 0.01

15.3 12.1 0.005

11.1 9.3 0.03

10 2400 13.6 10.8 0.01

15.2 11.7 0.005

10.3 8.7 0.03

11 1200 12.8 10.2 0.01

14.3 11.1 0.005

3



Band Classes Eb/Nt [dB] FER

(9600 bps)

FER

(4800 bps)

FER

(2400 bps)

FER

(1200 bps)

5.1 2.58 × 10-2 1.18 × 10-2 1.09 × 10-2 1.16 × 10-2 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9 5.6 8.82 × 10-3 4.15 × 10-3 4.45 × 10-3 3.49 × 10-3

6

Table A.2.2.2-6. Minimum Standards for Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8 Traffic Channel 7

Performance in Fading Channel (Case 3, Test 12) 8

Eb/Nt [dB] FER (9600 bps) FER (4800 bps) FER (2400 bps) FER (1200 bps)

5.2 1.92 × 10-2 5.50 × 10-2 1.41 × 10-2 1.62 × 10-2

5.7 5.71 × 10-3 1.92 × 10-3 4.22 × 10-3 6.72 × 10-3

9


A-85

Table A.2.2.2-7. Recommended Minimum Standards for Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 1

9 Traffic Channel Performance in Fading Channel (Case 3, Test 12) 2

Received Frame Category Band Classes

Transmit

Data Rate [bps]

9600 bps

4800 bps

2400 bps

1200 bps

9600 bps with bit errors

Undetected Bit Errors

9600 N/A 1.67 × 10-5 1.56 × 10-4 4.67 × 10-4 1.71 × 10-2 1.67 × 10-5

4800 1.67 × 10-5 N/A 6.70 × 10-5 6.70 × 10-5 1.34 × 10-4 1.67 × 10-5

2400 1.67 × 10-5 2.44 × 10-4 N/A 3.84 × 10-4 2.44 × 10-4 6.98 × 10-5

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9

1200 3.95 × 10-5 1.67 × 10-5 7.89 × 10-5 N/A 1.97 × 10-4 3.95 × 10-5

3

Table A.2.2.2-8. Recommended Minimum Standards for Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8 4

Traffic Channel Performance in Fading Channel (Case 3, Test 12) 5

Received Frame Category

Transmit

Data Rate [bps]

9600 bps

4800 bps

2400 bps

1200 bps

9600 bps with bit errors


9600 N/A 1.67 × 10-5 1.41 × 10-4 1.73 × 10-4 8.80 × 10-3 1.67 × 10-5

4800 1.67 × 10-5 N/A 6.66 × 10-5 2.70 × 10-4 2.23 × 10-4 1.67 × 10-5

2400 1.67 × 10-5 1.67 × 10-5 N/A 1.78 × 10-4 1.17 × 10-4 1.67 × 10-5

1200 1.67 × 10-5 1.67 × 10-5 1.42 × 10-4 N/A 1.67 × 10-5 1.67 × 10-5

6


A-86

Table A.2.2.2-9. Minimum Standards for Traffic Channel Radio Configuration 2 1

Performance in Fading Channel (Case 4, Tests 13 and 14) 2

Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Band Classes

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 9

Band Classes

1, 4, 6, and 8

FER

7.5 7.3 0.04

8.0 7.8 0.03

10.0 9.4 0.01

11.7 10.5 0.005

12.1 10.8 0.004

3


Channel Radio Configuration 2 Performance in Fading Channel (Case 5) 5


Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

FER

16.4 0.04

17.0 0.03

15, 16 14400 20.0 0.01

22.0 0.005

22.6 0.004

12.7 0.03

17 7200 14.9 0.01

16.1 0.005

11.3 0.03

18 3600 13.2 0.01

14.6 0.005

10.1 0.03

19 1800 12.0 0.01

13.2 0.005

6


A-87


Channel Radio Configuration 2 Performance in Fading Channel (Case 6) 2


Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

FER

20 14400 7.3 0.03

8.5 0.005

21 7200 5.0 0.03

5.9 0.005

22 3600 4.1 0.03

5.0 0.005

23 1800 3.2 0.03

4.3 0.005

3

Table A.2.2.2-12. Minimum Standards for Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8 Traffic Channel 4

Radio Configuration 2 Performance in Fading Channel (Case 6) 5


Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

FER

20 14400 7.2 0.03

8.1 0.005

21 7200 4.8 0.03

5.6 0.005

22 3600 3.9 0.03

4.8 0.005

23 1800 3.1 0.03

4.1 0.005

6


A-88


and 9 Traffic Channel Radio Configuration 2 Performance in Fading Channel (Case 6, 2

Tests 20, 21, 22, and 23) 3

Received Frame Category Band Classes

Transmit

Data Rate

[bps] 14400 bps

7200 bps

3600 bps

1800 bps


14400 N/A 5.00 × 10-5 3.26 × 10-5 2.28 × 10-4 5.00 × 10-5

7200 4.66 × 10-5 N/A 1.19 × 10-4 8.58 × 10-3 4.00 × 10-5

3600 1.35 × 10-5 7.74 × 10-6 N/A 4.72 × 10-5 1.35 × 10-5

0, 2, 3, 5,

and 7

1800 1.44 × 10-5 1.13 × 10-5 1.24 × 10-4 N/A 5.64 × 10-5

4

Table A.2.2.2-14. Recommended Minimum Standards for Band Class 1, 4, 6, and 8 5

Traffic Channel Radio Configuration 2 Performance in Fading Channel (Case 6, Tests 6

20, 21, 22, and 23) 7

Received Frame Category

Transmit

Data Rate

(bps)

14400 bps

7200 bps

3600 bps

1800 bps


14400 N/A 1.67 × 10-5 2.38 × 10-4 2.73 × 10-4 1.67 × 10-5

7200 1.67 × 10-5 N/A 6.14 × 10-5 1.67 × 10-5 1.67 × 10-5

3600 1.67 × 10-5 1.67 × 10-5 N/A 2.81 × 10-4 1.67 × 10-5

1800 1.43 × 10-4 7.16 × 10-5 7.76 × 10-5 N/A 1.67 × 10-5

8

A.2.3 Forward Traffic Channel Performance Requirements During Soft Handoff 9



A-89


Table A.2.3.1-1. Test Parameters for Radio Configuration 1 Forward Traffic Channel 2

During Soft Handoff 3


Îor1/Ioc and Îor2/Ioc dB 10

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -15.3 -13.9 -13.0




2



6.4.1.3-1. 6

7


Table A.2.3.2-1. Minimum Standards for Radio Configuration 1 Forward Traffic 9

Channel Performance During Soft Handoff 10

Traffic Eb/Nt[dB]

FER

5.1 0.04

5.5 0.03

6.9 0.01

7.8 0.005

8.1 0.004

11

A.2.4 Power Control Bit Performance Requirements for Channels Belonging to Different 12

Power Control Sets During Soft Handoff 13



A-90


Table A.2.4.1-1. Test Parameters for Decision of Power Control Bit for Different Power 2

Control Sets 3


Îor1 dBm/1.23 MHz -55

Îor2 dBm/1.23 MHz -55

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7.4

RC 1 -17.8 or

cI

E ControlPower dB

RC 2 -21.0

4


No text. 6

A.2.5 Power Control Bit Performance Requirements for Channels Belonging to the Same 7

Power Control Set 8



A-91


Table A.2.5.1-1. Test Parameters for Decision of Power Control Bit for the Same Power 2

Control Set 3

Parameter Units Channel 1 Channel 2

Îor dBm/1.23 MHz -55 -58

orc

IEPilot

dB -7

RC 1 -7.4 or

cI

E Traffic dB -7.4

RC 2 -12.5

RC 1 -17.8 RC 1 -17.8 or

cI

E ControlPower dB

RC 2 -21.0 RC2 -26.1


5 N/A

Note: The channel simulator configurations are found in Table 6.4.1.3-1. 4

5


No text. 7

A.2.6 Power Control Subchannel Performance Requirements During Soft Handoff 8



A-92



During Soft Handoff 3

Parameter Units Channel 1 Channel 2

Îor dBm/1.23 MHz Max = -52.2

Min = -55

Max = -55

Min = -65

orc

IEPilot

dB -7 -7

RC 1 -12.4 or

cI

E Traffic dB -7.4

RC 2 -9.2

RC 1 -17.8 or

cI

E ControlPower dB

RC 2 -21.0

-22.8

0c

IEPilot

dB Max = -7.2

Min = -10

Max = -10

Min = -20

Note: The Pilot Ec/I0 value is calculated from the parameters in the 4


6


No text. 8


with Closed Loop Power Control (FPC_MODE = 000) 10



Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt values specified in this section are calculated from the parameters 13

in Tables A.2.7.1-2 through A.2.7.1-9. Traffic Eb/Nt is not a directly settable parameter. 14

The channel simulator configurations are found in Table 6.4.1.3-1. 15

16


A-93

Table A.2.7.1-1. Test Parameters for Forward Power Control 1


orc

IEPilot

dB -7

Maximum FCH Ec/Ior or DCCH Ec/Ior

dB -3

FPC_MODE 000 (800 bps Primary)

FPC_PRI_CHAN 0 (for FCH testing) or

1 (for DCCH testing)

FPC_FCH_INIT_SETPT or FPC_DCCH_INIT_SETPT

FPC_FCH_MIN_SETPT or FPC_DCCH_MIN_SETPT

FPC_FCH_MAX_SETPT or FPC_DCCH_MAX_SETPT

dB

These setpoint values shall be set identical to effectively disable the outer loop. They should be set to

achieve the specified FCH Eb/Nt or DCCH Eb/Nt for each individual test specified in Table A.2.7.1-2

through A.2.7.1-7.

PWR_CNTL_STEP dB 0.5

Reverse Link Delay ms 0.625

FPC_THRESH_INCL 0 (disable FCH/DCCH outer loop report message transmission by MS)

The initial FCH Ec/Ior or DCCH Ec/Ior transmitted by the base station shall 2

correspond to the minimum performance requirement in Eb/Nt. The reverse link 3

delay is the time between the end of the power control group with a valid power 4

control bit and the corresponding change in the base station power for the 5

channel under test. 6

7


A-94



Band Classes

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Îor/Ioc [dB]

Ioc [dB]

Data Rate [bps]

Traffic Ec/Ior [dB]

Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Test

6 6 -61 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 1

9600 -16.4 10.7 2

0, 2, 3, 3 4 -59 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 3

5, 7, 9 9600 -13.0 12.1 4

4 2 -57 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 5

9600 -14.3 5.7 6

6 6 -61 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 7

9600 -16.1 11.0 8

1, 4, 3 4 -59 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 9

6, 8 9600 -14.8 10.3 10

4 2 -57 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 11

9600 -14.3 5.7 12

3


A-95



Band Classes

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Îor/Ioc[dB]

Ioc [dB]

Data Rate [bps]

Traffic Ec/Ior [dB]

Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Test

6 6 -61 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 13

14400 -13.7 11.6 14

0, 2, 3, 3 4 -59 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 15

5, 7, 9 14400 -10.2 13.1 16

4 2 -57 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 17

14400 -12.2 6.1 18

6 6 -61 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 19

14400 -14.0 11.3 20

1, 4, 3 4 -59 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 21

6, 8 14400 -12.1 11.2 22

4 2 -57 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 23

14400 -12.2 6.1 24

3


A-96



Band Classes

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Îor/Ioc [dB]

Ioc [dB]

Data Rate [bps]

Traffic Ec/Ior [dB]

Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Test

6 6 -61 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 25

9600 N/S N/S 26

0, 2, 5, 3 4 -59 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 27

7, 9 9600 N/S N/S 28

4 2 -57 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 29

9600 N/S N/S 30

6 6 -61 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 31

9600 N/S N/S 32

1, 4, 3 4 -59 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 33

6, 8 9600 N/S N/S 34

4 2 -57 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 35

9600 N/S N/S 36

3


A-97



Band Classes

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Îor/Ioc[dB]

Ioc [dB]

Data Rate [bps]

Traffic Ec/Ior [dB]

Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Test

6 6 -61 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 37

14400 N/S N/S 38

0, 2, 5 3 4 -59 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 39

7, 9 14400 N/S N/S 40

4 2 -57 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 41

14400 N/S N/S 42

6 6 -61 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 43

14400 N/S N/S 44

1, 4, 3 4 -59 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 45

6, 8 14400 N/S N/S 46

4 2 -57 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 47

14400 N/S N/S 48

3

Table A.2.7.1-6. Test Parameters for Radio Configuration 3 Forward Dedicated Control 4

Channel with 10% Frame Activity 5

Band Classes

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Îor/Ioc[dB]

Ioc [dB]

Data Rate [bps]

Traffic Ec/Ior [dB]

Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Test

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9

6 6 -61 9600 N/S N/S 49

1, 4, 6, 8

6 6 -61 9600 N/S N/S 50

6


A-98



Band Classes

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Îor/Ioc [dB]

Ioc [dB]

Data Rate [bps]

Traffic Ec/Ior [dB]

Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Test

0, 2, 3, 6 6 -61 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 51

5, 7, 9 14400 N/S N/S 52

1, 4, 6 6 -61 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 53

6, 8 14400 N/S N/S 54

3



Band Classes

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Îor/Ioc [dB]

Ioc [dB]

Data Rate [bps]

Traffic Ec/Ior [dB]

Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Test

0, 2, 5, 7, 9

6 6 -61 9600 N/S N/S 55

1, 4, 6, 8

6 6 -61 9600 N/S N/S 56

6



Band Classes

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Îor/Ioc [dB]

Ioc [dB]

Data Rate [bps]

Traffic Ec/Ior [dB]

Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Test

0, 2, 5, 6 6 -61 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 57

7, 9 14400 N/S N/S 58

1, 4, 6 6 -61 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 59

6, 8 14400 N/S N/S 60

9


A-99


Table A.2.7.2-1 Minimum Standards for Radio Configuration 3 Forward Fundamental 2


Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Data Rate

[bps]

Test Band Classes

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9

Test Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER


9600 (5 ms) 1 Not specified 7 Not specified 0.1


9.7 9.9 0.2

9600 2 10.7 8 11.0 0.1

11.7 12.0 0.05




9.9 8.7 0.05

9600 4 12.1 10 10.3 0.01

13.0 10.9 0.005




4.7 4.7 0.05

9600 6 5.7 12 5.7 0.01

6.0 6.0 0.005

4


A-100



Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Data Rate

[bps]

Test Band Classes

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9

Test Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER




11.3 10.3 0.2

14400 14 11.6 20 11.3 0.1

12.0 12.3 0.05




10.7 9.5 0.05

14400 16 13.1 22 11.2 0.01

14.2 12.1 0.005




5.2 5.2 0.05

14400 18 6.1 24 6.1 0.01

6.5 6.4 0.005

3


A-101



Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Data Rate

[bps]

Test Band Classes

0, 2, 5, 7, 9

Test Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER





9600 26 Not specified 32 Not specified 0.1














3


A-102



Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Data Rate

[bps]

Test Band Classes

0, 2, 5, 7, 9

Test Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER



















3


Control Channel with 10% Frame Activity 5

Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Data Rate

[bps]

Test Band Classes

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9

Test Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER




6


A-103



Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Data Rate

[bps]

Test Band Classes

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9

Test Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER







3



Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Data Rate

[bps]

Test Band Classes

0, 2, 5, 7, 9

Test Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER




6



Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Data Rate

[bps]

Test Band Classes

0, 2, 5, 7, 9

Test Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER







9


A-104


with Closed Loop Power Control (FPC_MODE = 010) 2



Note: The SCH Eb/Nt values specified in this section are calculated from the parameters in 5

Tables A.2.8.1-2 through A.2.8.1-5. SCH Eb/Nt is not a directly settable parameter. The 6

channel simulator configurations are found in Table 6.4.1.3-1. 7

8


A-105



orc

IEPilot

dB -7

FCH Ec/Ior or DCCH Ec/Ior dB -7

Maximum SCH Ec/Ior dB -3

FPC_MODE 010 (200 bps for FCH/DCCH,

600 bps for SCH)



FPC_FCH_FER or FPC_DCCH_FER

% 1




dB

Not specified

FPC_SCH_INIT_SETPT

FPC_SCH_MIN_SETPT

FPC_SCH_MAX_SETPT

dB


achieve the specified SCH Eb/Nt for each individual test specified in

Table A.2.8.1-2 through A.2.8.1-5.




FPC_THRESH_SCH_INCL 0 (disable SCH outer loop report message transmission by MS)

The initial SCH Ec/Ior transmitted by the base station shall correspond to the 2

minimum performance requirement in Eb/Nt. The reverse link delay is the time 3

between the end of the power control group with a valid power control bit and 4

the corresponding change in the base station power for the channel under test. 5

6


A-106



Band Classes

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Îor/Ioc[dB]

Ioc [dB]

Coding Data Rate [bps]

SCH Ec/Ior [dB]

SCH Eb/Nt [dB]

Test

19200 -15.4 4.5 1

Conv. 38400 -12.1 4.8 2

1 8 -63 153600 -5.5 5.3 3

19200 -16.2 3.7 4

0, 2, 3, Turbo 38400 -13.3 3.6 5

5, 7, 9 153600 -7.1 3.7 6

Conv. 38400 (40 ms) -13.8 7.3 7

6 6 -61 38400 (80 ms) -16.5 4.6 8

Turbo 38400 (40 ms) -15.0 6.1 9

38400 (80 ms) -17.6 3.5 10

19200 -15.2 4.6 11

Conv. 38400 -12.0 4.9 12

1 8 -63 153600 -5.3 5.5 13

19200 -16.0 3.9 14

1, 4, Turbo 38400 -13.0 3.9 15

6, 8 153600 -6.9 3.9 16

Conv. 38400 (40 ms) -18.5 2.6 17

6 6 -61 38400 (80 ms) -17.2 3.9 18

Turbo 38400 (40 ms) -14.7 6.4 19

38400 (80 ms) -13.6 7.5 20

3


A-107



Band Classes

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Îor/Ioc [dB]

Ioc [dB]


SCH Ec/Ior [dB]

SCH Eb/Nt [dB]

Test

28800 -13.3 4.8 21

Conv. 57600 -10.0 5.1 22

1 8 -63 230400 -4.0 5.1 23

28800 -14.3 3.8 24

0, 2, 3, Turbo 57600 -11.4 3.8 25

5, 7, 9 230400 -5.8 3.3 26

Conv. 57600 (40 ms) -11.7 7.6 27

6 6 -61 57600 (80 ms) -14.1 5.2 28

Turbo 57600 (40 ms) -13.1 6.2 29

57600 (80 ms) -15.5 3.8 30

28800 -13.1 5.0 31

Conv. 57600 -9.8 5.3 32

1 8 -63 230400 -3.8 5.3 33

28800 -14.0 4.1 34

1, 4, Turbo 57600 -11.1 4.0 35

6, 8 230400 -5.5 3.6 36

Conv. 57600 (40 ms) -11.2 8.1 37

6 6 -61 57600 (80 ms) -14.7 4.6 38

Turbo 57600 (40 ms) -12.3 7.0 39

57600 (80 ms) -16.2 3.1 40

3


A-108


Channel with 100% Frame Activity (Part 1 of 2) 2

Band Classes

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Îor/Ioc[dB]

Ioc [dB]


SCH Ec/Ior [dB]

SCH Eb/Nt [dB]

Test

19200 N/S N/S 41

38400 N/S N/S 42

Conv. 76800 N/S N/S 43

153600 N/S N/S 44

307200 N/S N/S 45

1 8 -63 614400 N/S N/S 46

19200 N/S N/S 47

0, 2, 5, 38400 N/S N/S 48

7, 9 Turbo 76800 N/S N/S 49

153600 N/S N/S 50

307200 N/S N/S 51

614400 N/S N/S 52

Conv. 38400 (40 ms) N/S N/S 53

6 6 -61 38400 (80 ms) N/S N/S 54

Turbo 38400 (40 ms) N/S N/S 55

38400 (80 ms) N/S N/S 56

3


A-109



Band Classes

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Îor/Ioc [dB]

Ioc [dB]


SCH Ec/Ior [dB]

SCH Eb/Nt [dB]

Test

19200 N/S N/S 57

38400 N/S N/S 58

Conv. 76800 N/S N/S 59

153600 N/S N/S 60

307200 N/S N/S 61

1 8 -63 614400 N/S N/S 62

19200 N/S N/S 63

1, 4 38400 N/S N/S 64

6, 8 Turbo 76800 N/S N/S 65

153600 N/S N/S 66

307200 N/S N/S 67

614400 N/S N/S 68

Conv. 38400 (40 ms) N/S N/S 69

6 6 -61 38400 (80 ms) N/S N/S 70

Turbo 38400 (40 ms) N/S N/S 71

38400 (80 ms) N/S N/S 72

3


A-110



Band Classes

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Îor/Ioc[dB]

Ioc [dB]


SCH Ec/Ior [dB]

SCH Eb/Nt [dB]

Test

28800 N/S N/S 73

57600 N/S N/S 74

Conv. 115200 N/S N/S 75

230400 N/S N/S 76

460800 N/S N/S 77

1 8 -63 1036800 N/S N/S 78

28800 N/S N/S 79

0, 2, 5, 57600 N/S N/S 80

7, 9 Turbo 115200 N/S N/S 81

230400 N/S N/S 82

460800 N/S N/S 83

1036800 N/S N/S 84

Conv. 57600 (40 ms) N/S N/S 85

6 6 -61 57600 (80 ms) N/S N/S 86

Turbo 57600 (40 ms) N/S N/S 87

57600 (80 ms) N/S N/S 88

3


A-111



Band Classes

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Îor/Ioc [dB]

Ioc [dB]


SCH Ec/Ior [dB]

SCH Eb/Nt [dB]

Test

28800 N/S N/S 89

57600 N/S N/S 90

Conv. 115200 N/S N/S 91

230400 N/S N/S 92

460800 N/S N/S 93

1 8 -63 1036800 N/S N/S 94

28800 N/S N/S 95

1, 4 57600 N/S N/S 96

6, 8 Turbo 115200 N/S N/S 97

230400 N/S N/S 98

460800 N/S N/S 99

1036800 N/S N/S 100

Conv. 57600 (40 ms) N/S N/S 101

6 6 -61 57600 (80 ms) N/S N/S 102

Turbo 57600 (40 ms) N/S N/S 103

57600 (80 ms) N/S N/S 104

3


A-112


Table A.2.8.2-1 Minimum Standards for Radio Configuration 3 Forward Supplemental 2


SCH Eb/Nt (dB)

Data Rate

[bps]

Test Band Classes

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9

Test Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER

4.0 4.1 0.1

19200 1 4.5 11 4.6 0.05

5.6 5.7 0.01

4.3 4.3 0.1

38400 2 4.8 12 4.9 0.05

5.8 6.2 0.01

4.9 5.0 0.1

153600 3 5.3 13 5.5 0.05

6.7 6.7 0.01

3.2 3.2 0.1

19200 4 3.7 14 3.9 0.05

4.8 5.0 0.01

3.2 3.3 0.1

38400 5 3.6 15 3.9 0.05

4.7 5.0 0.01

3.2 3.3 0.1

153600 6 3.7 16 3.9 0.05

4.7 5.1 0.01

4


A-113



SCH Eb/Nt (dB)

Data Rate

[bps]

Test Band Classes

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9

Test Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER

6.5 2.1 0.2

38400 (40 ms) 7 7.3 17 2.6 0.1

8.2 3.2 0.05

4.0 3.4 0.2

38400 (80 ms) 8 4.6 18 3.9 0.1

5.2 4.4 0.05

4.9 5.3 0.2

38400 (40 ms) 9 6.1 19 6.4 0.1

7.3 7.4 0.05

2.6 6.5 0.2

38400 (80 ms) 10 3.5 20 7.5 0.1

4.2 8.4 0.05

3


A-114



SCH Eb/Nt (dB)

Data Rate

[bps]

Test Band Classes

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9

Test Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER

4.3 4.5 0.1

28800 21 4.8 31 5.0 0.05

5.9 6.3 0.01

4.6 4.8 0.1

57600 22 5.1 32 5.3 0.05

6.1 6.6 0.01

4.6 4.8 0.2

230400 23 5.1 33 5.3 0.1

5.6 5.8 0.05

3.4 3.6 0.1

28800 24 3.8 34 4.1 0.05

5.0 5.6 0.01

3.3 3.5 0.1

57600 25 3.8 35 4.0 0.05

4.9 5.3 0.01

2.8 3.1 0.2

230400 26 3.3 36 3.6 0.1

3.7 5.7 0.05

3


A-115



SCH Eb/Nt (dB)

Data Rate

[bps]

Test Band Classes

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9

Test Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER

6.8 7.1 0.2

57600 (40 ms) 27 7.6 37 8.1 0.1

8.5 8.9 0.05

4.6 4.1 0.2

57600 (80 ms) 28 5.2 38 4.6 0.1

5.7 5.1 0.05

5.0 6.1 0.2

57600 (40 ms) 29 6.2 39 7.0 0.1

7.4 7.8 0.05

3.1 2.7 0.2

57600 (80 ms) 30 3.8 40 3.1 0.1

4.4 3.7 0.05

3


A-116



SCH Eb/Nt (dB)

Data Rate

[bps]

Test Band Classes

0, 2, 5, 7, 9

Test Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER

























3


A-117



SCH Eb/Nt (dB)

Data Rate

[bps]

Test Band Classes

0, 2, 5, 7, 9

Test Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER

























3


A-118



SCH Eb/Nt (dB)

Data Rate

[bps]

Test Band Classes

0, 2, 5, 7, 9

Test Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER

























3


A-119



SCH Eb/Nt (dB)

Data Rate

[bps]

Test Band Classes

0, 2, 5, 7, 9

Test Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER

























3


with Outer Loop Power Control and Closed Loop Power Control (FPC_MODE = 000, 001 5

and 010) 6



A-120


Note: The channel simulator configurations are found in Table 6.4.1.3-1. 2

3

Table A.2.9.1-1. Test Parameters for Slow Power Control in Fading Channel 4


orc

IEPilot

dB -7

Maximum Traffic Ec/Ior dB -3




dB 6


dB 0


dB 32



FPC_THRESH_INCL 1 (enable FCH/DCCH outer loop report message transmission by MS)


correspond to the minimum performance requirement in Eb/Nt. The reverse link 6




10


A-121



Data Rate [bps]

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Band Classes

Îor/Ioc [dB]

Ioc [dB]

FPC_MODE FPC_FCH-_FER

or

FPC_DCCH-_FER

[%]

Test

000 1 1

0, 2, 3, 8 -63 001 1 2

5, 7, 9 010 1 3

9600 1 0 -55 000 10 4

000 1 5

1, 4, 8 -63 001 1 6

6, 8 010 1 7

0 -55 000 10 8

3



Data Rate [bps]

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Band Classes

Îor/Ioc [dB]

Ioc [dB]


or

FPC_DCCH-_FER

[%]

Test

000 1 9

0, 2, 3, 8 -63 001 1 10

5, 7, 9 010 1 11

14400 1 0 -55 000 10 12

000 1 13

1, 4, 8 -63 001 1 14

6, 8 010 1 15

0 -55 000 10 16

6


A-122



Data Rate [bps]

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Band Classes

Îor/Ioc [dB]

Ioc [dB]


or

FPC_DCCH-_FER

[%]

Test

000 1 17

0, 2, 5, 8 -63 001 1 18

7, 9 010 1 19

9600 1 0 -55 000 10 20

000 1 21

1, 4, 8 -63 001 1 22

6, 8 010 1 23

0 -55 000 10 24

3



Data Rate [bps]

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Band Classes

Îor/Ioc [dB]

Ioc [dB]


or

FPC_DCCH-_FER

[%]

Test

000 1 25

0, 2, 5, 8 -63 001 1 26

7, 9 010 1 27

14400 1 0 -55 000 10 28

000 1 29

1, 4, 8 -63 001 1 30

6, 8 010 1 31

0 -55 000 10 32

6


A-123




Band Classes Test FPC_MODE FPC_FCH_FER

or

FPC_DCCH_FER

[%]

Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

1 000 1 6.0

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9 2 001 1 6.4

3 010 1 7.0

4 000 10 6.3

5 000 1 6.0

1, 4, 6, 8 6 001 1 6.1

7 010 1 6.2

8 000 10 6.2

4




or

FPC_DCCH_FER

[%]

Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

9 000 1 6.2

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9 10 001 1 6.7

11 010 1 7.4

12 000 10 6.6

13 000 1 6.5

1, 4, 6, 8 14 001 1 6.7

15 010 1 6.8

16 000 10 6.7

7


A-124




or

FPC_DCCH_FER

[%]

Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

17 000 1 Not specified

0, 2, 5, 7, 9 18 001 1 Not specified




1, 4, 6, 8 22 001 1 Not specified



3




or

FPC_DCCH_FER

[%]

Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]


0, 2, 5, 7, 9 26 001 1 Not specified




1, 4, 6, 8 30 001 1 Not specified



6

A.2.10 Forward Traffic Channel Performance Requirements in Multipath Fading with 7

Closed Loop Power Control (FPC_MODE = 000) and Transmit Diversity (OTD or STS) 8



A-125





5



orc

IEPilot

dB -7

Transmit Diversity or

cI

E Pilot dB -10

Maximum FCH Ec/Ior or DCCH Ec/Ior

dB -3

FPC_MODE 000 (800 bps Primary)






dB


achieve the specified FCH Eb/Nt or DCCH Eb/Nt for each individual test specified in Table A.2.10.1-2

through A.2.10.1-9.





correspond to the minimum performance requirement in Eb/Nt and represent 8

the combined output from all base station RF output ports. The reverse link 9




13


A-126



Orthogonal Transmit Diversity 3

Band Classes

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Îor/Ioc [dB]

Ioc [dB]

Data Rate [bps]

Traffic Ec/Ior [dB]

Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Test

6 6 -61 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 1

0, 2, 3, 9600 -19.6 7.5 2

5, 7, 9 4 2 -57 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 3

9600 -14.5 5.5 4

6 6 -61 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 5

1, 4, 9600 -19.3 7.8 6

6, 8 4 2 -57 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 7

9600 -14.2 5.8 8

4


Channel or Forward Dedicated Control Channel (100% Frame Activity) with Space 6

Time Spreading 7

Band Classes

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Îor/Ioc [dB]

Ioc [dB]

Data Rate [bps]

Traffic Ec/Ior [dB]

Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Test

6 6 -61 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 9

0, 2, 3, 9600 -19.9 7.2 10

5, 7, 9 4 2 -57 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 11

9600 -14.5 5.5 12

6 6 -61 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 13

1, 4, 9600 -19.6 7.5 14

6, 8 4 2 -57 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 15

9600 -14.4 5.6 16

8


A-127




Band Classes

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Îor/Ioc[dB]

Ioc [dB]

Data Rate [bps]

Traffic Ec/Ior [dB]

Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Test

6 6 -61 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 17

0, 2, 3, 14400 -17.0 8.3 18

5, 7, 9 4 2 -57 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 19

14400 -12.2 6.1 20

6 6 -61 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 21

1, 4, 14400 -16.7 8.6 22

6, 8 4 2 -57 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 23

14400 -12.0 6.3 24

4



Time Spreading 7

Band Classes

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Îor/Ioc[dB]

Ioc [dB]

Data Rate [bps]

Traffic Ec/Ior [dB]

Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Test

6 6 -61 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 25

0, 2, 3, 14400 -17.8 7.5 26

5, 7, 9 4 2 -57 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 27

14400 -12.4 5.8 28

6 6 -61 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 29

1, 4, 14400 -17.4 7.9 30

6, 8 4 2 -57 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 31

14400 -12.3 6.0 32

8


A-128


Control Channel (10% Frame Activity) with Orthogonal Transmit Diversity 2

Band Classes

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Îor/Ioc [dB]

Ioc [dB]

Data Rate [bps]

Traffic Ec/Ior [dB]

Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Test

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9

6 6 -61 9600 N/S N/S 33

1, 4, 6, 8

6 6 -61 9600 N/S N/S 34

3


Control Channel (10% Frame Activity) with Space Time Spreading 5

Band Classes

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Îor/Ioc [dB]

Ioc [dB]

Data Rate [bps]

Traffic Ec/Ior [dB]

Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Test

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9

6 6 -61 9600 N/S N/S 35

1, 4, 6, 8

6 6 -61 9600 N/S N/S 36

6



Band Classes

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Îor/Ioc [dB]

Ioc [dB]

Data Rate [bps]

Traffic Ec/Ior [dB]

Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Test

0, 2, 3, 6 6 -61 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 37

5, 7, 9 14400 N/S N/S 38

1, 4, 6 6 -61 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 39

6, 8 14400 N/S N/S 40

9


A-129



Band Classes

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Îor/Ioc[dB]

Ioc [dB]

Data Rate [bps]

Traffic Ec/Ior [dB]

Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Test

0, 2, 3, 6 6 -61 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 41

5, 7, 9 14400 N/S N/S 42

1, 4, 6 6 -61 9600 (5 ms) N/S N/S 43

6, 8 14400 N/S N/S 44

3





Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Data Rate

[bps]

Test Band Classes

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9

Test Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER




6.9 7.2 0.2

9600 2 7.5 6 7.8 0.1

8.2 8.4 0.05




4.7 4.9 0.05

9600 4 5.5 8 5.8 0.01

5.9 6.2 0.005

8


A-130



Time Spreading 3

Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Data Rate

[bps]

Test Band Classes

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9

Test Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER




6.7 6.9 0.2

9600 10 7.2 14 7.5 0.1

7.7 8.0 0.05




4.7 4.7 0.05

9600 12 5.5 16 5.6 0.01

5.9 6.0 0.005

4


A-131




Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Data Rate

[bps]

Test Band Classes

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9

Test Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER




7.6 7.9 0.2

14400 18 8.3 22 8.6 0.1

9.0 9.2 0.05




5.3 5.5 0.05

14400 20 6.1 24 6.3 0.01

6.4 6.5 0.005

4


A-132



Time Spreading 3

Traffic Eb/Nt [dB]

Data Rate

[bps]

Test Band Classes

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9

Test Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER




7.0 7.4 0.2

14400 26 7.5 30 7.9 0.1

8.0 8.4 0.05




5.1 5.2 0.05

14400 28 5.8 32 6.0 0.01

6.1 6.3 0.005

4



DCCH Eb/Nt [dB]

Data Rate

[bps]

Test Band Classes

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9

Test Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER




7


A-133



DCCH Eb/Nt [dB]

Data Rate

[bps]

Test Band Classes

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9

Test Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER




3



DCCH Eb/Nt [dB]

Data Rate

[bps]

Test Band Classes

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9

Test Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER







6



DCCH Eb/Nt [dB]

Data Rate

[bps]

Test Band Classes

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9

Test Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER







9


A-134

A.2.11 Forward Traffic Channel Performance Requirements in Multipath Fading with 1

Closed Loop Power Control (FPC_MODE = 010) and Transmit Diversity (OTD or STS) 2






8


A-135



orc

IEPilot

dB -7

Transmit Diversity or

cI

E Pilot dB -10

FCH Ec/Ior or DCCH Ec/Ior dB -7

Maximum SCH Ec/Ior dB -3

FPC_MODE 010 (200 bps for FCH/DCCH,

600 bps for SCH)



FPC_FCH_FER or FPC_DCCH_FER

% 1




dB

Not specified

FPC_SCH_INIT_SETPT

FPC_SCH_MIN_SETPT

FPC_SCH_MAX_SETPT

dB


achieve the specified SCH Eb/Nt for each individual test specified in

Table A.2.11.1-2 through A.2.11.1-5.




FPC_THRESH_SCH_INCL 0 (disable SCH outer loop report message transmission by MS)

The initial SCH Ec/Ior transmitted by the base station shall correspond to the 2

minimum performance requirement in Eb/Nt and represent the combined 3

output from all base station RF output ports. The reverse link delay is the time 4


A-136

between the end of the power control group with a valid power control bit and 1

the corresponding change in the base station power for the channel under test. 2

3


Channel (100% Frame Activity) with Orthogonal Transmit Diversity 5

Band Classes

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Îor/Ioc[dB]

Ioc [dB]


SCH Ec/Ior [dB]

SCH Eb/Nt [dB]

Test

0, 2, 3, 6 6 -61 Conv. 38400 -13.5 7.6 1

5, 7, 9 Turbo 38400 -14.5 6.6 2

1, 4, 6 6 -61 Conv. 38400 -13.2 7.9 3

6, 8 Turbo 38400 -14.2 6.9 4

6


Channel (100% Frame Activity) with Space Time Spreading 8

Band Classes

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Îor/Ioc[dB]

Ioc [dB]


SCH Ec/Ior [dB]

SCH Eb/Nt [dB]

Test

0, 2, 3, 6 6 -61 Conv. 38400 -13.8 7.3 5

5, 7, 9 Turbo 38400 -15.0 6.1 6

1, 4, 6 6 -61 Conv. 38400 -13.5 7.6 7

6, 8 Turbo 38400 -14.6 6.5 8

9



Band Classes

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Îor/Ioc[dB]

Ioc [dB]


SCH Ec/Ior [dB]

SCH Eb/Nt [dB]

Test

0, 2, 3, 6 6 -61 Conv. 57600 -11.1 8.2 9

5, 7, 9 Turbo 57600 -12.0 7.3 10

1, 4, 6 6 -61 Conv. 57600 -10.7 8.6 11

6, 8 Turbo 57600 -11.7 7.6 12

12


A-137



Band Classes

Chn. Sim.

Config.

Îor/Ioc [dB]

Ioc [dB]


SCH Ec/Ior [dB]

SCH Eb/Nt [dB]

Test

0, 2, 3, 6 6 -61 Conv. 57600 -11.7 7.6 13

5, 7, 9 Turbo 57600 -13.0 6.3 14

1, 4, 6 6 -61 Conv. 57600 -11.2 8.1 15

6, 8 Turbo 57600 -12.7 6.6 16

3




SCH Eb/Nt (dB)

Data Rate

[bps]

Test Band Classes

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9

Test Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER

7.1 7.3 0.2

38400 1 7.6 3 7.9 0.1

8.1 8.5 0.05

6.2 6.4 0.2

38400 2 6.6 4 6.9 0.1

7.0 7.5 0.05

7


A-138



SCH Eb/Nt (dB)

Data Rate

[bps]

Test Band Classes

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9

Test Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER

6.9 7.1 0.2

38400 5 7.3 7 7.6 0.1

7.7 8.2 0.05

5.7 5.9 0.2

38400 6 6.1 8 6.5 0.1

6.6 7.1 0.05

3



SCH Eb/Nt (dB)

Data Rate

[bps]

Test Band Classes

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9

Test Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER

7.7 8.0 0.2

57600 9 8.2 11 8.6 0.1

8.8 9.2 0.05

6.7 6.9 0.2

57600 10 7.3 12 7.6 0.1

7.9 8.2 0.05

6


A-139



SCH Eb/Nt (dB)

Data Rate

[bps]

Test Band Classes

0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9

Test Band Classes

1, 4, 6, 8

FER

7.2 7.6 0.2

57600 13 7.6 15 8.1 0.1

8.0 8.6 0.05

5.9 6.1 0.2

57600 14 6.3 16 6.6 0.1

6.7 7.2 0.05

3

A.2.12 Power Control Subchannel Performance Requirements During Reverse Pilot 4

Channel Gating 5




during Reverse Pilot Channel Gating 9



orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7.4

orc

IE ControlPower

dB -17.8



12


No text. 14


A-140


Fundamental Channel Gating 2




during Reverse Fundamental Channel Gating 6



orc

IEPilot

dB -7

orc

IE Traffic

dB -7.4

orc

IE ControlPower

dB -17.8



9


No text. 11

arib std-t53-c.s0011-a recommended minimum ...arib std-t53-c.s0011-a recommended minimum performance...

Documents